Washington University School of Medicine Bulletin, 1978-1979

Washington University School of Medicine Digital Commons@Becker Washington University School of Medicine Washington University Publications Bulletins

1978 Washington University School of Medicine bulletin, 1978-1979

Follow this and additional works at: http://digitalcommons.wustl.edu/med_bulletins

Recommended Citation Washington University School of Medicine bulletin, 1978-1979. Central Administration, Publications. Bernard Becker Medical Library Archives. Washington University School of Medicine, Saint Louis, Missouri. http://digitalcommons.wustl.edu/ med_bulletins/79

This Article is brought to you for free and open access by the Washington University Publications at Digital Commons@Becker. It has been accepted for inclusion in Washington University School of Medicine Bulletins by an authorized administrator of Digital Commons@Becker. For more information, please contact [email protected]. Bulletin of Washington Universi St. Louis

School of Medicine 1978/79

▼ f I* KS lm 1 1% n ^'v Y PUBLICATIONS OF WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY SERIES II, VOLUME LXXVI, NUMBER III, June 30, 1978. Published once a month in April, May, June, and September, twice in July, and four times in August by Washington University, Lindell and Skinker Boulevards, St. Louis, Missouri 63130. Second-class postage paid at St. Louis, Missouri. Publication number 078480. The on-rushing flood of future possibilities brings with it a spirit of adventure: a need for bold. imaginative thinking, a willingness to gamble on provocative new concepts; the courage to break away from the entrenched viewpoint and the aggressiveness to bring them into reality. Wendell G. Scon

V Both the man of science and the man of art live always at the edge ol mystery, surrounded by it: both always, as the measure of their creation, have had to do with the harmonization of what is new and what is familiar, with the balance between novelty and synthesis, with the struggle to make partial order in total chaos. J. Robert Oppenheimer

It is a rare blending of learning and humanity, incisiveness ol intellect, and sensitiveness of the spirit which occasionally come together in an individual who chooses the calling ol Medicine; and then we have the great physician. Hans Zinsser

The whole point of a university, on its educational side, is to bring the young under the intellectual influence of a band of imaginative scholars. Alfred North Whitehead

Scientific problems are never disposed of by a single worker, however ideal his opportunity, however great his ability, for the questions to be put to nature vary from one generation to another. Joseph Erlanger

Come, let us work, and in this little time do some new thing that no one on this earth has ever thought to do. Split from the world's eternal truth some atom of the everlasting! Then let us die. and leave for coming generations one hit of knowledge hy which we'll be remembered until some later one shall show the truth we found was but a grain gleaned from some vast store we'd hardly touched and we shall be forgot and he remembered but we, out where the absolute is near, shall smile seeing how little a beach of sand resembles the granite cliff from which it weathered. Sam XI. Clark, Sr.

Medicine is a jealous god expecting to receive from its votaries all of their talent and energy. It lavishes no rewards upon those who are not fully consecrated to its service. Evans A. Graham

WM- Bulletin of Washington University

St. Louis

School of Medicine 1978/79 Contents

Calendar 4 The Study of Medicine Philosophy and Objectives 6 Curriculum 6 Degree Programs 9 Tutorials. Individualized Programs 12 Grades 12 Promotions 13 Student Research Fellowships 15 Internships and Residencies 15 Postdoctoral Training 15 Admission Entrance Requirements 16 Application Procedure 17 Advanced Standing 18 Financial Information Tuition and Fees 19 Refunds 19 Estimate of Expenses 19 Financial Assistance, Awards, Prizes 20 Student Life Housing 26 Student Health Service 27 Recreational and Cultural Opportunities 28 Medical Center Alumni Association 30 Lectureships and Visiting Professorships 30 Historical Perspective 32 Teaching Facilities The School of Medicine 34 Facilities West of Euclid Avenue 35 Other Institutions 37 Departments of the School Anatomy and Neurobiology 40 Anesthesiology 43 Biological Chemistry 45 Genetics 4g Medicine 50 Microbiology and Immunology 63 Neurology and Neurological Surgery 66 Obstetrics and Gynecology 69 Ophthalmology 73 Otolaryngology 75 Pathology 77 Pediatrics 82 Pharmacology 89 Physiology and Biophysics 91 Preventive Medicine and Public Health 93 Psychiatry 98 Radiology 103 Surgery 107 Teaching and Research Divisions Biomedical Computer Laboratory "3 Health Care Research "5 Tumor Services ' '7 Neurology ' '7 Rehabilitation '18 Graduate Training Biology and Biomedical Services 119 Biomedical Engineering 128 Allied Health Professions Health Administration and Planning 129 Physical Therapy 132 Occupational Therapy 133 Interinstitutional Physician's Assistant Training Program 134 Nurse Anesthesia 135 Pediatric Nurse Practitioners 135 Radiologic Technology 136 Administration Board of Trustees 138 School of Medicine 138 Medical Center 139 Officers and Committees of the Faculty 140 Register of Students 142 Index of Staff Members 157

Index '66 Schools of the University 169 Map 170 Calendar 1978 June 5 Monday Summer quarter begins 13, 14 Tuesday, Wednesday National Board Examination, Part I

July 4 Tuesday Independence Day, holiday

August 23 Wednesday Orientation and registration for all new students 21-25 Monday-Friday Registration for upperclass (exc. 23) (exc. Wednesday) medical students 26 Saturday Summer quarter ends 28 Monday First semester classes begin

September 4 Monday Labor Day, holiday 6, 7 Wednesday, Thursday National Board Examination Part I 26, 27 Tuesday, Wednesday National Board Examination, Part II

November 23 Thursday Thanksgiving Day, holiday 24 Friday Thanksgiving holiday for freshman and sophomore classes December 16 Saturday Christmas recess begins at 1:00 p.m.

1979

January 3 Wednesday Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. 8-12 Monday-Friday Registration for second semester 15 Monday Second semester classes begin

March Wednesday National Board Examination, Part III

April 6 Friday Spring recess begins at 5:00 p.m. for freshman and sophomore classes 10. 11 Tuesday, Wednesday National Board Examination, Part II 13-15 Friday-Sunday Easter holiday for upperclass medical students 16 Monday Spring recess ends at 8:00 a.m.

May 17 Thursday Academic year ends at 5:00 p.m. for graduating students 18 Friday Commencement 19 Saturday Academic year ends for junior class 25 Friday Academic year ends at 5:00 p.m. for freshman and sophomore classes Clerkship and Elective Period Intervals ;riod Begins Ends 1 June 5, 1978 July 15, 1978 11 July 17, 1978 August 26, 1978 III August 28, 1978 October 7, 1978 IV October 9, 1978 November 18, 1978 V November 20, 1978 January 13, 1979 VI January 15, 1979 February 24, 1979 VII February 26, 1979 April 7, 1979 VIII April 9, 1979 May 19, 1979* *Ends May 17, 1979, for students graduating on May 18, 1979. PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES The Study The efforts of the School of Medicine are directed toward providing able students with a stimulating and challenging milieu in which of Medicine they may acquire a thorough background in scientific medicine, as well as a deep understanding of the meaning of comprehensive medical care. In a field that is developing as rapidly as is medicine, education begun in medical school must serve as the foundation for a lifelong course of learning. As Sir William Osier pointed out some decades ago, a faculty, no matter how talented, can "only instill principles, put the student in the right path, give him methods, teach him how to study, and early to discern between essentials and nonessentials." Today's student is preparing to cope with a changing world; to contribute, in a constructive, considered way, to resolving problems of medicine and of health care. To assist in that preparation, the faculty's mission is to preserve the joy of learning and to foster a spirit of dis- crimination and creativity. It is hoped that each student will achieve this grounding during his years in the School of Medicine.

CURRICULUM

The curriculum is the product of prolonged and continuing study, by both faculty and students, of the present and probable future course of medical science and medical practice, and of the ways in which medical education can be kept abreast of this course. It is planned to provide students, who enter medical school with diverse backgrounds and interests and who will undertake a wide variety of careers, with the basic knowledge and skills essential for their further professional development. Modern medical education can no longer hope to be comprehensive: it must be selective. Yet students must develop facility in the understanding and use of several related technical languages: those of anatomy, chemistry, physiology, and clinical medicine. They must share responsibility for the care of the patient. They must also learn how these areas of endeavor are interrelated, how the organization and needs of society influence the methods of providing medical care, and how new knowledge is acquired and old knowledge reevaluated. The curriculum includes a core experience based upon a sequence of courses that will introduce the student to the broad panorama of medicine. The principles, the methods of investigation, the problems, and the opportunities in each of the major disciplines of medical science and medical practice are presented in such a way as to help the student select the career best suited to his abilities and goals.

The elective program helps the student to decide where his major interests lie. It also enables him to benefit from the wide range of specialized knowledge and skills found in the faculty. As there is not enough time for each student to be introduced to each of today's areas of specialization, the elective program permits him to select, according to his own desires, the areas he wishes to explore or to study in depth.

Table of Required Hours 1978-79 As reported to the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, representing the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association and the Executive Council of the Association of American Medical Colleges, credit hours for courses are expressed in terms of clock hours—the scheduled hours per year of actual lecture and laboratory contact between faculty and students. These clock hours are not to be interpreted as semester or quarter hours. First-year courses are taught during the 36-week academic year. Gross Anatomy 198 Biochemistry* General 93 (Advanced 77) Microbiology 180 Social Aspects of Medicine 36 Physiology 144 Microscopic Anatomy 149 Neural Science 131 Genetics 36 Topics in Clinical Medicine 36 Biostatistics 18 Total clock hours for the year 1021 Second-year courses are taught during the 36-week academic year. Pathology 303 Pharmacology 180 Pathophysiology Infectious Diseases 58'/2 Heart, Kidney and Lung 581/: Metabolism, Endocrinology and Gastrointestinal Disorders 601/. Oncology and Hematology 55'/2 Nervous System Disorders 60 Developmental Biology 60 Introduction to Clinical Medicine 124 Introduction to Clinical Psychiatry 49 Radiology 36 Surgery 36 Ophthalmology 9 Otolaryngology 9 Total clock hours for the year 1099

'Student's course level determined by Department of Biochemistry. Clinical Clerkship (Third) Year is a 48-week academic year. Medicine 462 Surgery 462 Obstetrics and Gynecology 23 I Pediatrics 231 Psychiatry 231 Neurology 115!/: Otolaryngology 77 Ophthalmology 38'/2 Total clock hours for the year 1848 Elective (Fourth) Year is a 48-week academic year. Students are required to attend a minimum of 36 weeks. At least two thirds of the minimum required time for the Elective Year must be taken exclusively in residence in the Washington Uni- versity School of Medicine elective course program; any exceptions to this must be approved by the Assistant Dean for Curriculum and the standing subcommittee of the Committee on Academic Review and Promotions (CARP)-II. This subcommittee reviews students taking more than twelve weeks at other schools and all individual questions about what merits elective credit. If the faculty or administrator of the elective program has any question about what should receive elective credit, this subcommittee should judge and report to the CARP-1I for final action. Credit may be given for elective work done at any point in the standard four-year Doctor of Medicine degree program so long as the duration of participation conforms to current elective guidelines and (a) the student is a duly registered, full-time student for a minimum of three years and nine months, including scheduled vacation time, and tuition is paid for four complete academic years; or (b) if transferring into the sophomore class, the student is a duly registered, full-time student for a minimum of two years and nine months and tuition is paid for three complete academic years; or (c) if transferring into the junior class, the student is a duly registered, full-time student for a minimum of 22 months and tuition is paid for two complete academic years. To qualify for a Doctor of Medicine degree, a student must take a total of at least 36 weeks of full-time courses or approved research. Full academic credit will be granted for any successfully completed elective that fulfills the following criteria. Full-time course electives must: 1. be approved by a recognized school of medicine and have a designated coursemaster who will evaluate the student's performance; 2. be taken when the student is enrolled at the Washington University School of Medicine; and 3. be a planned educational program that deals with some aspect of clinical medicine or biological science and encompasses at least three consecutive weeks. Research electives must: 1. be sponsored by a designated investigator who will outline the project, oversee the student's progress, and evaluate the student's performance; 2. be accomplished while the student is enrolled at the Washington University School of Medicine; and 3. be a project in which the student has worked full time for a total of at least twelve weeks. Full-time investigative work on such a project prior to enrollment at the Washington University School of Medicine can be used for the twelve-week minimum requirement but will not be credited toward the 36 weeks needed for elective credit. Students are encouraged to take lecture-seminar elective courses, but such offerings are optional. Total clock hours for the year 1188 Total clock hours for four years 5156 The Study of Medicine DEGREE PROGRAMS The Washington University School of Medicine offers three programs leading to the M.D. degree: a regular four-year program, a special five-year program, and a combined M.D./Ph.D. program. The Washington University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, through the Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences, offers programs in cellular and developmental biology, evolutionary biology and ecology, molecular biology, neural sciences, and plant biology leading to the Ph.D. degree. Study is organized on an interdepartmental basis using the faculty of the seven preclinical departments of the School of Medicine, as well as the Biology Department of the Graduate School. Additional information and the application for admission may be obtained by writing to:

Office of Graduate Student Affairs Box 8072 Washington University School of Medicine 660 South Euclid Avenue St. Louis, Missouri 63110

Doctor of Medicine, Four-Year Program

By conferring the M.D. degree, the University certifies that the student is competent to undertake a career as a Doctor of Medicine. It certifies further that, in addition to medical knowledge and skills, the graduate possesses qualities of personality—compassion, emotional stability, and a responsible attitude—essential to an effective professional life. A course of medical education for the M.D. degree ordinarily consists of a minimum of four years of study. Students recommended for the degree of Doctor of Medicine must be of good moral character, they must have completed an entire academic course of instruction as matriculated medical students, they must have passed all required subjects or the equivalent and have received satisfactory grades in the work of the full academic course, and they must have discharged all current indebtedness to the University. Individuals applying for licensure must be twenty-one years of age and must have completed four entire academic years in the study of medicine. At the end of the final academic year, students who have fulfilled these requirements will be eligible for the M.D. degree.

Doctor of Medicine, Five-Year Program In addition to the regular four-year program leading to the M.D. degree, this program permits the student to spend one additional year in an investigative or research concentration. The program must be arranged subject to the approval of the Committee on Medical Education.

M.D./Ph.D. Medical Scientist Training Program The School of Medicine offers a combined M.D./Ph.D. program within the Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences designed for selected students who are interested in a research career and whose undergraduate education has placed major emphasis on science. The program permits the student to obtain both the M.D. and the Ph.D. degree, usually within six years of study. The major purpose of the program is to prepare medical scientists, skilled in the study of modern biology, for clinical and preclinical faculties of medicine. Financial support in the form of stipends (currently $3900 a year) and tuition remission will be available for a period of six years to all students admitted to the program. Support is obtained from National Institutes of Health grants and is subject to their policies governing funding. Eligibility Applicants must meet the requirements for admission to both the School of Medicine and the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. In addition to the minimum requirements established for acceptance into both schools, students planning to concentrate in disciplines related to the chemical or physical sciences should have completed mathematics through calculus, physics and physical chemistry (with calculus as a prerequisite), and advanced organic chemistry. A course in differential equations is also recommended. For students whose major interests are in the more biological aspects of medical science, the requirements for chemistry are less rigorous, but a strong background in mathematics and physics is essential. Although most individuals will enter the program as first-year students, applications will be accepted from students in residence. Only students who have spent the equivalent of one summer in a research laboratory should apply to the program. The Program The program consists of three segments: (1) two years of the usual medical curriculum, (2) three or more years of work in preparing a thesis to satisfy requirements for the Ph.D. degree, and (3) a final year which is the usual clinical year of the medical curriculum, individually adjusted to each student's requirements and career goals. This sequence may be modified to fit individual needs. In particular, students who wish to begin their research after the first year of the regular medical curriculum may do so after consultation with the Medical Scientist Training Program Committee. Since the fourth year of medical school is completely elective, the medical scientist will have taken the equivalent of that year while preparing his thesis, and thereby he will have completed the total requirements for the M.D. degree. While the Medical Scientist Training Program includes all those medical courses required for the M.D. degree, it incorporates a high degree of flexibility for individual students through a wide range of electives and the large number of thesis programs available at Washington University. The members of the Medical Scientist Training Program Ad- visory Committee are available to students to help them decide in which elective courses and laboratories they will participate. Usually the following courses will be taken in the first two years.

Year I First Semester: Gross Anatomy. Biochemistry, Microbiology. Social Aspects of Medicine. Second Semester: Microscopic Anatomy. Physiology. Neural Sciences, Genetics, Topics in Clinical Medicine, Biostatistics.

10 The Study of Medicine Year 2 Third Semester: Pathology, Pathophysiology. Pharmacology, Introduction to Clinical Medicine. Fourth Semester: Pathology, Pathophysiology. Pharmacology, Radiology, Neurology. Surgery, Ophthalmology, Otolaryngology. Introduction to Clinical Psychiatry, Introduction to Clinical Medicine. Students begin their training on July 1 of the year they enter the School of Medicine. The first two weeks of the summer will be spent visiting the various departments in the School of Medicine and the Department of Biology in order to select a laboratory for summer research. Students will also spend the summer between their first and second years doing research. The laboratory selected for summer research need not be the same laboratory ultimately chosen for the Ph.D. portion of the program. A student who passes a qualifying examination in any of the regularly offered preclinical courses will be allowed to substitute either advanced course work or laboratory research in the time made available. In this way many students will have an opportunity to begin supervised research immediately after entry. Research can be continued in free periods during the first two years. The courses differ from the usual medical courses with respect to the laboratory training periods and the availability of additional electives. As students enrolled in the program will have begun laboratory work during the summer and will receive additional intensive laboratory training, they may elect, with approval of the Medical Scientist Training Program Committee, to omit or to take only selected parts of a laboratory component. The time not utilized in the normal components will be spent in research laboratories and in elective tutorial courses which are offered to supplement in depth the normal course material. These courses include advanced biochemistry, microbial genetics, immunology, neurobiology, biophysics, cell biology and cytology, advanced pharmacology, and pathobiology. In addition, the formal graduate courses are available to the more advanced students. The performance of each student will be reviewed annually, and he will be expected to maintain a high scholastic standing. Years 3, 4, 5 The student will spend the third, fourth, and fifth years in sat- isfying the requirements of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences for the Ph.D. degree. The formal requirements for the Ph.D. degree include (1) com- ,y. pletion of course work, (2) successful performance in a qualifying examination, usually at the end of the third year, (3) execution of original research suitable for a dissertation, and (4) defense of the thesis. Students are also required to do a teaching assistantship for a semester in one course. Before beginning the third year, the student will select a faculty adviser under whom he will do his thesis research and the training program or department in which he will obtain his Ph.D. degree. For purposes of graduate training, the Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences is divided into the following programs: Cellular. Developmental and Systemic Biology, Molecular Biology, Neural Sciences, Plant Biology, and Evolutionary Biology and Ecology. The programs are taught by faculty from all of the preclinical departments of the School of Medicine and from the Department of Biology of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. These programs provide maximum flexibility for student training and, by providing for interdepartmental teaching, not only avoid duplication but assure that each course is taught by the most qualified faculty, regardless of departmental affiliation. Therefore, course requirements reflect the student's background and interests rather than a rigid course sequence. Stu- dents may also receive their graduate training by special arrangement in other graduate science departments within the University. A detailed listing of the various courses available in the Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences can be found on page 119 as well as in the sections describing the various departments of the School of Medicine. 11 A program of special monthly seminars will be arranged for The students during the research years. Conducted by medical scientists of the clinical departments of the School of Medicine, these seminars are aimed at stimulating student interest in clinical medicine and at increasing awareness of major research problems in clinical medicine. Final Year in Clinical Medicine The sixth year is the clinical year of the normal medical curriculum. The intensive clinical training provided in this year is the last formal requirement for the M.D. degree. The Ph.D. and M.D. degrees will be granted simultaneously at the end of the final clinical year.

TUTORIALS AND INDIVIDUALIZED PROGRAMS The educational program is designed to meet the needs of all medical students in an individual and a personalized way. To help students who may be having academic difficulty or who may wish to reinforce their studies, individual tutorials are offered. The School's experience is that tutorials enable students to handle course work with improved proficiency. Students who are found to have difficulties in handling the normal academic course load will be asked to take an individualized program which would require five rather than four years to complete.

GRADES In order to assist the student in evaluating his progress, he is graded in each course by the faculty. In the clinical and elective years, grades are accompanied by detailed descriptive comments charac- terizing each student's performance. This type of evaluative data is of considerable assistance to the student when applying for internship or residency training, since it permits the Assistant Dean for Post-Graduate Training to give each hospital to which the student has applied a meaningful, comprehensive summary of the student's attributes, abilities, and performance.

12 The Study of Medicine A Pass/Fail grading system is employed for the first semester of the first year. At the conclusion of each academic year every student receives a grade report that indicates achievement in each course taken. When all the official grades have been received, the official transcript, in addition to listing courses and grades achieved, gives the grade distribution in each course with the exception of elective courses.

Grades are: H = Honors HP = High Pass P = Pass F = Fail DF = Deferred INC = Incomplete "Honors" is given for a truly outstanding performance, "High Pass" for very good work, and "Pass" for satisfactory work. "Fail" signifies clearly unsatisfactory performance, "Deferred" indicates a marginal performance with some deficiency that must be removed, and "Incomplete" denotes that course work has not been completed.

If a departmental coursemaster submits a grade of "Incomplete," "Deferred," or "Fail" for a medical student duly enrolled in any medical school course, the coursemaster will include an accompany- ing statement which contains the following information: 1. Student's name. 2. Course title. 3. Inclusive dates of course. 4. Grade. 5. Description of extent of academic encumbrance. 6. Remedial action recommended to remove the academic encumbrance. This type of statement will be submitted to the Office of the Registrar at the time student grades are reported and prior to the scheduled meetings of the various committees on academic review and promotions.

RULES GOVERNING PROMOTION A faculty Committee on Academic Review and Promotions reviews the records of all students by curriculum level. Academic Review and Promotions Students must pass all required courses unless excused from their course(s) by the responsible department(s). Students must have satisfactorily completed all the required courses for the first two years in order to be admitted to candidacy for the degree of Doctor of Medicine and to proceed to the third year of the curriculum. Each student's performance will be evaluated periodically by a Committee on Academic Review and Promotions. One such committee (CARP I) is concerned with the first two years, and the other(CARP II) with the later years of the curriculum. In the case of unsatisfactory progress, as evidenced by failing grades or an inability to develop adequate clinical expertise, the appropriate committee may recommend that the student be reexamined or repeat the relevant course(s). If a student does not achieve or maintain a satisfactory level of scholarship, the Committee may recommend to the Executive Faculty of the School of Medicine that he be dropped from the School. Any action to drop a student from the School will be the result of a determination by either CARP committee (on the basis of the student's performance and on the judgment of the members of the faculty who are familiar with him), that he has demonstrated an inability successfully to complete the requirements of the School for the degree of Doctor of Medicine. A recommendation by either committee to drop a student from the School may be appealed. The appeal must be submitted, in writing, to the Dean within 72 hours of the student's receipt of notification of the Committee's recommendation. Appeals will be considered within 30 days by a standing Appeals Committee appointed by the Dean of 13 the School of Medicine. This standing committee has limited authority either to uphold the earlier decision of the relevant CARP committee or to recommend to the Executive Faculty that the student be rein- stated and allowed to continue his studies in the School. The reversal of a recommendation by a Committee on Academic Review and Pro- motion will be based only on a presentation of: (I) new and/or different information than that previously received by that Committee, and submitted with its recommendation; or (2) evidence of extreme hardship of which the Committee was not fully apprised. Individualized Programs The Committee on Academic Review and Promotion responsible for the first two years may recommend to any first-year student whose performance reflects difficulties with the required coursework that he enter an individualized program offering a reduced course load. The Committee's recommendation will be based on a review of the student's performance in the first or second examinations in one or more of the major* first semester courses. The intent of such individualized programs is to permit the student's optimum chances of successfully completing the requirements for the first year by permitting him to take up to two years to complete the first year's work. Students who accept the Committee's recommendation will be permitted to withdraw from one. or at the most two, of the major courses taught in the first semester, and will be eligible for individual tutorial help in the remaining course(s). At the end of the first semester the Committee may require a student who has failed one or more of the major courses to enter an individualized program. Students who have been required to enter an individualized program must pass all of their assigned courses in each semester in order to continue in the School of Medicine. In the absence of such exten- uating circumstances as personal ill health, a student on an individualized program who fails a major assigned course will be dropped from the School. No student may take more than three years to complete the coursework required for the first two years of the curriculum. The Committee on Academic Review and Promotions 1 will neither promote a student to the status of Candidate for the Doctor of Medicine degree nor permit a student to begin a Clinical Clerkship until all first- and second-year course work has been satisfactorily completed. Beyond the Second-Year Curriculum The Committee on Academic Review and Promotions II meets at least twice each year to review the academic progress of all students who have been promoted or admitted to the status of Candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine. This includes students in the regular four-year degree program, students taking a five-year degree program, students in the clinical portion of the Medical Scientist Training Program, those selected students with a prior Ph.D. degree who have been approved by the Medical Science Training Placement Curriculum Committee for individualized curricula and are now in the clinical training period of their program (having previously been promoted to the status of Candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine), and all others who have successfully completed all aspects of the School's preclinical curriculum. Just prior to the end of each academic year, the Committee meets and recommends to the Executive Faculty those students who, in the opinion of the Committee, are qualified to receive the degree of Doctor of Medicine. Specific rules are as follows: 1. All academic encumbrances must be removed in order for a student to be recommended for graduation. 2. A candidate having failures in two subjects may. at the discretion of the Committee, be dropped from the School or may continue with an individualized program.

♦The term "major course(s)" refers to Biological Chemistry. Microbiology, and Gross Anatomy, which are currently taught in the first semester, and Physiology. Microscopic Anatomy and Neural Science, which are currently 14 taught in the second semester. The Stud) of Medicine STUDENT RESEARCH FELLOWSHIPS No matter what medical career an individual chooses, it will be essential for him to evaluate and use fresh knowledge as he moves through his professional life. Student Research Fellowships, awarded each year to selected students who undertake research projects under the direction of faculty members, are an important part of the educational program. These fellowships offer students an opportunity to attempt original work, thus adding another dimension to their experience as investigators. This research allows students to discover first hand the problems of obtaining and assessing new information. Selected faculty members serve as advisers to students interested in special research opportunities. Fellowships are available to students after admission to the School. They are granted for a minimum of two months. The research must be undertaken during the student's free time or a vacation period. A number of studies conducted by students are significant enough to be reported in scientific journals.

INTERNSHIPS AND RESIDENCIES Although not required by all states for licensure, an internship in an approved hospital is considered essential preparation for the practice of medicine, and most graduates seek additional experience by serving as residents, and perhaps later as fellows, for periods up to five years. In order to aid students in obtaining desirable intern appointments, an active counseling program is maintained by the Assistant Dean for Post-Graduate Training. Thus, in their junior year, students are provided with general background information about the kinds of internships available. Since many more internships exist than there are candidates in any given year, students are able to exercise a considerable degree of selectivity. The Assistant Dean for Post-Graduate Training maintains an open file of brochures and other descriptive data regarding internships throughout the country. Included are evaluations of their own internships obtained from our recent graduates. The School participates in the National Intern and Resident Matching Program, which offers distinct advantages to applicants. The School maintains an active interest in its graduates and is pleased to assist them in subsequent years as they seek more advanced training or staff appointments in the communities in which they settle.

POSTDOCTORAL TRAINING Those departments which offer Postdoctoral Fellowships in- dividualize such educational activity up to a maximum of 36 months of academic time. Such fellowships lead integrally to certification by the appropriate specialty and/or subspecialty boards of the American Medical Association.

WinlHit __J

15 The Washington University School of Medicine selects students Admission on the basis of character, attitude, interest, intellectual ability, motivation, and superior scholastic achievement. Applications are reviewed and independently evaluated by members of the Committee on Admissions. Final decisions are made by the twenty-one-member faculty committee as a whole. All applicants are interviewed prior to their acceptance. Washington University encourages application from and gives full consideration to all applicants for admission and financial aid without respect to sex, race, handicap, color, creed, or national or ethnic origin. University policies and programs are nondiscriminatory. The School of Medicine is committed to recruiting, enrolling, and educating an increased number of students from racial minority and educationally deprived groups. Masculine pronouns are used in this book for succinctness only; they are intended to refer to both females and males.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Entrance requirements to the School of Medicine are: 1. evidence of superior intellectual ability and achievement; 2. completion of at least 90 semester hours of college courses in an approved college or university; 3. completion of the New Medical College Admission Test of the Association of American Medical Colleges; 4. evidence of character, attitude, and interests suitable for a career in medicine. Chemistry, physics, and mathematics provide the tools for modern biology, for medicine, and for the biological basis of patient care. Thus, a firm grounding in these subjects is essential for the study of medical sciences. Entering students are expected to have had at least the equivalent of one-year courses at the undergraduate level in physics and biology; to have studied mathematics through integral calculus; and to have a background in chemistry, including organic chemistry. A course in physical chemistry (with calculus as a prerequisite) is strongly recommended. In selected instances, one or more of these prerequisites may be waived by the Committee on Admissions, but applicants are strongly advised to pursue their interests in these and in other areas of science. A major goal of undergraduate college work should be development of the intellectual talents of the individual. This often involves the pursuit of some area of knowledge in depth, whether in the hu- manities, social sciences, or natural sciences. At the same time, a diversity of background is encouraged in order to provide a necessary foundation for cultural development. Specific courses, other than the few in the natural sciences, are not presented as prerequisite because a great variety of courses may prepare the student for the many roles he may play in his medical career.

16 APPLICATION PROCEDURE The Washington University School of Medicine participates in the American Medical College Application Service (AMCAS) of the Association of American Medical Colleges. AMCAS is a centralized procedure for applying to any participating medical school with only one application and one set of official transcripts of academic work. The AMCAS Application for Admission, common to all participating medical schools, is distributed solely by the AMCAS. For this reason, individuals requesting an application and a Bulletin from Washington University will receive an AMCAS Application Request Card and a brochure which describes the School of Medicine. The Bulletin is mailed to candidates upon receipt of their application credentials from AMCAS. Applicants are urged to file their applications as early as possible.

Early Decision Admission

This is an optional program for the applicant whose first choice school of medicine is Washington University and who desires an admission decision on his application no later than October 1, 1978. To receive this special consideration, the applicant must agree: (1) to apply only to this School prior to receiving its admission decision; (2) to accept a position in the class if offered; (3) to submit all required credentials to AMCAS by August 1, 1978, and (4) to visit the Medical Center for interviews on a mutually convenient date prior to September 1, 1978.

The academic record must show either completion or plans for completion of all courses required for admission, 90 semester hours of course work, and a cumulative grade-point average of 3.70 or above. Scores on the New Medical College Admission Test must document the applicant's strong academic preparation—usually the 85th per- centile or above. There is no quota on the maximum number of posi- tions in the class of 120 to be filled by Early Decision applicants. The AMCAS Application for Admission contains complete instructions regarding Early Decision programs. 17 Regular Admission Other than special handling and processing of Early Decision applicants, all applicants for admission to the Washington University School of Medicine are treated initially with equal consideration. The deadline for receipt of the application at AMCAS is November 1, 1978.

The Committee on Admissions promptly acknowledges receipt of the AMCAS application and forwards to the applicant the materials that must be submitted to complete the application process. At this stage, a nonrefundable Application Service Fee of $25 is charged by the University. Selected applicants are strongly encouraged to visit the Washington University Medical Center and to be interviewed. Applicants are notified as soon as a final admission decision has been made on their application.

Personal Interview

The Committee on Admissions would like to interview every applicant who passes the initial evaluation screening process, but since this involves several thousand applicants, it is physically impossible to accomplish. Therefore, selected applicants are invited to visit the Washington University Medical Center for an interview, as well as a tour of the School of Medicine and its hospitals. This visit will provide an opportunity for the applicant to meet and talk with students and faculty members.

If an applicant is planning an interview trip which will include the St. Louis area, it is entirely appropriate for him to write the Interview-Appointments Secretary, Committee on Admissions, Box 8107, Washington University School of Medicine, 660 South Euclid Avenue. St. Louis, Missouri 63110, and inquire if an interview will be requested of him. The inquiry should be made at least three weeks in advance of the anticipated travel. From September to June, the Office of Admissions is open on weekdays and until noon on Saturday. During the summer months, the office is closed on Saturday.

During November and December, members of the Committee on Admissions usually visit various parts of the country to interview selected applicants. However, an on-campus interview in St. Louis is deemed highly preferable.

ADVANCED STANDING Applicants who have satisfactorily completed one or two years of study toward the M.D. degree at an approved medical school in the United States may be accepted for admission to the second- or third- year class when vacancies exist, provided that 1. they comply with the requirements for admission to the first-year class; 2. they have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent in general content and duration to those in this School in the years for which credit is asked; 3. they pass any examinations required by the Committee on Admissions in subjects already covered.

An applicant for admission to an upper class must have studied as a matriculated medical student in an approved medical school for a period equivalent to that already spent by the class to which admission is sought.

18 m Financial TUITION AND FEES The following fees are applicable to first-year new matriculants Information for the 1978-79 academic year: Application (nonrefundable) $ 25 Acceptance deposit (to reserve a place in class; applied to first-semester tuition; refundable upon written request).... 100 Tuition (including health fee) 5,600 The University reserves the right to change the fees herein stated at any time without notice. However, if a change is made, it will not become effective until the next academic year.

REFUNDS A student who withdraws from the School will receive a pro rata refund of tuition and appropriate fees. The refund will be based on the ratio of the class days enrolled (from the first day of classes to the day withdrawal permission is granted) to the total number of class days in the term for which tuition and fees were paid. If tuition and fees were paid entirely or in part by financial aid from the School, the refund will be applied first to the total repayment of the accounts from which financial aid was drawn, with any remaining refund balance given to the student. Financial aid received in excess of the costs of tuition and fees must be refunded by the student to the School on the same pro rata basis as calculated for the tuition refund outlined above.

ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES 1978-79 An estimate of the expenses of a single student for one academic year is given below. The total of these figures suggests a basic minimum budget of approximately $8,123 for a single new matriculant in the first year class. Allowances for entertainment, travel, clothing, and other miscellaneous items must be added to this estimate. Tuition (including student health fee) $5,600 M icroscope rental 90 Books and supplies 435 Housing (Olin Residence Hall) 864 Board (Medical Center Cafeterias) 1.134

19 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

The ability to finance a medical education at Washington University does not influence the student selection process. At the time accepted students indicate they will matriculate in the School of Medicine they may request an application for financial aid. The Grad- uate and Professional School Financial Aid Service (GAPSFAS) Application for Financial Aid will be sent to the student by return mail.

As all students accepted for admission have proven scholastic ability, financial assistance is awarded on a basis of documented financial need which cannot be met by student and family resources. Many students who consider themselves independent of their parents arrange loans from parents with specific terms of repayment and interest.

The GAPSFAS Application for Financial Aid for the academic year 1978-79 consists of three parts: Part I solicits information about the applicant, including a detailed description of resources and liabili- ties. In addition, it requests information about the income and expenses of the student's spouse (or spouse-to-be). Part II solicits information concerning the education and employment history of the student's spouse (or spouse-to-be) and some other financial information. Part III solicits parents' financial information. An official copy of the parents' and the applicant's U.S. individual income tax return completes the data required for financial aid consideration. The School asks that the application be forwarded promptly, hopefully within two weeks from date of receipt, to GAPSFAS for processing. The Committee normally makes an award decision within two weeks of the date the processed Application for Financial Aid is received from GAPSFAS. All information is evaluated by the Com- mittee on Student Financial Aid and is held in strict confidence. The composition of a financial aid award from the School is determined by policy which is applied to all recipients of financial aid. For awards that total up to $4,500, the first $3,000 of an award is a loan and is referred to as the "unit loan"; the next $1,500 is a grant or scholarship and is referred to as the "unit grant." For awards which ■^Emergency exceed the unit loan and the unit grant total of $4,500, that portion of Bar the award above $4,500 is funded as one-third grant and two-thirds loan. nes HoSpita, Exceptions to this policy may be made by the Committee. ^Public Parking Financial awards are divided equally between the two semesters. s Grant awards are credited toward payment of tuition and fees. Pro- 1 Jewish Hospital ceeds from loans are usually disbursed directly to the borrower. The -> Barnard Hospital loan portion of an award will be funded from funds available to the Medical Care Group School of Medicine or through the Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) program. All loans awarded by the Committee are free of interest to Renard Hospital a student while enrolled in the School. Wohl Clinics All awards are made for a given academic year; however, students may renew financial assistance in succeeding years of medical school if they remain in good academic and personal standing, and if there is continued financial need. Awards made to a student may vary from year to year, depending upon the student's needs and upon the availability of funds to the Committee. Students are responsible for filing applications for renewal of awards in the spring of each year. ^tifeik Medical students married to schoolmates should submit individual applications, together with financial statements from each student's parents. First- and second-year students are urged not to accept employment during the academic year. A number of third- and fourth- year students find employment in hospitals within the Medical Center. The Personnel Office provides assistance to students' spouses seeking employment. The Committee holds that students receiving assistance have an obligation to notify the Committee if their financial situation changes, for example, through employment or receipt of a scholarship not anticipated at the time the application was submitted. Students are not permitted to travel outside the continental United States during the academic year in which they receive finan- 20 cial aid from the School. Financial Information Washington University School of Medicine Merit Scholarships The School has established five full-tuition scholarships to be awarded annually to members of the entering first-year class beginning in 1979. The scholarships will be awarded, without regard to financial need, to students of proven academic excellence. In early fall 1978, selected applicants to the School's 1979 first-year class will be invited to file applications for scholarship consideration. Selection will be made by a committee of the faculty and will be based on demonstrated superior intellectual achievement as well as an assessment of the applicant's character, attitude, motivation, and maturity. The announcement of the 1979 scholarship recipients will be made on February 1, 1979. The scholarships are subject to annual renewal. Recipients of these scholarships will be expected to maintain academic excellence. If a scholarship is not renewed, the student may file for financial aid from the School. A scholarship recipient may not concurrently hold an Olin Fellowship from Washington University, or participate in the School's Medical Scientist Training Program, the National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program or the Armed Forces Health Professions Scholarship Program. Scholars may apply to the School for financial aid in addition to the full-tuition scholarship. Additional aid would be determined on the basis of documented financial need. Scholarship Funds Gilbert L. Chamberlain, M.D., Scholarship Fund. Created in 1971 by Dr. Gilbert L. Chamberlain to be used to aid worthy students in acquiring their medical education. Cecil M. Charles—Nu Sigma Nu Medical Student Scholarship Fund. Established by the Nu Sigma Nu Medical Fraternity in memory of Dr. Charles. Grace Strong Coburn Scholarship Fund. Created in 1962 through the bequest of Mrs. Grace Strong Coburn for scholarships in the School of Medicine. T. Griswold Comstock Scholarships. Established under the will of Marilla E. Comstock for students who would otherwise be unable to obtain a medical education. Dr. Charles Drabkin Scholarship Fund. Created in 1964 to provide financial assistance to medical students. George F. Gill Scholarship Fund. Instituted in memory of a former clinical professor of pediatrics. Harvielle-Bailey Scholarship. Established in 1970 under the will of Miss Isabel Bailey Harvielle as a memorial to Dr. Charles Poplin Harvielle and Dr. Steele Bailey, Jr., alumni of the School. Dr. Grace Huse Memorial Fund. Provides scholarship awards for deserving Washington University medical students. Insurance Medical Scientist Scholarship Fund. Established for the training of promising scholars intent upon a career in research and academic medicine. Jackson Johnson Scholarship Fund. Provided through a bequest in 1930 from Jackson Johnson. George D. Kettelkamp Scholarship Fund. Established in 1969 by Mrs. Kettelkamp in memory of her husband, an alumnus of the School of Medicine. Maude L. Lindsey Memorial Scholarships. Created in 1976 to assist students in the School of Medicine. Eliza McMillan Scholarship Fund. Provides assistance to young women in any of several schools of the University to secure an education. Medical Center Alumni Scholarship Fund. Awarded on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. Roy B. and Viola Miller Memorial Fund. Created in 1963 through the bequest of Roy B. Miller to provide scholarships for medical students and for postgraduate students engaged in study and research in the medical sciences. Mr. and Mrs. Spencer T. Olin Fellowships for Women. Provides for annual stipend and cost of tuition to women in any of several disciplines. Application deadline is February 1. 21 William B Parker Scholarship Fund. Established in 1976 by the School of Medicine in honor of William B. Parker's fifty-one years of service to the School. Henry and Louise Reller Scholarship. To be given to medical students in the name of the parents of Louise Reller. Samuel Jennings Roberts Scholarship Fund. Created to provide scholarships for any students engaged in study leading to the degree Doctor of Medicine. Robert Allen Roblee Scholarship Fund. Established in 1948 through the gift of Mrs. Joseph H. Roblee for students in the School of Medicine. Thomas W. and Elizabeth J. Rucker Scholarship Fund. Created in 1956 under the will of Eugenia I. Rucker, in memory of her mother and father. Joseph H. Scharf Scholarship Fund. Provided in 1949 through the bequest of Dr. Joseph H. Scharf. School of Medicine Scholarship Fund. Created in 1970 to provide financial assistance for medical students. Dr. John B. Shapleigh Scholarship Fund. Established in 1926 with the bequest of Dr. John B. Shapleigh and supplemented by contributions from Mrs. Shapleigh and Miss Margaret Shapleigh. Alexander Balridge Shaw Scholarship Fund. Created in 1958 through the bequest of Roy A. Shaw in memory of his father, Dr. Alexander Balridge Shaw. Beulah B. Strickling Scholarship Fund. Established in 1960 with a bequest from Mrs. Beulah B. Strickling. Marleah Hammond Strominger Scholarship. Established in 1971 by the family and friends of Marleah Hammond Strominger. The recipient shall be a motivated student with need for financial assistance and shall come from a disadvantaged background. Edwin H. and Virginia M. Terrill Scholarship Fund. Established in 1964 with the bequest of Dr. Edwin H. Terrill, an alumnus. It was Dr. Ten-ill's hope that scholarship recipients would repay into the Fund the amount of the award. Hiromu Tsuchiya Scholarship Fund. Created to provide scholarships in the School of Medicine. Tuholske-Jonas- Tuholske Medical Scholarship Fund. Established in 1974 by Rose T Jonas in memory of her father, husband, and brother. The recipient shall be a senior student preparing to enter the field of surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, or internal medicine. Scholarship and Loan Funds Isabel Valli Brookings Scholarship and Loan Fund. Established in 1957 by Isabel Valle Brookings (Mrs. Robert S.) for scholarships and loans in the School of Medicine. Danforth Foundation Loan and Scholarship Fund. Provides financial assistance for medical students. Danforth Medical Foundation Fund. Created through gifts from the Danforth Foundation and the late William H. Danforth to furnish loans, scholarships, or outright grants to talented and promising young men and women engaged in study or research in basic medical or clinical sciences.

22 . Financial Information Paul H. and Lila L. Guttman Student Aid Fund. Established in 1976 to provide financial assistance to qualified medical students. Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Fund. Created in 1972 to provide financial assistance for students who are from rural backgrounds, members of specified minority groups, and women. William H. and Ella M. Schewe Fund. Established to provide financial assistance to worthy students in the medical school. School of Medicine Loan and Scholarship Fund. Created in 1970 to provide financial assistance for medical students. Wilkinson Scholarship Fund. Created in 1968 by the bequest of Anna J. Wilkinson in honor of her husband, Dr. George E. Wilkinson. Medical and postdoctoral students are eligible for Wilkinson scholarships or loans.

Loan Funds American Medical Association Loan Program. Makes available bank loans without collateral to eligible medical students, interns, or residents who are citizens of the United States. Applications for such loans are made through the Education and Research Foundation of the American Medical Association. Ruth Elizabeth Calkins Scholarship Loan Fund. Established by Dr. Delevan Calkins in honor of his granddaughter. Federally Insured Student Loan. Washington University acts as the lender for students awarded loans by the School of Medicine. Health Professions Student Loan Fund. Established by federal legislation for medical students with a demonstrated financial need. Loans are available for long terms at favorable rates. Ursula Hecker Loan Fund. Established in 1967 by a bequest from Ursula Lee Hecker for the use and benefit of worthy, deserving, and needy medical students. W. K. Kellogg Foundation Loan Fund. Provides financial assistance to medical students in need of such aid. Gustel and Edith H. Kiewitt Scholarship Loan Fund. Provides loan funds for medical students. Ophelia H. Kooden and Violet G. Sachs Loan Fund. Created in 1970 to provide loans for medical students in memory of the donors' brother, Jess Klement Goldberg. National Direct Student Loan. A federal program to provide loans to students with financial need. Permits repayment over an extended period at a favorable interest rate. G. H. Reinhardt Memorial Scholarship Loan Fund. Established in 1947 through the bequest of G. H. Reinhardt. Aline Rixman Loan Fund. Created in 1940 by William Rixman in memory of his wife, the fund is used to alleviate unexpected financial emergencies of medical students. Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Student Loan Guarantee Program. Provides "a last-resort source of funds for educational expenses." Caroline O. Schlesinger Loan Fund. Established in 1969 to provide financial support for medical students. School of Medicine Student Loan Fund. Established to make loans to students with documented financial need. Washington University Medical Center Alumni Association Loan Fund. Provides emergency loans to medical students.

FELLOWSHIP AND OTHER FUNDS Alexander and Gertrude Berg Fellowship Fund. Created in 1952 through the bequest of Gertrude Berg to provide a fellowship in the Department of Microbiology. Glover H. Gopher Fellow in Surgical Research. Established in 1971 to support a postdoctoral fellow in surgery. William H. Danforth Loan Fund for Interns and Residents in Surgery. Provides financial assistance in the form of loans for postdoctoral students in surgery. J. Albert Key Fellowship Fund. Provides a stipend for a fellow in orthopedic surgery. 23 Louis and Dorothy Kovitz Fellowship in Surgical Research. I ina Established in 1970 by an alumnus and his wife to encourage medical students to pursue their interest in surgery. George W. Merck Memorial Loan Fund. Established in 1959 through the Merck Company Foundation to encourage deserving interns and residents to seek the best possible postdoctoral training. The Esther and Morton Wohlgemuth Foundation Fellowship. Established to support a fellow in the Division of Cardiovascular Diseases. Student Research Fellowships. Awarded each year to students who undertake special research projects under the direction of a faculty member. They carry a stipend. Application should be made to the Committee on Fellowships and Awards, which supervises the program.

AWARDS AND PRIZES Alpha Omega Alpha Book Prize. Awarded at the end of the fourth year to a member of that class who has performed outstandingly for the entire medical course. Alexander Berg Prize. Awarded to the student presenting the best results in research in bacteriology. Jacques J. Bronfenbrenner Prize. Provided by Dr. Bronfenbrenner's students in memory of his inspiration as a teacher and scientist, and awarded to the member of the graduating class who, in the judgment of the Chairman of the Department of Medicine, has done the most outstanding work in infectious diseases or related fields. Dr. Richard Brookings and Dr. Robert Carter Medical School Prizes. Provided for medical students through a bequest of Robert S. Brookings. Kehar S. Chouke Prize. Awarded at the end of the first year to a medical student who has demonstrated superior scholarship in anatomy. CIBA Award for Outstanding Community Service. Recognizes a sophomore student who has performed laudable extracurricular activity within the community. Carl F. and Gerly T. Cori Prize in Biochemistry. Awarded at the end of the first year to the member of the class who has demonstrated superior scholarship in biochemistry. Edmund V. Cowdry Prize in Histology. Established in 1969 to honor Dr. Cowdry; awarded to a freshman medical student who has performed meritoriously in microscopic anatomy. Antoinette Frances Dames Prize in Physiology and Biophysics. Awarded annually to a member of the first-year class who has demonstrated superior scholarship in these fields. George F Gill Prizes. One prize awarded at the end of the first year to a member of the class who has demonstrated superior scholarship in anatomy; one prize awarded to a member of the graduating class who has demonstrated superior scholarship in pediatrics. Alfred Goldman Book Prize. Created in 1972 as an annual award to be given to a student in the School of Medicine who, in the opinion of the Faculty, has done outstanding clinical or research work in diseases of the chest or pulmonary physiology. Dr. J. E. Kirk Scholastic Award. Established in 1975 and awarded to a graduating student of high scholastic standing. Louis and Dorothy Kovitz Senior Prize in Surgery. Senior award prize in surgery recognizing a member of the senior class who has shown the most outstanding ability, zeal, and interest in surgical problems. Lange Medical Publications Book Awards. Given to members of all four classes for high scholastic standing and achievement in research. Howard A. McCordock Book Prize. Awarded at the end of tie second year to a member of that class for general excellence in pathology

Edward Massie Prize for Excellence in Cardiology. Awarded to the member of the graduating class who, in the judgment of the Direct.>r of the Division of Cardiovascular Disease of the Department of Mec i- cine, has done the most outstanding clinical or basic research work n 24 the field of cardiovascular disease. Financial Information i k i »Hi 'jfluu U is

Mlffliwii^^fl I' up £!33l9iA 1 - .1

9 M BBBIL-*, m I8* ^ a^-*-jE ^■■^■■I^^HS^SI^^^HB'IWZIZ '.^^H

iflH^= :''^3P|p3 !^^^^

Medical Center Alumni Scholarship Prize. Given annually to a student who has shown excellence in his work during the preceding year. Medical Fund Society Prizes. One prize awarded annually to a student of the senior class who has excelled in the study of internal medicine; one prize awarded annually to a student of the senior class who has excelled in the study of surgery. No individual is eligible for both prizes. Missouri State Medical Association Award. A scroll and a U. S. Savings Bond presented annually to an honor graduate of the senior class. C. V. Mosby Company Book Awards. Made to five members of the graduating class for high general scholastic standing and research achievement. St. Louis Internists Club Book Prize. Awarded to the graduating senior who has done the most significant research in any area of internal medicine. St. Louis Pediatric Society Senior Prize. Presented to the senior student showing the greatest promise in clinical pediatrics. Sandoz Award. Given annually to a graduating student who has made a meritorious contribution to psychiatric research. Sidney I. Schwab Book Prizes. Awarded at the end of the fourth year for general excellence in neurology and psychiatry. Margaret G. Smith Award. Given to a woman medical student for outstanding achievement in the first two years of medical school. Samuel D. Soule Award in Obstetrics and Gynecology. Presented to a member of the junior or senior class for meritorious achievement in either basic or clinical investigation in obstetrics and gynecology. Upjohn Achievement Award. Given to the senior student who has done the most meritorious work during his medical school career in the field of metabolism. Samson F. Wennerman Prize. Donated by his wife, Zelda E. Wennerman, and awarded annually to that senior student who has demonstrated promise in surgery. Hugh M. Wilson Award for Meritorious Work in Radiology. Given annually to a graduating medical student in recognition of outstanding work in radiology-related subjects, either clinical or basic science. James Henry Yalem Prize in Dermatology. Established by Charles Yalem in memory of his son and awarded annually to a member of the senior class for outstanding work in dermatology. 25 HOUSING Student The Off-Campus Housing Office, located in the Women's Build- ing on the West Campus, Box 1059, Washington Univeristy, St. Louis, Life Missouri 63130, telephone (314) 889-5092, maintains listings of housing appropriate for married and single students. The Spencer T Olin Residence Hall has accommodations for approximately 300 single men and women. This building, made possible by generous gifts from Spencer T. Olin and alumni and friends of the School of Medicine, is located at 4550 Scott Avenue in the Medical Center. Olin Hall is planned for the convenience of students in the medical or paramedical sciences. Every effort is made to provide an atmosphere that not only aids them in meeting their study obligations, but also recognizes their privileges as graduate students. The rates for rooms during 1978-79 are:

School Year: September-June (Nine Months) Two-room suite $^ Single room °f Double room /zu Large single '035

Summer 1978: for Three Months Two-room suite 318 Single room 288 Double room 240 Large single 345

Summer 1978: Weekly Rates for Student Visitor Two-room suite 39 Single room 32 Double room 26

Daily Rates for Visitors Two-room suite '6 Single room Single room (prospective student) 12

26 Each occupant is required to pay a $25 security fee in addition to the room rental charge. This fee will be held by the University until termination of residence to cover losses resulting from possible damage to the room or the furniture. Any portion not so used will be refunded.

PARKING Parking is available on lots owned and operated by the School of Medicine. These lots are located near Olin Hall and various other sites within the Medical Center. An annual permit must be purchased for use of University-owned lots. The use of the Busch lot is free but a permit is required. Permits for both these facilities are available to students—on a limited basis. Students also qualify to purchase monthly permits in the Washington University-Wayco Garage at the corner of Audubon and Euclid Avenues.

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE

Entering students are given a complete medical examination and are provided with medical care as long as they are enrolled in the School of Medicine. Physicians are available at the Student Health Service, and a physician is on call for emergency care at Barnes Hospital or in the student's room when necessary. Essential costs of hospitalization are covered. The student or his family is responsible for meeting the costs of hospital care in excess of those paid by the Health Service. The responsibility of the Student Health Service for hospitalization costs will end thirty days after a hospitalized individual ceases to be an officially enrolled student.

Except in certain emergencies, costs will not be covered for out- Si patient care that is not arranged through the Student Health Service. 27 Stud

RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES

St. Louis, home of Washington University, is a city in the center of things, stylistically as well as geographically. Here, the industrious- ness of the North is tempered by the graciousness of the South, while Eastern respect for tradition is balanced by the pioneering spirit of the West.

A metropolitan area of more than 2.4 million people, St. Louis has one of the most diversified economies of any major U.S. city. Among other endeavors, its workers are engaged in the aerospace industry, automobile assembly, brewing, shoe manufacturing, and chemical production.

The city's cultural and recreational opportunities reflect a similar eclecticism. There are 26 institutions of higher learning in the area, as well as libraries, museums, professional drama companies, a dance society, opera theatre, and the second-oldest symphony or- chestra in the nation. Frequent appearances by various popular recording artists from John Denver to KISS round out the city's cultural opportunities.

St. Louis is served by 18 radio stations, one educational and five commercial television channels. Two daily newspapers of opposing political views are pujjlished in the city—the Post-Dispatch in the evening and the Globe-Democrat in the morning.

For spectators, there are three major-league sports teams—the baseball and football Cardinals and the hockey Blues. For participants, the four vibrant seasons make outdoor recreation a favorit; pastime. Good country for hiking, camping, canoeing, and spelunkin: 28 is just a short drive from the city. .Student Life The construction of the Gateway Arch, the proud symbol of the key role St. Louis played in the nation's westward expansion, sparked an urban renaissance in the 1960's, and the city is now enjoying the results. Within the past few years, the downtown business district has undergone a dramatic transformation, with the opening of a convention center, five new hotels, and a riverfront entertainment district. Some of the city's historic residential neighborhoods, such as Lafayette Square and Soulard, have recently been rediscovered by modern homesteaders, who are enthusiastically restoring once- elegant townhouses to their former glory.

Washington University's School of Medicine is located in a district known as the Central West End—a diverse neighborhood which includes quiet private streets, high-rise apartment buildings, and many small shops, restaurants, and galleries. Under the auspices of the Washington University Medical Center Redevelopment Corpora- tion, this area, too, is experiencing a resurgence of interest from both commercial and residential investors.

One of the city's major attractions, Forest Park, is bounded on the west by the campus of Washington University and on the east by the Washington University Medical Center, which includes the School of Medicine. Originally the site of the St. Louis World's Fair, this 1400-acre expanse of greenery and recreational facilities has paths for running and cycling, courts for tennis and handball, a skating rink, fishing ponds, fields for football, baseball and soccer, and three golf courses. Also located within the Park are the St. Louis Zoo, McDonnell Planetarium, Museum of the Missouri Historical Society, Jewel Box Floral Conservatory, City Art Museum, and Municipal Opera.

29 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY MEDICAL CENTER ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

The Washington University Medical Center Alumni Association plays a significant part in the life of the School. It was organized to promote a spirit of class fellowship among its members, to further the aims and purposes of the School, to stimulate interest in the advancement of medical and collateral sciences, and to support post-graduate studies.

Membership is made up of all graduates of the School of Medicine, all members of the faculty, and all former house officers of the Medical Center. It is governed by an Executive Council.

Each year the Alumni Association sponsors the Annual Clinical Conference held in February, receptions at major medical meetings around the country, a welcoming party for incoming freshmen medical students, a Day at the School of Medicine for Outstanding High School Seniors, a program that permits a freshman medical student to spend time with a local practicing physician who is an alumnus, and an emergency loan fund for qualifying medical students.

Alumni Reunion Days are held in May and feature a scientific program presented by the Office of Continuing Medical Education, a welcoming party, individual class dinners, the Dean's Luncheon, and the Annual Alumni Banquet at which the 50-year reunion class and the graduating seniors are honored guests.

LECTURESHIPS AND VISITING PROFESSORSHIPS

Several established lectureships enable the School to bring to the Medical Center each year distinguished guests who contribute significantly to the richness of student life. Harry Alexander Visiting Professorship. Established by former house officers and friends of Dr. Harry Alexander to provide an annual visiting professor in the Department of Medicine. Alpha Omega Alpha Lectureship. Given each year by a faculty member of the students' selection. George H. Bishop Lectureship. Supported by funds made available by friends interested in the advancement of neurology. The James Barrett Brown Visiting Professorship in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Created by patients, friends, collegues, and former students to honor Dr. Brown. Thomas H. Burford Lectureship in Thoracic Surgerv. Founded in 1971 by friends of Dr. Burford. Glover H. Gopher Lectureship in Cancer. Founded in 1971 with 30 endowment provided by Dr. Copher and friends. Student Life Joseph J. Gitt Visiting Professorship in Clinical Neurology. Established in 1971 by his family and friends to honor Dr. Gitt. Graham Colloquium. A gift from Mr. and Mrs. Evarts Graham, Jr.. in 1963 enabled the School to establish a series of informal discussions led by outstanding scholars from fields other than medicine and the biological sciences. Mr. and Mrs. Graham's purpose was concordant with that of the School: to encourage opportunities for students to expand their views on social, philosophical, artistic, and political topics. The Graham Colloquia guests, selected by the students, are planned to foster an informal, lively exchange of views. Evarts A. Graham Memorial Lectureship. Established with a reserve fund left by Dr. Graham for his successors. Evarts A. Graham Visiting Professorship of Surgery. Established by the Harry Freund Memorial Foundation to support an annual lecture in honor of Dr. Graham's contributions to surgery. Samuel B. Grant Visiting Professorship. Created to provide annually a visiting professor in the Department of Medicine. Carl Gayler Harford Lectureship. Established in 1977 by the family of one of Dr. Harford's patients in gratitude for his contributions to teaching clinical medicine and virology. Alexis F. Hartmann, Sr., Lectureship. Established by friends interested in pediatrics to provide an annual lecture in Dr. Hartmann's honor. H. Relton McCarroll, Sr., Visiting Professorship in Orthopedic Surgery. Created by patients, friends, colleagues, and former students in honor of Dr. McCarroll. Carl V Moore Lectureship. Established by friends and patients of Dr. Carl V. Moore. Rose and Samuel Pollock Surgical Lectureship. Established by Dr. Joseph H. Pollock in memory of his parents. Wendell G. Scott Memorial Leactureship. Established in 1972 by friends and colleagues of Dr. Wendell G. Scott. Major G. Seelig Lectureship. Established in the field of surgery by friends of Dr. and Mrs. Seelig. Philip A. Shaffer Lectureship. Founded by friends of Dr. Shaffer in recognition of his accomplishments in biochemistry. St. Louis Football Cardinals Visiting Professorship in Orthopedic Surgery. Made possible by a donation from the St. Louis Football Cardinals. Robert J. Terry Lectureship. Established by alumni "for the purpose of fostering greater appreciation of the study of human anatomy." Mildred Trotter Lectureship. Established by friends and former students of Mildred Trotter to bring a distinguished woman scientist to the School of Medicine each year.

31 The Washington University School of Medicine was formed in Historical 1899 by the union of the first two medical schools established west of the Mississippi River: the Missouri Medical College and the St. Louis Perspective Medical College. These pioneer colleges set high standards for medical education during the heyday of the medical diploma mills, when there were three times as many medical schools operating in St. Louis as there now are in the entire state of Missouri. They raised their graduation requirements, so that at the time they became associated in 1899, each required its students to complete satisfactorily a four-year graded course for the M.D. degree. Both colleges were particularly fortunate in attracting men of energy, integrity, and skill. Members of their faculties were well known at home and abroad. Charles A. Pope at thirty-six became the youn- gest president in the first hundred years of the American Medical Association, and his successor as professor of surgery at the St. Louis Medical College, E. H. Gregory, was elected president in 1886. John T Hodgen, a graduate of the Missouri Medical College and later dean and professor of surgical anatomy at the St. Louis Medical College, was president of the American Medical Association in 1880. Hodgen originated the splint which is still used today for hip fractures. From their beginnings, each college sought university affiliation. The St. Louis Medical College was established as the Medical Depart- ment of St. Louis University, became independent in 1855, and affiliated with Washington University in 1891, although it retained its name until the union with the Missouri Medical College in 1899. The Missouri Medical College, first established as the Medical Department of Kemper College, was later the Medical Departmment of the University of Missouri. It became independent in 1857. In 1899, the Missouri Medical College affiliated with the St. Louis Medical College, and thus formed the Medical Department of Washington University. In 1909, Abraham Flexner began a survey of 155 medical schools in the United States and Canada for the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. The published result was the famous Bulletin Number Four on the state of medical education in the United States and Canada. Flexner's survey and a similar survey by the American Medical Association created a national sensation. Some schools collapsed, others pooled their resources, while still others reorganized. The Medical School of Washington University did not escape criticism. In his report to Dr. Henry Pritchett, president of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and former professor of astronomy at Washington University, Flexner said that "the department must be either abolished or reorganized."

32 Dr. Pritchett mailed the report to Robert S. Brookings, a St. Louis merchant who was president of the Board of Directors of Washington University. Mr. Brookings immediately went to New York to discuss the report with Mr. Flexner. The meeting in 1909 of Robert S. Brookings and Abraham Flexner was of unsurpassed significance in the history of the Washington University School of Medicine, for it led to the complete reorganization of the School and the establishment of the present Medi- cal Center. Abraham Flexner inspired the dream of a model medical school. Robert S. Brookings accepted the challenge, and with the energy and vision shown in all his enterprises, made the dream a reality. During the spring of 1912, construction was begun at a new loca- tion for the medical school and hospital buildings which form the nucleus of the present Medical Center. The laboratories were moved from their old quarters in downtown St. Louis into the new buildings on Euclid and Kingshighway during the summer of 1914. In April of 1915, exercises were held to celebrate the completion of this group of buildings designed to promote the practice, the teaching, and the progress of medicine. The dedication ceremonies marked what Dr. William H. Welch, of Johns Hopkins University, called "one of the most significant events in the history of medical education in America." Robert S. Brookings, the one man most responsible for the reorganization, voiced the hope that "our efforts will contribute, in some measure, to raising the standard of medical education ... and that we will add, through research activities, our fair quota to the sum of the world's knowledge of medicine." These prophetic words of Mr. Brookings have been realized. Local, national, and international recognition has come to the School and to its faculty. Members of the faculty have received numerous awards. Eleven Nobel Laureates have worked in the laboratories of the School's medical science departments. In the ensuing years, the Medical Center has continued to grow and to provide excellent facilities. With the increase in the physical plant there has also occurred a great increase in the size of the faculty. The expansion has been made without compromise in the standards which marked the early development of the Medical Center. As a result, significant achievements in both research and clinical areas have been consistently recorded, and the School of Medicine has continued to attract students and faculty of the highest caliber. 33 THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE Teaching The Washington University School of Medicine and the Medical Center are located along the eastern edge of Forest Park in St. Louis. Facilities Along the western edge of the park is the West Campus of the Uni- versity. A regularly scheduled shuttle bus, operated for the benefit of students and faculty, brings the two campuses within ten minutes of each other. Spread over two city blocks, the School of Medicine is separated by Euclid Avenue, with preclinical departments pre- dominating on the eastern side. The focal point of teaching facilities is the McDonnell Medical Sciences Building. The McDonnell Building, with 300,000 square feet of the most technologically advanced research laboratories and class- room space in the country, was made possible by James Smith McDonnell, a generous benefactor of Washington University. Dedi- cated in the fall of 1970, it is the center of activity for entering medical students. Rising nine floors above ground, it contains administrative offices and two lecture halls on the first floor. Multidisciplinary teaching laboratories for first- and second-year students, and offices and research laboratories for the seven existing basic science departments and the Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences are located on upper floors. Modern, centralized animal quarters are housed in the basement. The older structures, the North and South Buildings, in which centered the work of several Nobel Laureates, have been extensively renovated. Along with the Cancer Research Building, they continue to provide space for laboratories, offices, the library, and some departmental facilities.

Biomedical Computer Laboratory An outstanding group of computer scientists, engineers and their students are engaged in the development and application of computer technology to biomedical problems. The Biomedical Computer Laboratory and the Computer Systems Laboratory are located in adjoining buildings at 700 and 724 South Euclid, which also house the Division of Biostatistics of the Depart- ment of Preventive Medicine and Public Health.

The Library The School of Medicine Library is one of the largest medical libraries in the Midwest. It contains a collection of more than 150,000 volumes and subscribes to more than 2,000 serials. Special holdings include a rare book collection, the School's historical archives, memorabilia, and manuscript copies of the scientific papers of such outstanding men of medicine as Doctors William Beaumont, Joseph Erlanger, E. V. Cowdry, Evarts Graham, Leo Loeb, Philip Shaffer. Robert J. Terry, Carl V. Moore, and others. The Library is deeply involved in computer research and use. It runs a serials control system for a number of medical libraries throughout the U.S. at cost. Its cataloging is done in conjunction with the national computer group at the Ohio College Library Center in Columbus as an extension of its own computer cataloging. The Library provides services to local hospitals and is deeply involved in the seven- state Mid-Continental Regional Medical Library (National Library of Medicine). Two computer terminals are available for computer-assisted instruction and for searching remote computer data bases (including MEDLINE, Toxline, and Chemical Abstracts Condensates). A small collection of audiovisual materials is maintained, and may be viewed in several locations in the Library. Library hours are 8:30 a.m. to 12 midnight on weekdays; 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays; and 1:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. on Sundays A student reading room is open twenty-four hours a day. In the sum mer and on holidays, special hours are maintained. Further information can be found in the "Library Guide," "I.ibran 34 Notes," and special pamphlets on computer services.

- FACILITIES WEST OF EUCLID AVENUE West of Euclid Avenue but connected by a pedestrian bridge are the major clinical departments of the School of Medicine, housed in eight buildings. Here the medical school facilities are closely intertwined physically (and programmatically) with Barnes and Children's Hospitals. Located here are the following facilities owned and operated by Washington University: Edward Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology, one of the largest and best-equipped in the world, houses the diagnostic, therapeutic, and research activities of the Department of Radiology. It is connected on most of its floors with the adjoining Barnes and Barnard Hospitals, and through them with other hospitals of the group, thus providing easy access for all inpatients. St. Louis Maternity Hospital houses offices and research laboratories for the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology. A new Perinatal Center and laboratories for research in the physiology of reproduction are located in this building. Irene Waller Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation is a center for training personnel in rehabilitation procedures, for treatment of disabled persons in the St. Louis metropolitan area, and for research related to chronic diseases. Oscar Johnson Institute for Medical Research occupies the top five floors of the McMillan Hospital. McMillan Hospital houses offices and research laboratories for the Departments of Neurology and Neurological Surgery, Oph- thalmology, and Otolaryngology. West Building contains offices and research laboratories for the Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health, as well as for the Department of Pathology. William Greenleaf Eliot Division of Child Psychiatry, located about a mile from the Medical Center at 367 North Taylor Avenue, conducts an advanced teaching program in child psychiatry and is the focus for research and treatment in child psychiatry.

iflflfflTjiiSB :1 Elt mi r. m 133] 3IIIIII H1U llf™3IHIlH W """inn io i !• ftronnnn

1JT11 M'4,l^ll i vi DW"

35 Facilities Owned by Washington University and Shared with Barnes Hospital

The following buildings are owned by the School of Medicine, with all patient-care services being operated by Barnes Hospital: Renard Hospital provides 104 beds for patients with psychiatric disorders and contains laboratories and offices for the Departmeni of Psychiatry.

David P. Wohl, Jr., Memorial Hospital, opened in 1953, contains facilities for 80 medical patients. Offices and laboratories for the Departments of Medicine and Surgery are also available in Wohl Hospital. David P. Wohl, Jr., Memorial—Washington University Clinks handle about 150,000 outpatient visits a year. Five floors of the building are devoted to the Clinics and five floors to research, including the Division of Health Care Research.

The Medical Center, Its Hospitals and Institutions The School of Medicine is part of a medical center of nearh 2,000 beds and 10,000 employees, providing nearly 650,000 days oi care and more than 425,000 ambulatory care visits each year Organized formally in 1962, the umbrella organization now known as the Washington University Medical Center consists of a confedera- tion of six strong, private institutions committed to the pursuit oi excellence in health care, teaching, and research. Students receive clinical instruction and gain experience in all divisions of the Medical Center. Over the past fifteen years, with the growing confidence of working together, the Washington University Medical Center has undertaken increasingly complex projects. Evidence of this is the massive redevelopment project under way in the 36-block area sur- rounding the Medical Center, which is under the aegis of the Washington University Medical Center. Working closely with the neighborhood, the Washington University Medical Center Redevelop- ment Corporation will, over a nine-year period, provide impetus for new office buildings, laboratories, apartment buildings, commercial areas, renovated single dwellings, and many public improvements To date, over $36,000,000 worth of construction has been completed or commissioned.

Barnes Hospital is the largest hospital in the Medical Center It is independently owned but, through a special agreement, operates all inpatient facilities and clinics owned by the University. These contiguous facilities provide the chief source of clinical experience for medical students. The Barnes Group has a capacity of approximately 1,204 beds and includes teaching facilities for all clinical departments except Pediatrics. All activities of the School of Medicine and Barnes Hospital are closely integrated, and the hospital staff is composed exclusively of members of the Faculty of Medicine. The eighteen-story Queeny Tower has five nursing floors and two self- care floors, plus five floors of doctors' offices. A large central diagnostic laboratory provides modern diagnostic patient services. The East Pavilion is a fourteen-story inpatient hospital owned jointly by Washington University and Barnes Hospital. This multidisciplinary patient-care center contains 64 private and 200 semiprivate rooms. 30 beds for intensive care, obstetrical delivery suites, and 22 operating rooms for neurosurgery, ophthalmology, otolaryngology, and gynecology.

Barnard Free Skin and Cancer Hospital is independently owned ' but is operated by Barnes Hospital. It is a 44-bed hospital for the care and treatment of patients who suffer from skin diseases and cancer 36 or who are undergoing special tests in the Clinical Research Center Teaching Facilities St. Louis Children's Hospital, from its earliest days, governed by its own directors, has been an integral part of the Medical Center and a leader in the development of academic pediatrics. Its professional staff are members of the Faculty of Medicine, and the medical director is also professor and head of the Department of Pediatrics at Washington University. Considerable clinical service and research are conducted at Children's. Of particular interest is the recently created Ranken-Jordan Center for Metabolic Diseases. Jewish Hospital of St. Louis contains 577 beds. Its departments represent each of the major specialties except pediatrics. The Aaron Waldheim Outpatient Clinics provide all facets of health care to the community, while the Yalem Research Building contains important research facilities for the Hospital and School of Medicine. The new nine-story Sydney M. Shoenberg Pavilion provides inpatient rooms, surgical suites, and facilities for radiology. Central Institute for the Deaf, a nationally known institution, provides facilities for research into hearing problems, maintains a school for deaf and speech-handicapped children, provides outpatient clinics for children and adults, and engages in a program of professional education for scholars in the fields of audiology and otolaryngology.

Other Institutions In addition to the above facilities which make up the Washington University Medical Center, the following hospitals are affiliated with the School of Medicine, and various members of the staffs hold University appointments. The four City Hospitals: Max C. Starkloff Hospital, with 550 beds. Homer G. Phillips Hospital, with 466 beds. e of Robert Koch Hospital, with 691 beds. has Harry S Truman Restorative Center, with 375 beds. the Malcolm Bliss Mental Health Center, with 210 beds. Ellis Fischel State Cancer Hospital, Columbia, Missouri, with 113 beds. St. John's Mercy Hospital, with 607 beds. St. Louis Veterans Administration Hospitals, with 947 beds. St. Louis County Hospital, with 200 beds. St. Louis Shriners Hospital for Crippled Children, with 80 beds. St. Louis State Hospital, with 700 beds. St. Luke's Hospitals, with 683 beds.

37 Departments of the School of Medicine

38 39 Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology

The anatomical sciences are presented in three required courses gross anatomy, offered in the first semester; and microscopic anatorm and neural science, taught in the second semester. The course in neural science is taught conjointly with the Department of Physiolog; and Biophysics. In addition, the Department offers a series of graduate courses which may be taken as electives by senior students. Gross anatomy is taught essentially as a laboratory course, but with some Edison Professor of Neurobiology, lectures dealing with anatomical principles and with human growth Professor and Head of Department and development. The course in microscopic anatomy consists largeh W. Maxwell Cowan, B.Sc. (hon.), of cell and tissue biology, with laboratory sessions paralleling the Witwatersrand University, 1952; lectures in these areas. Neural science is taught mainly from an ex- Ph.D., Oxford University, 1956; perimental point of view, with particular emphasis upon the develop- M.B.B.Ch., 1958. (Also Director, ment and organization of selected neural systems. Throughout al! Division of Biology and Biomedical three courses, attention is paid to the results of recent investigations Sciences.) and to major developments in each field. The Department is well equipped for special work in several areas, including gross anatomy, electron microscopy, tissue culture, neurobiology, cell biology, and Professor Emeritus and Lecturer developmental and reproductive biology. Mildred Trotter, A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1920; Sc.M., Washington University, 1921; Ph.D.. 1924; Sc.D. (hon.), Western College, 1956; Sc.D. (hon.), Mount Holyoke College, I960. (See Department of Radiology.)

Beaumont-May Institute of Neurology Scholar in Anatomy and Professor Richard P. Bunge, B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.S., 1956; M.D., 1960.

Professors Estelle Brodman (Medical History in Anatomy), A.B., Cornell University, 1935; B.S., Columbia University, 1936; M.S., 1943; Ph.D., 1953. Mary B. Bunge, B.S.. Simmons College, 1953; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Adolph I. Cohen, B.S., City College of New York, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. (See Department of Ophthalmology.) Edward G. Jones, MB., Ch.B., University of Otago, 1962; Ph.D., FIRST YEAR the dissecting room for ready Oxford University, 1968; M.D., Bio 501. Human Anatomy reference by students who en- University of Otago, 1970. counter abnormalities or varia- The course is based largely on Roy R. Peterson, A.B., University of tions in their dissections. Fre- the dissection of the human body. Kansas, 1948; Ph.D.. 1952. quent use of X-ray films, cineradi- Lectures on functional and topo- ography films, fresh organs, and Leonard J. Tolmach, B.S., University graphic anatomy emphasize the cross sections aid in the synthesis of Michigan. 1943; Ph.D., University principles of organization of the of knowledge gained throuth of Chicago, 1951. (See Department various systems of the body. dissection into clinically useful of Radiology.) Lectures on developmental anat- information. Radiologic anatomy omy stress organogenesis as an and clinical correlation confer- Associate Professors adjunct to understanding the ences further aid in this process. E. Richard Bischoff, A.B., Knox normal and abnormal anatomy. Occasional attendance at au- College, 1960; Ph.D.. Washington An extensive museum of labeled topsies is recommended. Credit 40 University, 1966. dissected specimens is housed in 6 units. Bio 506. Microscopic Anatomy The structure and function of the The structure of cells, tissues, skin. (Dr. Menton) and organs is studied with re- Postnatal growth and develop- gard to the functional signifi- ment. (Dr. Peterson) cance of the morphological The organization of the olfactory features. The laboratories con- system. (Dr. Price) sist of the study of prepared slides, of preparations of fresh The physiology of the cerebellum. tissues, and of electron micro- (Dr. Thach) graphs. Each student is required Cell growth and radiation effects. to rent a microscope from the (Dr. Tolmach) School or have his own. Credit Muscle differentiation. 6 units. (Dr. Waterston) Axonal transport. (Dr. Willard) Harold Burton, B.A., University of Bio 554. Neural Sciences The organization of the somato- Michigan, 1964; Ph.D., University of This course, taught conjointly sensory cortex. (Dr. Woolsey) Wisconsin, 1968. (See Department by the Departments of Anatomy of Physiology and Biophysics.) and Neurobiology and of Physi- ology and Biophysics, provides ELECTIVES al. Theodore J. Cicero, B.S., Villanova a broad introduction to modern University, 1964; M.S., Purdue The Department offers a num- neurobiology. The neuroanatom- ber of graduate-level courses University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. (See ical aspects deal primarily with Department of Psychiatry.) which may be taken as electives the tissues of the central nervous by medical students. The Depart- Milton N. Goldstein, B.S., Western system from an experimental ment participates in the Division Reserve University, 1946; M.S., 1947; point of view. The course oc- of Biology and Biomedical Ph.D., 1952. (See Department of cupies approximately two half Sciences, which also offers Pathology.) days a week throughout the courses relevant to anatomy. second semester. Each student Boyd K. Hartman, A.B., University These course descriptions are is required to have or rent a of Kansas, 1962; M.D., 1966. (See presented in the section on Bi- microscope. Credit 5 units. Department of Psychiatry.) ology and Biomedical Sciences. David N. Menton, B.S., Mankato Bio 428. Developmental State College, 1959; Ph.D., Brown RESEARCH Neurobiology University, 1966. (See Department Bio 590. Research opportunities Bio 457. Somatosensory System of Pathology.) These are offered in the following areas: Bio 551, 552. Topics in Neurobiology ' Joseph L. Price, B.A., University of The cell cycle and cellular the South, 1963; Ph.D., Oxford differentiation. (Dr. Bischoff) Bio 561. Topics in Molecular University, 1969. The history of medicine. Neurobiology (Dr. Brodman) W. Thomas Thach, Jr., A.B., Princeton Bio 562. Neural Control of University, 1959; M.D., Harvard The cytology of neural tissue. Posture and Movement University, 1964. (See Department of (Dr. M. Bunge) Bio 563, 564. Techniques in Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) The growth and maturation of neural tissue in vitro. Neural Sciences Thomas A. Woolsey, B.S. University (Dr. R. Bunge) of Wisconsin, 1952; M.D., Johns Cutaneous sensibility and elec- Hopkins Univeristy, 1969. trophysiology of cultured neurons. (Dr. Burton) Assistant Professors The structure and pharmacology William A. Frazier, A.B., Johns of the retina. (Dr. Cohen) Hopkins University, 1969; Ph.D., Washington University, 1973. (See Neural growth and development. Department of Biological Chemistry.) (Dr. Cowan) Charlene C. Gottlieb, B.A., Radcliffe Growth and differentiation of College, 1966; M.D., Washington neuroblastoma and other cultured University, 1972. cell lines. (Dr. Goldstein) David I. Gottlieb, B.A., State Cell surface glycoproteins. University of New York, Binghamton, (Dr. C. Gottlieb) 1964; M.A., University of Wisconsin, Cell-cell recognition. (Dr. D. Gottlieb) 1969; Ph.D., Washington University, Note—The number preceding the 1971. (See Department of Biological The anatomy of the cerebral course title indicates that the Chemistry.) cortex and of somatosensory and course is offered by the Division Joseph Hanaway, B.A., McGill auditory systems. (Dr. Jones) of Biology and Biomedical Sci- University, 1956; M.D., 1960; CM., The organization of the mam- ences and carries credit in the 1960. (See Department of Neurology malian spinal cord. Graduate School of Arts and and Neurological Surgery.) (Dr. Loewy) Sciences. 41 Lorraine F. Lake, B.S., Washington University, 1950; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., 1962. (See Irene Walter Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation, Program in Physical Therapy, and Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health.)

Arthur D. Loewy, B.A., Lawrence University, 1964; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1969.

Robert H. Waterston, B.S.E., Princeton University, 1965; M.D., Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1972. (See Department of Genetics.)

Mark B. Willard, B.A., Oberlin College, 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1971. (See Department of Biological Chemistry.)

Research Assistant Professors Mary I. Johnson, B.S., Washington State University, 1964; M.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1968. (See Departments of Neurology and Neurological Surgery and Pediatrics.)

Larry W. Swanson, B.A., Pomona College, 1968; Ph.D., Washington University. 1972.

Research Instructors Francis A. Mithen, B.S., Tufts University, 1967; M.D.. Columbia University, 1971. Patrick M. Wood, A.B., Centre College of Kentucky, 1961; M.S., Purdue University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.

Research Associate Roger M. Harris, B.S., Stanford University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1975.

Research Assistants Mark A. Connelly, A.B., Washington University, 1971; A.M.. University of Missouri, 1976. Theodore R. Lane, B.S., Tufts University, 1962; M.S., Purdue 42 University, 1965; Ph.D., 1967. Department of Anesthesiology

According to the American Board of Anesthesiology, this specialty may be described as a practice of medicine which encompasses (1) the management of procedures for rendering a patient insensible to pain during surgical procedures, (2) the support of life functions under the stress of anesthetic and surgical manipulations, (3) the clinical management of the patient, unconscious from whatever cause, (4) the management of problems in pain relief, (5) the manage- Henry E. Mallinckroclt Professor ment of problems in cardiac and respiratory resuscitation, (6) the of Anesthesiology and application of specific methods of inhalational therapy, and (7) the Head of Department clinical management of various fluid, electrolyte, and metabolic C. Ronald Stephen, B.Sc, McGill disturbances. University, 1938; M.D., CM., 1940. With these objectives in mind, this Department is dedicated to presenting to the student, as opportunities develop, (1) clinical applications of certain anatomic relationships, e.g., regional nerve Professors blocks, (2) applications of principles of respiratory physiology, e.g., Leonard W. Fabian, B.S., University mechanics of ventilation under various circumstances, cardiorespi- of Arkansas, 1950; M.D., 1951. ratory resuscitation, (3) application of pharmacologic knowledge related to sedative, narcotic, and anesthetic drugs, and to com- Albert Roos, M.D., University of pounds affecting the autonomic nervous system, (4) clinical problems Groningen, 1940. (See Department related to acid-base, fluid, and electrolyte balance in surgical patients, of Physiology and Biophysics.) and (5) principles underlying the approaches to the emerging concept of "acute medicine." Associate Professors After the second year of medical school, preceptorships in anesthesiology are available for eight-week periods by individual James D. Jones II, B.S., Louisiana application. Each preceptee is assigned to a staff anesthesiologist State University, 1940; D.D.S., and gains experience in the performance of clinical anesthesia, Loyola University of the South, 1945; participates in conferences and seminars, and joins in ward rounds M.D., University of Alabama, 1957. in the recovery room and intensive care unit. (See Department of Obstetrics and An elective in clinical anesthesiology is offered every six weeks Gynecology.) for up to ten students. The pharmacology of inhalation, intravenous, William D. Owens, B.A., Westminster and local anesthetic drugs is demonstrated by practical application College, 1961; M.D., University of by the student in the operating room. The importance of blood gas Michigan, 1965. determinations in evaluating the efficacy of ventilation is shown. Opportunities to develop proficiency in techniques such as Lewis J. Thomas, Jr., B.S., Haverford endotracheal intubation are available. Special sessions on cardio- College, 1953; M.D., Washington pulmonary resuscitation are conducted and students are expected University, 1957. (See Department to attend the regular anesthesia conferences and seminars. of Physiology and Biophysics and Biomedical Computer Laboratory.) Glenn R. Weygandt, B.S., University of Missouri, 1945; M.D., Washington University, 1947.

Assistant Professors Nabil Abboud, B.A., Christian Brothers College, 1963; M.D., St. Joseph's University, 1970. (Jewish Hospital.) Milton L. Cobb, B.A., Baylor University, 1964; M.D., University of Texas (Southwestern), 1968. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Isabella S. Collins, B.A., Vassar College, 1944; M.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1950. Donald J. Dickler, B.A., New York University, 1942; M.D., 1945. (Jewish Hospital.) 43 James A. Felts, B.S.. DePauw Spomenko Bauer, M.D.. University Instructors (Clinical) University, 1943; M.D.. Northwestern of Zagreb Faculty of Medicine. 1968. University. 1946. Sedat M. Ayata, B.S.. Istanbul William J. Gallagher, B.A.. Holy James J. Jenkins, B.A.. Duke Lyceum, 1949; M.D.. University of Cross College. 1943; M.D., Cornell University. 1966; M.D.. University of Istanbul. 1955. University, 1947. North Carolina. 1970. (Jewish Francis G. Duffy, M.D., B.Ch., Hospital.) Louise S. Grove, R.N.. St. Mary's B.A.O., University College of Sara T. Jones, B.A.. University of Memorial Hospital School of Nursing. Dublin, 1951. North Carolina. 1958; M.D.. Bowman 1946; C.R.N.A.. Barnes Hospital. Gray School of Medicine. 1962. 1960; B.A., Webster College. 1976. Robert C. Engelhardt, B.S., Universil; A. Ercument Kopman, M.D.. Istanbul of South Carolina, 1946; M.D., University. 1947. Robert Hellman, B.A.. Yeshiva University of Missouri, 1950. University. 1969; M.D., New Jersey F.lsie F. Meyers, B.A.. Indiana College of Medicine and Dentistry. Paul L. Friedman, A.B., Washington University. 1947; M.D.. 1950. 1973. University, 1953; M.D.. 1957. Necita I.. Roa. B.S.. University of the Hugh F. S. Keister, A.B.. Washingtoi Philippines. 1964; M.D.. 1969. Robert B. Holloway, B.S.. LeMoyne University, 1955; M.D., 1959. Susan L. Wilson, A.B.. Washington College. 1952; M.D.. Meharry University. 1967; M.D.. University Medical College. 1956. (St. Louis George E. Lucas, B.S.. John Carroll of Louisville. 1972. V.A. Hospitals.) University, 1953; M.D., St. Louis University, 1958. Akira Iwane, M.D.. Nihon University. Instructors Daniel W. Platt, M.D.. Chicago 1966. Rolando P. Abada, B.S.. University Medical College, 1949. of the Philippines. 1966; M.D.. 1971. Barbara R. Krupin, B.S.. University William A. Sims, Jr., A.B.. Universil! Mohammed F. Bashiti, MB.. B.Ch.. of Minnesota. 1966; M.D.. 1968. of Missouri, 1954; B.S.Med., 195.'. 44 Ain Shams University, 1971. (Jewish Hospital.) M.D., Washington University, 19:; Department of Biological Chemistry

The Department offers a general introductory course, an advanced course relating the subject to biology and medicine, and several specialized courses in the major aspects of biochemistry. Students of medicine and in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences may enroll in the courses or pursue research work under the direction of the staff. Facilities in research are provided in carbohydrate, lipid, nucleic acid, protein, and steroid biochemistry, with varying emphasis Professor and Head of Department on enzymology, metabolism, physical chemistry, structural studies, Luis Glaser, B.A., University of or biochemical genetics. Some summer research scholarships are Toronto. 1953; Ph.D.. Washington offered to students of medicine. University. 1956.

Distinguished Service Professor Emeritus Carl F. Cori, M.D., University of Prague, 1920; Sc.D. (hon.), Yale University, 1946; Sc.D. (hon.). Western Reserve University, 1946; Sc.D. (hon.). Boston University. 1948; Sc.D. (hon.). Cambridge gversity, 1949; Sc.D. (hon.), ashington University, 1966.

Professors Leonard J. Banaszak, B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1955; M.S.. Loyola University. I960; Ph.D.. 1961. (Sec Department of Physiology and Biophysics.) Ralph A. Bradshaw, B.A.. Colby College. 1962; Ph.D.. Duke University. 1966. Barbara I. Brown, B.A., Smith College, 1946; Ph.D., Yale University, 1950. David H. Brown, B.S., California Institute of Technology. 1942; Ph.D.. 1948. (See Administration.) George R. Drysdale, B.S.. Birmingham- Southern College, 1948; M.S., University ol Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1952. Carl Krieden, B.A.. Carleton FIRST YEAR special emphasis on problems College, 1951; Ph.D.. University of relevant to medicine. Extensive Bio 451. General Biochemistry Wisconsin, 1955. reading of original literature Craig M. Jackson, B.S., Washington Involves the basic concepts of will be required. The course will State University. 1963; Ph.D.. biochemistry. Designed for qual- consist of four parts: (1) meta- University of Washington, 1967. ified undergraduates, medical, bolic regulation, including a (See Department of Medicine.) and graduate students, the course study of hormonal control; (2) is required of all graduate stu- structure and function of mem- Stephen C. Kinsky, A.B., University dents in the Department, and branes and organelle biogenesis; of Chicago, 1951; Ph.D., Johns either this course or an equivalent (3) gene expression in higher Hopkins University, 1957. (See course is a prerequisite for ad- organisms, including malignant Department of Pharmacology.) vanced courses. Lectures only. transformation; (4) biochemistry Stuart A. Kornfeld, A.B.. Dartmouth Credit 4 units. of specialized organs or tissues, College, 1958; M.D., Washington Bio 531. Advanced Biochemistry for example, connective tissue, University, 1962. (See Department A discussion of the biochem- bone, blood clotting, etc. Credit of Medicine.) istry of organized systems, with 4 units. 45 Biochemistry and physiology oi RESEARCH blood platelets and coagulation Bio 590. Research opportunities (Dr. Majerusi These are offered in the follow- Conformation and chemistry of ing general areas of biochemistry; polypeptide hormones. X-ray analysis of protein struc- (Dr. Marshalli ture; structure and mechanism of Crystal structure and conforma- enzymes, lipoproteins. tion of proteins. (Dr. Mathewsi (Dr. Banaszak) Studies of proteins specific to DNA sequence analysis and the nervous system; their local genetic engineering of bacterial ization, physical and chemical DNA; transcriptional control of properties. (Dr. B. Moorei bacterial operons. Protein nucleic acid interactions (Dr. Barnes) Philip W. Majerus, M.D., Washington associated with DNA replication (Dr. Morris University, 1961. (Sec Department Structure-function relationships Nucleic acid biochemistry of of Medicine.) in proteins and enzymes. (Dr. Bradshaw) eukaryotes. Regulation of tran- Garland R. Marshall, B.S., California scription during cell differentia- Institute of Technology, 1962; Ph.D., Biochemical investigation of tion and during viral oncogenesis Rockefeller University. 1966. (See metabolic disorders of carbohy- (Dr. Roeder] Th Department of Physiology and drate metabolism. U. Biophysics.) (Dr. B. Brown) Relationship of inositol metabolism to secretory events. Blake W. Moore, B.S., University of Studies of pathways of carbohy- (Dr. Shermani Akron, 1948; Ph.D., Northwestern drate metabolism in mammalian tissues. (Dr. D. Brown) Membrane biochemistry ol University, 1952. (See Department prokaryotes and eukaryotes. of Psychiatry.) Comparative enzymology of (Dr. Silbert] purine metabolism in developing William D. Phillips, B.A., University muscle and erythrocytes. Protein biosynthesis of of Kansas, 1948; Ph.D., Massachusetts (Dr. Chilson) eukaryotes. Translation and Institute of Technology, 1951. (Also processing of secretory proteins Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) Mechanism of enzyme reactions. and peptide hormones. (Dr. Drysdale) Robert G. Roeder, M.S., University (Dr. Strauss) Structure, function and topog- of Illinois, 1965; Ph.D., University of Regulation of protein synthesis; raphy of cell-surface macro- Washington, 1969. (See Department replication of virulent and onco- molecules which regulate of Genetics.) genic viruses and their effects on morphogenesis. (Dr. Frazier) William R. Sherman, A.B., Columbia host cells. (Dr. Thach! Relationship of enzyme structure University, 1951; Ph.D., University Steroid metabolism and action and function. Kinetic theory and of Illinois, 1955. (See Department (Dr. Warren) applications to enzyme reactions. of Psychiatry.) Protein-protein interactions. Enzyme mechanism, structure David F. Silbert, A.B.. Harvard (Dr. Frieden) and function of serum lipoprotein (Dr. Weidman) University, 1958; M.D. 1962. Cell-cell recognition in normal Robert E. Thach, A.B.. Princeton and malignant cells. Mechanism Biochemical transformations of University, 1961; Ph.D., Harvard of cell wall biosynthesis. steroid hormones; hormone ef- University, 1964. (Also Faculty of (Dr. Glaser) fects at the cellular level. (Dr. Wiest) Arts and Sciences.) Molecular basis of cell-cell rec- James C. Warren, A.B.. University of ognition in the nervous system. The function and regulation of Wichita, 1950; M.D., University (Dr. D. Gottlieb) intra-axonally transported proteins. (Dr. Willardl of Kansas, 1954; Ph.D.. University of Computer methods in biochem- Nebraska, 1961. (See Department istry and mass spectrometry. of Obstetrics and Gynecology.) (Dr. Holmes) ELECTIVES Biochemical studies of protein- Descriptions of the elective Associate Professors lipid interactions; mechanism of courses are listed under the Divi- Oscar P. Chilson, B.S., Arkansas blood clotting. (Dr. Jackson) sion of Biology and Biomedical State Teachers College, 1955; M.S.. Biochemistry of collagen. Sciences. University of Arkansas. 1958; Ph.D.. (Dr. Jeffrey) Bio 452. Biochemistry Laboratory Florida State University, 1963. Immune damage to and im- Bio 527. Reproductive (Also Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) munogenicity of natural and Endocrinology model cell membranes. William F. Holmes, A.B.. Princeton Bio 530. Digital Computers for University. 1953; Ph.D.. University (Dr. Kinsky) Laboratory Use of Pennsylvania. 1960. (See Biomedical Research on the structure, func- Computer Laboratory.) tion, and biosynthesis of com- Bio 532. Biochemistry of the Extracellular Matrix Rosalind H. Kornfeld, B.S., George plex oligosaccharides present on Washington University, 1957; Ph.D., mammalian cell surfaces and in Bio 535. Physical-Chemical Basis Washington University. 1961. (See serum glycoproteins. of Techniques in Molecular 4b Department of Medicine.) (Dr. S. Kornfeld) Biology ol {Biological Chemistry on us

] Assistant Professors Wayne M. Barnes, A.B., University I of California, 1969; Ph.D., University ■of Wisconsin, 1974.

Thomas F. Deuel, A.B., Princeton University, 1957; M.D., Columbia University, 1961. (See Department of Medicine.) William A. Frazier, A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1969; Ph.D., Washington University, 1973. (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) David I. Gottlieb, B.A., State University of New York-Binghamton, 1964; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1969; Ph.D., Washington University, 1971. (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) John J. Jeffrey, Jr., B.S., College of [the Holy Cross, 1958; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1965. Instructors (See Department of Medicine.) Bio 537. Protein Chemistry and William H. Holland, A.B., Washington Enzyme Mechanisms F. Scott Mathews, B.S., University University, 1950. (See Department Bio 538. Structure and Function of California, 1955; Ph.D., University of Psychiatry.) of Cell Membranes and Surfaces of Minnesota. 1959. (See Department Bio 540. Cell Surface Receptors of Physiology and Biophysics.) Walter L. Nulty, Jr., B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1956. Bio 544. Mechanisms of Disease Charles F. Morris, B.S., Baylor (Cancer) University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1973. Lecturer Bio 548. Nucleic Acids and Protein Biosynthesis Arnold W. Strauss, B.A., Stanford Walter G. Wiest, A.B., Brigham University, 1966; M.D., Washington Young University, 1948; Ph.D., Note—The number preceding the University, 1970. (See Department University of Wisconsin. 1952. (See course indicates that the course of Pediatrics.) Department of Obstetrics and carries credit in the Graduate Gynecology.) Stuart W. Weidman, A.B., Washington School of Arts and Sciences. University, 1957; M.A.. 1963; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1965. (See Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health.) Mark B. Willard, B.A., Oberlin College, 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1971. (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.)

Research Assistant Professor Michael K. Hoffman, B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1965. 47 James S. McDonnell Department of Genetics

The James S. McDonnell Department of Genetics was forme in the fall of 1975 to offer a program of preclinical and gradua instruction in genetics. A medical genetics course in the secor. semester of the first year is designed to provide the student with background in the basic principles of genetics and to introduce mo advanced aspects of human and medical genetics. (Clinical trainir James S. McDonnell Professor in genetics is offered in the fourth year by the Division of Medic. and Head of Department Genetics of the Departments of Medicine and Pediatrics.) The faculty of this new Department is currently small. Its it Donald C. Shreffler, B.S., University search and graduate training programs are concentrated primari of Illinois, 1954; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., in the areas of immunogenetics and mammalian biochemical genetic California Institute of Technology, However, a substantial future growth of the Department is now beir. 1962. planned. As the Department expands, other areas of active gene! Professors investigation and interest will be represented and a broad, compr. Theodore Reich, B.S.. McGill hensive program of research and graduate training opportuniti; University, 1959; M.D., 1963. (See will be developed. An advanced course in immunogenetics is beir. Department of Psychiatry.) offered in the second semester. Additional graduate courses will [ Robert G. Roedcr, M.S., University developed for next year. Opportunities for research training an of Illinois, 1965; Ph.D., University experience are available at all levels. of Washington, 1969. (See Department of Biological Chemistry.) William S. Sly, M.D.. St. Louis University. 1957. (See Departments of Medicine and Pediatrics.)

A ssociate Professors Ralph J. Craff. A.B.. Washington University, 1957; M.D., 1957. (See Department of Surgery.) (Jewish Hospital.) Richard K. Ilillman, A.B.. Brown University. 1962; M.D.. Yale University, 1965. (See Department of Pediatrics.) George B. Johnson, B.A.. Dartmouth College. 1964; M.A.. 1966; Ph.D.. Stanford University, 1972. (Also Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) Alan R. Templeton, A.B., Washington University, 1969; M.A., University of Michigan, 1972; Ph.D., 1972. (Also Faculty of Arts and Sciences.)

I (siting Associate Professor Judith Stamberg, B.A., Brown University, 1962; M.A., Harvard University, 1965; Ph.D.. 1968.

Assistant Professors Douglas E. Berg, B.S.. Cornell University. 1964; Ph.D., University of Washington. 1969. (See Department of Microbiology and Immunology.) Susan E. Cullen, B.S.. College of Mount St. Vincent. 1965; Ph.D.. Yeshiva University. 1971. (See Department of Microbiology and 48 Immunology.) Robert H. Waterston, B.S.E.. FIRST YEAR Princeton University. 1965; M.D., Medical Genetics fPh.D., University of Chicago. 1972. An initial segment covers the (See Department of Anatomy and fundamental principles of ge- Neurobiology.) netics. Later segments introduce more advanced topics, including 'Research Assistant Professors population and quantitative ge- Miroslav Hauptfeld, M.D., University netics, clinical cytogenetics, bio- of Zagreb. 1963. chemical genetics and metabolic Vera Hauptfeld, Ph.D.. Charles defects, counseling, and im- University. 1968. munogenetics. Lectures only. Credit 2 units. Research Associate |J. Lynne Brown, B.S.. University of Washington, 1965; Ph.D.. RESEARCH ELECTIVE ^lassachusetts Institute of Bio 590. Research opportunities Bio 522. Immunogenetics ■Technology, 1972. These are offered in the follow- Genetic and immunologic as- ing areas of genetics: pects of variant systems detected by immunologic methods: blood Structure and genetic control of groups, allotypes, histocompat- cell membrane alloantigens. ibility antigens. Genetic dissec- (Dr. Cullen) tion of immunologic mechanisms. Biochemical population genetics. Kinetic analysis of isozymes. Note—The number preceding the (Dr. Johnson) course title indicates that the Genetics of immune response. course carries credit in the Mammalian biochemical Graduate School of Arts and genetics. (Dr. Shreffler) Sciences.

44 John Milliken Department of Medicine The general medicine teaching services of the Department are located at Barnes Hospital, Jewish Hospital, St. Louis City Hospital (Starkloff Division), and Veterans Hospital (John Cochran Divisioni under the following directors: Barnes Hospital, Dr. Kipnis House Staff Training Program, Dr. Aach Jewish Hospital, Dr. Peck St. Louis City Hospital, Dr. Vavra Busch Professor and Chairman Veterans Hospital, Dr. Chase of Department In addition, for the purposes of both teaching and research, the David M. Kipnis, A.B., Johns Hopkins Department of Medicine is divided into specialty divisions at Barnes University, 1945; M.A., 1949; M.D., Hospital and Jewish Hospital under the following directors: University of Maryland, 1951. Bone and Mineral Diseases, Dr. Avioli Cardiovascular Diseases, Drs. Sobel, Oliver John E. and Adaline Simon Professor and Associate Chairman Dermatology, Dr. Eisen of Department Endocrinology and Metabolism, Dr. Daughaday William A. Peck, A.B., Harvard Gastroenterology, Dr. Alpers University, 1955; M.D., University Hermatology-Oncology, Drs. Majerus, S. Kornfeld, Reinhard, T. Deuel of Rochester, I960. Immunology and Allergy Diseases, Drs. C. Parker, Little Infectious Diseases, Drs. Medoff, Liebhaber Sydney M. and Stella H. Shoenherg Laboratory Medicine, Dr. Jarett Professor Medical Genetics, Dr. Sly Louis V. Avioli, B.A., Princeton Pulmonary Diseases, Drs. Pierce, Senior University, 1953; M.D., Yale Renal Diseases, Drs. Klahr, Lubowitz University, 1957. Rheumatology, Dr. Atkinson Instruction in Medicine is provided during all four years of the Professors Emeriti medical curriculum, beginning with human genetics and an introduc- Carl G. Harford, A.B., Amherst tory course in the first year. Teaching in the second year has two main College, 1928; M.D., Washington objectives: the correlation of the basic sciences with the clinical aspect; University, 1933. (Also Lecturer.) of disease, and training in the technical methods of physical examina- Virginia Minnich, B.S., Ohio State tion and laboratory diagnosis. By the beginning of the third year, the University, 1937; M.S., Iowa student is prepared for supervised clinical study of individual patients A junior clerkship of twelve weeks, divided into two six-week periods. State College, 1938. is served on one of the medical services supervised by the Department In the final year, students may elect a subinternship in general medi- Professors cine or select any of a series of elective courses offered in the various Richard D. Aach, A.B., Washington medical subspecialties. University, 1955; M.D., 1959. David H. Alpers, B.A., Harvard University, 1956; M.D., 1960. Elmer B. Brown, Jr., A.B., Oberlin College, 1946; M.D., Washington University, 1950. (See Administration.) Hugh Chaplin, Jr., A.B., Princeton University, 1943; M.D., Columbia University, 1947. (See Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health.) William H. Danforth, A.B., Princeton University, 1947; M.D., Harvard University, 1951. (See Administration.) William H. Daughaday, A.B., Harvard University, 1940; M.D., 1943. Arthur Z. Eisen (Dermatology), A.B., University of Buffalo, 1951; Sc.M., Brown University, 1953; M.D., 50 University of Pennsylvania. 1957. FIRST YEAR patient-related data so that he/ Topics in Clinical Medicine she can participate profitably in This interdepartmental course third year clinical activities as a is designed to stimulate student member of the health-care team. interest in clinical medicine This is accomplished by using a through carefully selected and variety of instructional formats including: lectures, demonstra- presented discussions of both the clinical and basic science features tions, film and videotape, super- of a number of illnesses. The vised self-examination sessions, course director involves faculty clinical subjects, patient simula- from the several clinical depart- tion, and supervised interaction ments in structuring the direc- with patients in both the ambula- tion, content, and presentation of tory and hospital setting. The the subject. understanding of the patient, his Leonard Jarett, B.A., Rice University, (Dr. Kipnis and Staff) interaction with illness, and the 1958; M.D., Washington University, importance of a good physician- ' C 1962. (See Department of Pathology.) SECOND YEAR patient relationship is emphasized. (Director of Diagnostic Laboratories, Teaching by the Department During the 124 instructional Barnes Hospital.) of Medicine is designed to (1) hours the mean student/faculty prepare the student for the transi- ratio is 5.6:1; in the clinical setting, M. Kenton King, B.A., University of tion from the preclinical sciences the student/faculty ratio is 4:1. Oklahoma, 1947; M.D., Vanderbilt (Dr. Tuteur and Staff) to the study of the sick patient at University, 1951. (See Administration the bedside, (2) help him analyze THIRD YEAR and Department of Preventive the manifestations of disease in Medicine and Public Health.) General Medicine terms of the altered mechanisms Supervised study of patients Saulo Klahr, B.S., College of Santa responsible for these manifesta- on the medical nursing divisions Librada. 1954; M.D., Universidad tions, and (3) introduce him to of Barnes Hospital (both Blue Nacional de Colombia, 1959. the techniques of examination and Red), Jewish Hospital, which are used regularly on all Starkloff City Hospital, and St. Robert E. Kleiger, B.A., Yale clinical services with the begin- Louis Veterans Administration University, 1956; M.D., Harvard ning of junior clerkships. This in- Hospital. Students are assigned University, 1960. struction is at times undertaken in rotation as clinical clerks to the George S. Kobayashi (Microbiology), jointly with members of other patients admitted to these ser- B.S., University of California, 1952; clinical departments, and is co- vices. Teaching is provided by Ph.D., Tulane University, 1963. ordinated when practicable with attending physicians, house offi- (See Department of Microbiology subject matter presented by the cers, consultants, and at regularly and Immunology.) Department of Pathology. scheduled conferences. Formal Stuart A. Kornfeld, A.B., Dartmouth (a) Pathophysiology instruction will be given in medi- College, 1958; M.D., Washington Selected topics in clinical med- cal therapeutics during the junior University, 1962. (See Department of icine are discussed in detail to clerkship. Students serve for six Biological Chemistry.) illustrate the application of bio- weeks on two of the five services. J. Russell Little, Jr., A.B., Cornell chemical, physiological, and ana- (Drs. Aach, Chase, Kipnis, University, 1952; M.D., University of tomical information in the under- Peck, Vavra, and Staff) Rochester, 1956. (See Department standing of pathological states. (a) Friday Noon Medical Clinics of Microbiology and Immunology.) Infectious, cardiovascular and Patients who have been studied Philip W. Majerus, M.D., Washington renal, neurological, gastrointesti- by students working in the wards University, 1961. (See Department of nal, hematological, metabolic, of Barnes Hospital are presented Biological Chemistry.) nutritional, and developmental before the third- and fourth-year Gerald Medoff, A.B., Columbia diseases are reviewed by an inter- classes to illustrate medical prob- College, 1958; M.D., Washington departmental faculty. Emphasis lems of particular interest. University, 1962. (See Department of is placed on the use of funda- (Dr. Kipnis and Staff) Microbiology and Immunology.) mental information in approach- (b) Clinical Pathological ing clinical problems as a way of Conference G. Charles Oliver, A.B., Harvard thinking in preparation for a life- Abstracts of the clinical records University, 1953; M.D., 1957. (See time of medicine, during which of patients upon whom post- Biomedical Computer Laboratory.) much new information will con- mortem examinations have been stantly be acquired. Charles W. Parker (Howard Hughes performed are presented in ad- (Department of Medicine Staff) Medical Institute Investigator in vance to members of the third- Medicine), M.D., Washington (b) Introduction to Clinical and fourth-year classes and to University, 1953. (See Department of Medicine members of the medical staff. At Microbiology and Immunology.) The primary goal of Introduc- each conference the diagnosis is tion to Clinical Medicine is to discussed in detail by the clinical Gerald T. Perkoff, M.D., Washington provide a clinical learning experi- staff before the anatomical University, 1948. (See Department ence early in the second year findings are presented by the of Preventive Medicine and Public where a student begins to become pathologists. Health and Division of Health proficient in the collection, com- (Dr. Kipnis and Medical Staff, Care Research.) munication, and interpretation of Dr. Kissane and Pathology Staff) 51 FOURTH YEAR Electives Medical Subinternship Medical subinternships, in multiples of six weeks, are offered to a limited number of students on the following medical services; Barnes Hospital Blue Service, Jewish Hospital, Starkloff City Hospital, St. Louis Veterans Ad- ministration Hospital, and St. Luke's Hospital. Duties and responsibilities, including nights on call, will be those of an intern, H. Mitchell Perry, M.D., Washington with the proviso that require- University, 1946. ments of Missouri state law must John A. Pierce, M.D., University of be met (e.g., orders must be Arkansas, 1948. countersigned by a licensed phy- Edward H. Reinhard, A.B., sician, etc.). The workload will be Washington University, 1935; M.D., lighter than that for interns to 1939. (See Department of Radiology.) insure ample time for reading about patients. Instruction and Gustav Schonfeld, A.B., Washington supervision will be provided by University, 1956; M.D., 1960. (See the appropriate chief of service, Department of Preventive Medicine attending physicians, consultants, and Public Health.) and house officers. Attendance Robert E. Shank, A.B.. Westminster at scheduled teaching confer- College, 1935; M.D., Washington ences is required. The subintern- University, 1939. (See Department of ship should be especially valuable Preventive Medicine and Public to students who plan to take Health.) straight medical internships and cytosis, and lysosomal enzyms to those who plan to go directly release, isolation of cell receptor: Laurence A. Sherman, B.A., B.S., into a specialty residency program for chemotactic factors and puri- University of Chicago, 1956; M.D., without first serving an intern- fication of enzymes involved ir Albany Medical College, 1964. ship of any kind (e.g., neurology, neutrophil activation. (See Department of Pathology.) psychiatry, etc.). (Dr. Spilbcrj (Drs. Aach, Chase, Kipnis, Paine, Cardiovascular Disease EduardoSlatopolsky, M.D., University Peck, Vavra, and Staff) of Buenos Aires, 1959. (a) Clinical Cardiology. Barne: Friday Noon Medical Clinics Hospital, six weeks, all day. Stu- William S. Sly, M.D., St. Louis Medical problems of particular dents will participate as member: University, 1957. (See Departments interest. (Dr. Kipnis and Staff) of Cardiovascular Division clini- of Genetics and Pediatrics.) Clinical Pathological Conference cal team, both in the Heart Sta- Burton E. Sobel, A.B., Cornell Thursdays, 12-1 p.m., Septem- tion and Coronary Care Unit University, 1958; M.D., Harvard ber to June. Particular emphasis will be placec rjepartn University, 1962. (Dr. Kipnis and Medical Staff, on clinical diagnosis, electrocardi- Dr. Kissane and Pathology Staff) ography and the noninvasivs John D. Vavra, B.A., University of techniques. Colorado, 1950; M.D., Washington Arthritic and Rheumatic Diseases (Dr. Rutwitch and Staff (a) Clinical Rheumatology. University, 1954. (Chief. Washington (b) Clinical Cardiology. Si University Medical Service. Starkloff Students will participate in consultations, clinic, and inpatient Luke's Hospital, six weeks, al Hospital.) (See Administration, day. Students are assigned to in- Department of Preventive Medicine practice. Laboratory experience also available. tensive care service, the hear i and Public Health, and Division of (Dr. Atkinson and Staff) station, and the Radiolog; Health Care Research.) Department. (Dr. Paine (b) Research. R. Dean Wochner, A.B., Arizona (c) Clinical Cardiology. Jewish 1. Studies related to com- Hospital, six weeks, all day. Stu- Universi State University, 1956; M.D., plement deficiency states and Washington University. I960. dents have experience in secini clinical immunogenetics of complement (Hospital Commissioner of St. Louis patients in consultation, readini Thomas proteins and mechanisms where- and Director of Health and Hospitals.) electrocardiograms, and partici- Umvers| by immunologic events occurring pating in activities of the (See Department of Preventive at the plasma membrane trans- Medicine and Public Health.) Coronary Care Unit and the mit appropriate signals to cell Graphics Laboratory. In addition, interior. (Dr. Atkinson) students may observe procedi re: Professor Emeritus (Clinical) 2. Students to participate in the cardiac catheterizat or Clinton W. Lane (Dermatology), in research procedures which in- laboratory. A.B., St. Mary's College, 1916; clude quantitation of the cell (Drs. Kleiger, Krone, Oliver 52 M.D., St. Louis University, 1921. functions of chemotaxis, phago- and St IT

- Medicine (d) Research. Minimum of 12 capsulatum: host-parasite interac- weeks, all day. tion and experimental therapeutics 1. Lipids in cultured myo- in the systemic mycotic infections. cardial cells. (Dr. Ahumada) (Dr. Kobayashi) 2. Myocardial contractile Gastroenterology proteins and assessment of metabolism and function in anoxic (a) Clinical Gastroenterology. and ischemic isolated perfused Six weeks, all day. Students parti- hearts. (Dr. Henry) cipate in the study of patients on whom consultations have been 3. External assessment of requested, receive instruction in myocardial metabolism and specialized diagnostic techniques, ischemic injury with positron- and participate in the conferences emitting isotopes. (Dr. Klein) and clinics run by the Division. professors (Clinical) 4. Hemodynamics, myocar- (Dr. Zuckerman) dial mechanics, and ventricular L J. Fiance, A.B., Washington (b) Research. Minimum of 12 function (cardiac catheterization). Bniversity. 1931; M.D., 1935. weeks, all day. (Dr. Ludbrook) Bernard T. Garfinkel, M.D.. 1. Clinically applied research 5. Protection of ischemic Washington University, 1948. on the hepatitis-associated antigen myocardium in the experimental (HAA). (Drs. Aach, Perrillo) Ralph V. Gieselman, M.D.. and clinical setting. (Dr. Roberts) Washington University. 1947. 2. Research on intestinal pro- 6. Detection, quantification, tein metabolism. (Dr. Alpers) Michael M. Karl, B.S.. University of and assessment of the mediation Wisconsin. 1936; M.D., University of myocardial ischemic injury. 3. Research on lymphocyte of Louisville, 1938. (Dr. Sobe'l) function in intestinal disease. (Dr. R. MacDermott) Virgil I.ocb, Jr., M.D., Washington 7. Ultrasonic assessment of University. 1944. (See Department cardiac metabolism. (Dr. Mimbs) of Pathology.) Genetics 8. Bichemistry and mea- (a) Clinical Genetics. Six weeks. Edward Massie, A.B.. Washington surement .of cardiac glycosides; University. 1931; M.D., 1935. all day. Students participate in studies of the enterohepatic cir- evaluation of patients on whom Robert Paine, M.D.. Harvard culation of digitoxin. Applica- consultations are requested, re- University. 1944. tions of radioimmunoassays to ceive instructions in interpreting Cardiology. (Dr. Oliver) cytogenetics and other specialized Associate Professors 9. Application of digital laboratory information, and in John P. Atkinson (Howard Hughes computers for measuring left techniques used in genetic Medical Institute Investigator in ventricular function and counseling. (Dr. Sly and Staff) Medicine). A.B., Kansas University, contractility. (b) Research. Minimum of 12 1965; M.D., 1969. (Drs. Hieb, Krone, Oliver) weeks, all day. Eugene A. Bauer (Dermatology). 10. Experimental analysis of 1. Investigation of inherited B.S., Northwestern University. 1963; mechanisms of arrhythmia. amino acid transport defects and M.D.. 1967. (Dr. Corr) enzyme replacement therapy and C. Elliott Bell, Jr., B.S.. Tulane lysosomal storage diseases. University. 1960; M.D., 1964. (See (Dr. Sly) Department of Pathology.) Dermatology 2. Chromosome disorders. Stanley J. Birge, Jr. (Established (a) Clinical Clerkship. Students (Dr. Taysi) Investigator of the American Heart participate in both inpatient and Association). B.A., Amherst College. outpatient care. Stress is placed Hematology and Oncology 1959: M.D., Washington University. on the dermatologic variations (a) Clinical Hematology and 1963. normally encountered, identifi- Onocology. Six weeks, all day. Lewis R. Chase, A.B., Princeton cation of common skin diseases, Students receive intensive instruc- University. 1960; M.D.. Harvard dermatologic clues to systemic tion in morphology, specialized University. 1964. (Chief. Washington disease, etc. Instruction is given diagnostic techniques, manage- University Medical Service, Cochran ment of patients with hematologic V.A. Hospital.) in cutaneous histopathology and clinical mycology. and oncologic disorders. Two Philip E. Cryer, B.A.. Northwestern (Dr. Eisen and Staff) separate clerkships are offered. University. 1962; M.D.. 1965. (Also (b) Research. Minimum of 12 (Drs. S. Kornfeld, Majerus, Clinical Research Center.) weeks, dall day. Reinhard) Thomas F. Deuel, A.B.. Princeton 1. Connective tissue, macro- (b) Research. Minimum of 12 University, 1957; M.D.. Columbia molecular organization, degrada- weeks, all day. University. 1961. (See Department of tion, and related problems. 1. Biochemical studies of the Biological Chemistry.) (Drs. Bauer, Eisen, regulation of DNA synthesis in Anthony P. Fletcher, B.M.. University Jeffrey, Seltzer) normal and transformed mam- of London. 1943; B.S., 1943; M.D., 1949. 2. Physiology and immunol- malian cells. (Dr. Berger) Samuel B. Guze, M.D., Washington ogy of pathogenic fungi; molecular liversity, 1945. (See Administration basis of morphogenesis and cellu- 2. Normal and deranged iron id Department of Psychiatry.) lar differentiation in Histoplasma metabolism. (Dr. Brown) 53 3. Investigation in fields ol 2. Effective therapy for fun-3 coagulation, thrombosis, fibrinoly- gal infections, control of mem sis and hemostasis. (Dr. Fletcher) brane permeability of fungi, nor 4. Studies of neutrophil physi- mal and transformed animal cell? ology, cryopreservation of bone alteration and control of immune- marrow stem cells and effector logic response to infection an: mechanism in tumor immunity. tumors, drug studies on bacterii (Dr. Herzig) pathogens. (Dr. Medol; 5. Biochemistry of mammalian cell membranes. Laboratory Medicine (Drs. R. Kornleld. S. Kornfeld) (a) Clinical Microscopy. & 6. Biochemistry of platelets, lecture-seminar elective, periods John (J. Haddad, Jr., B.A.. Tulane regulation of lipid metabolism in one and two. Course designed t< University. 1958; M.D., 1962. tissue culture; mechanism of study the morphology of blood (On leave of absence.) platelet thrombus formation. and bone marrow of the curren: (Dr. Majerus) hematologic patients. Bcvra H. Hahn, B.Sc., Ohio State 7. DNA sequence amplifica- (Dr. Minnicr University, I960; M.D.. Johns tion in human lymphocytes: mole- Hopkins University, 1964. (b) Clinical Laboratory Med cular biology of synthesis, pro- cine. A full-time elective, period Philip I). Henry (Established cessing and release of amplitied four and six. Designed to acquait Investigator of the American Heart DNA. (Dr. Rogers) the student with the proper use> Association). M.D.. University of the laboratory in clinical medicir. Heine, 1960. Hypertension and to expose the student to tl Craig M. Jackson, B.S., Washington Research. Individualized re- basic operation of each area i State University. 1963; Ph.D.. search project and or participa- the laboratory. University of Washington, 1967. tion in a community hyperten- (Dr. Jarett and Stal (See Department of Biological sion program. (Dr. Perry) (c) Research. Chemistry.) Immunology 1. Identification of I tin. John .1. Jeffrey, Jr. (Dermatology). Research. Minimum of 12 cancer plasma membrane am gens absent from normal adu. B.S., College of the Holy Cross. 1958; weeks, all day. Research in areas tissue. Further purification ol Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1965. of experimental immunotherapy (See Department of Biological of murine leukemias or detection plasma membrane antigen high! Chemistry.) and quantitation of cell mem- associated with oat cell carcinom of the lung. (Dr. Bell brane antigens by radioimmuno- Rosalind II. Kornfcld, B.S.. George assay. (Dr. Little) 2. Clinical and analytical en Washington University. 1957; Ph.D.. zymology and computerize: Washington University. 1961. (See Infectious Disease instrumentation. (Dr. Davis Department of Biological Chemistry.) 3. Mechanism of insulin actio (a) Clinical Infectious Diseases. Harvey l.icbhaber, A.B.. New York particularly as it relates to th Study of ward and private pa- University, 1953; M.D.. 1957. (See adipocyte. (Dr. Jareti tients. Barnes Hospital, six weeks, Department of Microbiology and 4. Research interests, boll all day. (Drs. Gelb, Medoff) Immunology.) basic and clinical, involving stud Herbert I.ubowitz, A.B., Clark (b) Research. ies of platelets and platelet fun: University. 1954; M.D.. Washington 1. Integration-function of tion in hemostasis and thrombosis University, 1958. oncogenic virus DNA. Properties/ (Dr. Joisl Philip R. l.udbrook. MB., B.S.. localization of hepatitis B specific 5. Elaboration of physiologic University of Adelaide. 1963. (See nucleic acids. Properties of vari- rationale for differences betweei Department of Radiology.) cella-zoster virus DNA and de- activity and concentration o tection in latent infections. William V. Miller (Visiting Staff). electrolytes, particularly calciun: A.B.. University of Missouri, 1962; (Dr. Gelb) (Dr. Ladenson M.D.. 1966. (See Department of Pathology.) Marshall A. Permutt, B.A.. Johns Hopkins University. 1961; M.D., Washington University, 1965.

Mabel L. Purkerson. A.B.. Erskine College. 1951: M.D., Medical College of South Carolina. 1956. (See Administration and Department ol Pediatrics.) Robert Roberts, B.Sc. Memorial University, 1961: M.D., Dalhousie 54 University, 1965. , Medicine

;

Glenn K. Rodey, B.S.. Ohio University, &57; M.D.. Ohio State University. 19M. (See Department of Pathology.)

Calixto A. Romero, B.A.. University of Pennsylvania. 1942: M.D., 1945. (See Division of Health Care Research.) Robert M. Senior, A.B., Oberlin College. 1957; M.D.. George Washington University. 1961. Isaias Spilberg, B.S.. University of San Marcos. 1956; M.D.. 1963. 6. Application of computer (b) Research. Minimum of 12 technology to Laboratory Medi- weeks, all day. Research Associate Professors cine. (Dr. J. Lewis) 1. Mineral homeostasis: iorma A. Fletcher, M.S.. Technical calcitonin, parathyroid and vita- niversity. 1949; Ph.D.. University 7. Purification of RNA poly- min D. (Drs. Avioli, Birge. Copenhagen. 1965. merase I from resting and serum- Haddad, Hahn) Irene E. Karl, B.S.. University of stimulated cells to determine if 2. Pituitary physiology; Wisconsin. 1937; M.A.. 1938; Ph.D.. increased activity is due to changes in concentration of enzyme and/ growth hormone, prolactin. 1940. (Also Clinical Research Center.) (Drs. Daughaday, Jacobs) or change in its catalytic efficiency. Robert H. McKay (Visiting). B.S.. (Dr. Mauck) 3. Relationship of contractile University of Washington. 1953; 8. Development of rapid proteins to hormone secretion. Ph.D.. University of California, 1959. techniques for recognition and (Dr. Ostlund) 4. Clinical research in dis- Associate Professors Emeriti identification of anaerobic bac- orders of carbohydrate metabo- (Clinical) teria in body fluids. Development of standardized techniques for lism, studying patients with re- James VV. Bagby (Dermatology). measuring interactions between active hypoglycemia, and labora- A.B.. University of Missouri. 1930; bacteria and antimicrobial agents. tory research in insulin biosyn- B.S.Med.. 1931; M.D.. Washington (Dr. Murray) thesis-cell-free synthesis, isolation University, 1933. 9. Mechanism of insulin ac- of proinsulin messenger RNA. Paul O. Hagemann, A.B., Washington tion at the cellular level and appli- (Dr. Permutt) University, 1930; M.D.. 1934. cation of cellular research in diag- Stanley F. Hampton, A.B.. Washington nosis and treatment of diabetics. Pharmacology/ Medicine and Lee University. 1930; M.D.. (Dr. McDonald) Role of prostaglandins, throm- Washington University. 1934. 10. Research elective designed boxane and prostacyclin on renal Morris D. Marcus (Dermatology). to familiarize student with funda- endocrine and excretory function. M.D.. Washington University. 1934. mental concepts and transplanta- (Dr. Morrison) Harold Scheff, M.D.. University of tion immunology. (Dr. Rodey) Toronto. 1931. 11. Metabolism of coagula- Pulmonary Disease and Function tion moieties, in particular fibrino- Associate Professors (Clinical) (a) Medical Aspects of Pul- gen and platelets of thrombus monary Disease. A full-time elec- Morton A. Binder, B.S.. Yale localization and of applied blood tive, periods three through eight. University. 1948; M.D.. Columbia banking. (Dr. L. Sherman) Elective offered at both Barnes University. 1951. Metabolism and Endocrinology and Cochran V.A. Hospital. Donald H. Finger, A.B.. Washington (a) Clinical clerkship. Students (Drs. Pierce, Tuteur University, 1949; M.D.. 1950 see patients with endocrine and and Staff) Neville Grant, A.B., Yale metabolic disease in the outpa- (b) Pulmonary Medicine. Six University. 1950; M.D.. Columbia tient Metabolism Clinicand Barnes weeks. Students will work up pa- University. 1954. and Jewish Hospitals. Six weeks, tients and participate in teaching Harold J. Joseph, B.A.. University all day. (Drs. Avioli, conferences and work rounds, of Texas. 1947; M.D., 1950. Daughaday, and Staff) Jewish Hospital. (Dr. Senior) 55 (c) A full-time elective in Inten- hemodialysis and renal trans- sive Care Medicine offered in the plantation. (Dr. Hatter MICU at Jewish Hospital, periods 2. Pathogenesis of glomern- one through eight. lonephritis with emphasis on ex- (Dr. Lefrak and Staff) perimental animal models and (d) Research. prevention of disease. 1. Clinical research in various (Dr. Hoffsten aspects of chronic obstructive 3. Effects of parathyroid hor- pulmonary disease. (Dr. Pierce) mone on glucose metabolism b\ ; the liver. Studies on cyclic AMP 2. Mechanisms of destruction metabolism by liver and kidney. and synthesis of pulmonary con- (Dr. Hruska nective tissue. (Dr. Senior) 4. Methodology of ion trans- Renal Disease port and principles of energy trans- Robert S. Karsh, A.B.. Washington fer and ion transfer. (Dr. Klahr (a) Clinical Nephrology. Six University 1951; M.I).. 1952. weeks, all day. Study of patients 5. Pathophysiology of rena Charles Kilo, M.D.. Washington with renal disease and electrolyte and electrolyte disorders, 12 weeks University. 1959. disorders. (Drs. Hoffsten, all day. (Drs. Lubowit; Marvin E. Levin, A.D., Washington Hruska, Klahr, and Statopolsky) Mazumdar, Malone University, 1947; M.D.. 1951 (b) Renal and Electrolyte Dis- 6. Methodology used in trans Mary L. Parker, B.S.. Florida State orders. Jewish Hospital, six mission and scanning electrot University, 1946; M.S.; 1949; M.D., weeks, all day. microscopy. (Dr. Purkerson (Dr. I ubowitz and Staff) Washington University. 1953. (Sec 7. Biochemical methods and Department of Preventive Medicine (c) Mixed clinical andresearch techniques used in the investiga- and Public Health.) (University electives. tion of the composition and func- Health Service.) 1. Effects of phosphate de- tion of epithelial membranes anc William I). Perry, A.B.. Northwest pletion on glucose utilization, ef- the molecular basis for ion trans- Missouri State College, 1943; fects of PTH on carbohydrate portation. (Dr. Rodriguez B.S.Med., University of Missouri, intolerance of uremia, effects of 1945; M.D., Washington PTH and phosphate depletion on 8. Radioimmunoassay fo: University. 1947. peripheral glucose utilization, para-thyroid hormone. Studie: effect of uremia and dialysis on investigate interrelationship' Krnest T. Rouse, B.S.. Alabama plasma catecholamine levels and between vitamin D metabolite: Polytechnic Institute. 1939; M.D.. gastrointestinal abnormalities asso- and parathyroid metabolism. Washington University, 1943. ciated with chronic renal disease. (Dr. Slatopolsk; Llewellyn Sale, Jr., A.B., Yale University. 1936; M.D., Washington University. 1940. Burton A. Shatz, A.B.. Washington University 1940; Ml).. 1943. Iran/ I'. Steinberg, M.I)., University of Berne, 1938. (See Departments of Preventive Medicine and Public Health and Surgery.)

Assistant Professors Gail A. Ahumada, B.A.. Stanford University. 1961; M.A., 1962; Ml).. University of California. San Diego, 1972. Nathan A. Berger. A.B., Temple University 1962; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College. 1966. Dennis M. Bier, B.S.. LeMoyne College, 1962; M.D., New Jersey College of Medicine, 1966. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Clifford A. Birge, A.B.. Amherst College, 1956; M.D.. Washington University, 1961. (See Division of Health Care Research.) Robert M. Bruce, A.B.. Washington University. 1964; B.S.. University of 56 Minnesota, 1968; M.D.. 1968. ins- ledicine Theodore J. Hahn, Jr., A.B., Princeton Kevin J. Martin, M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O.. University, 1960; M.D., Johns University College of Dublin, 1971. Hopkins University, 1964. John C. Mauck, B.S., Purdue Herschel R. Harter, B.S., Marquette University, 1967; Ph.D., Washington University, 1962; M.D., Georgetown University, 1971. (See Department University. 1966. of Pathology.) Geoffrey P. Herzig (Leukemia Society Debesh Mazumdar, M.B., All India of America Scholar), B.S., University Institute of Medical Sciences, 1964; of Cincinnati, 1963; M.D., Western B.S., 1964. Reserve University, 1967. Jay M. McDonald, B.S.. Tufts Scot G. Hickman, A.B., Duke University, 1965; M.D., Wayne University, 1966; M.D., Washington State University, 1969. (See University, 1970. Department of Pathology.) Phillip E. Hoffsten, B.S.. Washington John E. Bucrkert, B.S., University of John A. McDonald, B.A., University University, 1961; M.D., 1965. San Francisco. 1963; M.D., of South Florida, 1965; M.S.. 1967; Marquette University. 1968. John O. Holloszy, M.D., Washington Ph.D., Rice University, 1970; M.D., University, 1957. (See Department of Duke University, 1973. Richard B. Byrd, M.D.. St. Louis Preventive Medicine and Public ^University, 1954; M.S.Med.. Health and Irene Walter Johnson Robert C. McKnight, B.S., Florida University of Minnesota, 1960. Institute of Rehabilitation.) State University, 1957; M.D.. Washington University, 1961. (See Peter B. Corr (Pharmacology), Keith A. Hruska, B.S., Creighton Department of Radiology.) B.S., Union University. 1971; Ph.D.. University, 1965; M.D., 1969. Georgetown University. 1975. Allan S. Jaffe, B.S.. University of (See Department of Pharmacology.) James W. Mimbs, B.A., Emory Maryland, 1968; M.D., 1973. University, 1965; M.D.. Medical James E. Davis, B.A., Occidental Johann H. Joist, M.D., University of College of Georgia, 1969. College. 1965; M.S., Duke Cologne, 1962. (See Department of Aubrey R. Morrison, M.B., B.S., University, 1969; Ph.D., 1970. Pathology.) University of London, 1970. (See Department of Pathology.) Donald K. King, A.B., Fairfield Patrick R. Murray, B.S.. St. Mary's Vincent R. deMello, MB., B.S., University, 1966; M.D., Johns College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Seth G. S. Medical College, 1964. Hopkins University, 1970. California, 1974. (See Department Ali Akbar Ehsani, M.D., Tehran John H. Kissel, B.S.. Georgetown of Pathology.) University, 1965. (See Department of University, 1967; M.D.. Harvard Richard E. Ostlund, Jr., B.S., Preventive Medicine and Puhlic University, 1971. University of Utah, 1966; M.D., 1970. Health.) Donald J. Krogstad, A.B., Bowdoin Robert P. Perrillo, B.S., Fordham Seth A. Eisen, B.A., Reed College, College, 1965; M.D.. Harvard University, 1966; M.D., Georgetown 1962; M.D., Washington University, University, 1969. (Director of 1966. University, 1970. Microbiology Laboratory, Barnes William A. Emerson, B.S., Gary A. Presant, M.D., State Hospital.) Massachusetts Institute of Technology, University of New York at Buffalo. 1962; M.D., University of Washington. Ronald Krone (John E. Simon 1966. (See Department of Radiology.) 1966. Scholarin Medicine). M.D., University Alan M. Robson, M.B.B.S., University James R. Gavin III, B.S., Livingstone of Chicago, 1966. of Durham. 1959; M.D., 1964. (See College. 1966; Ph.D., Emory Anthony Kulczycki, Jr., A.B., Department of Pediatrics.) University, 1970; M.D.. Duke Princeton University, 1966; M.D., University, 1975. Harvard University, 1970. Hector J. Rodriguez, B.S., Universidad Lawrence D. Gelb (Howard Hughes Jack H. Ladenson, B.S., Pennsylvania Nacional de Colombia, 1964; M.D., Medical Institute Investigator in State University, 1964; Ph.D., 1967. Medicine), B.S., University of University of Maryland, 1971. (See John C. Rogers, B.S., University of Michigan, 1963; M.D., Harvard Department of Pathology.) Nebraska, 1966; M.S., 1968; M.D., University, 1967. (See Department of Paul D. I.ainan. Jr., B.S., Rensselaer 1968. Microbiology and Immunology.) Polytechnic Institute, 1966; M.D., Rudolphe Ruffy, M.D., University Mohammad F. Ghani, F.Sc, Govern- University of Pittsburgh, 1970. of Lausanne, 1968. ment College, 1962; B.Sc, University Jerrold J. Lander, A.B., Washington Joseph F. Ruwitch, Jr., M.D., of Punjab, 1964; M.B., B.S.. King University, 1964; M.D., 1968. Washington University, 1966. Edward Medical College, 1967. Stephen S. Lefrak, A.B., Colgate Julio V. Santiago, B.S., Manhattan Richard H. Glew, A.B.. Harvard University, I960; M.D., State College, 1963; M.D., University of College, 1965; M.D., Johns Hopkins University of New York, Downstate, Puerto Rico, 1967. (See Department University, 1969. 1965. of Pediatrics.) Andrew P. Goldberg, B.A., Clark Richard P. MacDermott (Howard Benjamin D. Schwartz (Howard University, 1965; M.D., State Hughes Medical Institute Investigator Hughes Medical Institute Investigator University of New York, Downstate, in Medicine), B.A., Oberlin College, in Medicine), B.A., Columbia 1969. (See Department of Preventive 1965; M.D., Ohio State University, College, 1965; Ph.D., Albert Einstein Medicine and Public Health.) 1969. College of Medicine, 1971; M.D., Siddhesh Gowda, M.B., B.S., Medical John D. G. Malone, L.R.C.P., S.I., 1972. (See Department of Micro- College Bellary Mysore, 1969. Royal College of Surgeons, 1967. biology and Immunology.) 57 Om P. Bahl, M.B.B.S.. Punjab University, 1957; M.R.C.P., University of Edinburgh, 1960. " Jack Barrow, M.D., Washington University. 1946. Robert W. Barton, B.S.. University of Chicago. 1962; M.D.-Ph.D., 1961 Grace E. Bergner, A.B.. Washington University, 1939; M.D.. 1943. John W. Berry, B.S.. University of Toledo. 1943; M.D.. St. Louis University, 1946. Benje Boonshaft, A.B.. Washington University. 1957; M.D.. 1961. Timothy J. Sullivan III, A.B., Bellur Seetharam, B.S.. Mysor Benjamin A. Borowsky, M.D.. Williams College. 1962: M.I)., University. 1961: M.S.. Bangalore Washington University. 1958. University of Miami, 1966. University. 1965: Ph.D.. 1972. Francis J. Catanzaro, M.D., Jo L. Seltzer (Dermatology), A.B.. Kongsak lanphaichitr, M.D.. Washington University, 1948. Siriraj Hospital Medical School, 1970. Washington University, 1963; Stephen R. Crespin, A.B., Harvard (See Division of Health Care Ph.D., 1969. College, 1960; M.D., 1965. Research.) Barry C. Starcher, B.S., University Arnold Dankner, M.D., Washingtor Peter G. Tuteur, A.B.. Johns Hopkins of California. 1961; M.S.. 1962; University, 1947. University, 1962; M.D.. University Ph.D.. North Carolina State of Illinois, 1966. University, 1965. John D. Davidson, A.B., Washingh University, 1948; M.D., 1952. Jouni Uitto (Dermatology), B.M.. Shiu Y. Yu, B.S.. Provincial College, Arthur H. Gale, B.S.. Washington University of Helsinki. 1965; M.D., 1951: M.S.. Oklahoma State University, 1955; M.D., University 1970; Ph.D., 1970. University. 1956; Ph.D., St. Louis of Missouri, 1959. H. James Wedner, A.B.. Cornell University. 1963. Melvin L. Goldman, A. B., Washingtw University, 1963; M.D.. 1967. University, 1939; M.D., 1943. Assistant Professors Emeriti George D. Wilner, B.S., Northwestern Benjamin M. Goldstein, A.B.. (Clinical) University. 1962; M.D., 1965. Washington University, 1960; Joseph C. Edwards, A.B., University M.D., 1964. Joseph L. Witztum, A.B.. Vanderbilt of Oklahoma. 1930; M.D.. Harvard John M. Grant, A.B., Princeton University, 1965; M.D.. Washington University, 1934. University, 1950; M.D., University. 1969. (See Department Samuel B. Grant, B.S., Washington Washington University, 1954. of Preventive Medicine and University. 1918: M.D., 1920. William K. Hall (Dermatology), Public Health.) Morris Moore (Mycology- B.S.. Yale University. 1939; M.D.. Gary R. Zuckerman, B.S.. St. Louis Dermatology). S.B.. Boston Harvard University, 1942. College of Pharmacy, 1958; DO.. University, 1928; A.M.. Harvard Kansas City College of Osteopathic University. 1929; Ph.D.. Washington David T. Hammond, A.B.. Indiana Medicine, 1963. University, 1933. University, 1957; M.D., Washington University, 1960. M. Norman Orgel, B.S.. College of James N. Heins, A.B.. University ol Research Assistant Professors the City of New York, 1929; M.A.. Louisville, 1957; M.D., 1961. Nancy L. Baenziger, B.A.. St. Olaf Harvard University. 1930; M.D., Bernard Hulbert, B.A., University o: College. 1967: Ph.D.. Washington Washington University. 1934. Wisconsin, 1938; M.D., 1941. University. 1971. Barrett L. Taussig, A.B.. Harvard James H. Hutchinson, Jr., B.S., Elsa Bello-Reuss, B.A.. University College, 1928; M.D., Washington Arkansas A & M College, 1942; of Chile, 1957: M.D., 1964. (See University. 1932. M.D., University of Arkansas, 1945 Department of Physiology and Ray D. Williams, A.B.. Hampden- Sidney Jick, M.D., Washington Biophysics.) Sydney College. 1930: M.S., Emory University. 1949. Janina M. Brajtburg, M.S.. University, 1931; M.D., Washington University of Lodz. 1950; Ph.D.. 1968. University, 1937. William G. Juergens, Jr., M.D.. Washington University, 1961. Sook W. Lee, B.S.. Seoul National Keith S. Wilson, A.B.. Williams University, 1957; M.S.. George College. 1930; M.D., Washington Owen S. Kantor, M.D.. Universiiy Peabody College, 1962. University, 1934. of Missouri. 1968. Robert P. Mecham, B.S.. University Robert L. Kaufman, A.B., Washing of Utah. 1973; Ph.D.. Boston Assistant Professors (Clinical) University, 1959; M.D., 1963. University. 1976. Morris Alex, B.S., University of John J. Kelly, B.S., Rockhurst James G. Miller, A.B., St. Louis Missouri, 1942; M.D.. Washington College, 1959; M.D., St. Louis University. 1964: M.A.. Washington University, 1943. University. 1963. University. 1966; Ph.D.. 1969. (Also France Alexander, A.B., Indiana Robert C. Kingsland, A.B., Washingi Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) University, 1950; M.D.. 1953. University, 1933; M.D., 1937. Doris Rolf, A.B.. Harris Teachers (Director. Medical Service, Homer Norman P. Knowlton, Jr., B.S.. G. Phillips Hospital.) Harvard University, 1942; M.D.I >•»! 58 College, 1936. Medicine Kenneth C. Price, M.D.. University William G. Bowen, B.S.. Davidson of Washington. 1951. College, 1970; M.D.. University of Gary A. Ratkin, B.A.. Rice University. North Carolina, 1974. 1963; M.D.. Washington University. James K. Burks, B.S.. Texas Tech 1967. (See Department of Radiology.) University. 1967; University of Lester T. Reese (Dermatology). Texas Southwestern Medical School, M.D.. Tulane University, 1966. 1971. Iton Harold K. Roberts, B.A.. Ohio State Greta Camel, A.B., University of University, 1935; M.D., 1939. Wisconsin, 1946; M.D.. 1949. Shabbir H. Safdar, F.Sc, Govern- Edward J. Campbell, B.S.. Purdue- ment College Jhang, 1954; M.D., University, 1969; M.D.. Washington Nishtar Medical College, 1961. University, 1972. James C. Sisk (Dermatology). A.B., Nicholas V. Costrini, B.S., Georgia State University. 1967; Ph.D.. S'hilip E. Korenblat, M.D.. University Washington University. 1943; M.D.. Marquette University. 1970; M.D., [Arkansas. 1960. 1946. Medical College of Wisconsin, 1973. Ross B. Sommer, A.B., Miami oseph Levitt, M.D.. Washington John S. Daniels, B.A., Washington University, 1949; M.D., Cornell University. 1949. University. 1949. University, 1970; M.A.. University Morton A. Levy, B.A.. University of Arkansas, 1974; M.D.. 1974. Alan R. Spivack, A.B., Washington of California at Los Angeles, 1957; James A. Delmez, B.A., Washington University, 1960; M.D., St. Louis M.D.. Washington University, 1961. University, 1969; M.D.. University University, 1964. of Rochester, 1973. David M. Lieberman, M.D., Vanderbilt Robert M. Taxman, A.B., Washington University, 1949. University, 1960, M.D., 1964. Andrew J. Drexler, B.A., University Douglas R. Lilly, A.B.. Princeton J. Allen Thiel, B.S.. Rockhurst of Pennsylvania, 1968; M.D., New University, 1952; M.D.. Washington College. 1956; M.D.. St. Louis York University, 1972. University. 1956. University. 1960. Morey Gardner, B.A., University of Warren M. Lonergan, A.B., Stanley M. Wald, M.D., Washington Texas, 1968; M.D., 1972. Westminster College, 1936; M.D., University, 1946. Edward M. Geltman, B.S., Vanderbilt University, 1940. James W. Walsh, A.B., Washington Massachusetts Institute of Technology, William E. Magee, M.D.. Duke University, 1950; M.D., 1954. 1967; M.D., New York University, 1971. University. 1950. Alan N. Weiss, B.A.. Ohio State Thomas F. Martin, B.S., St. Louis University, 1963; M.D., 1966. Guner B. Gulmen, M.D., Hacettepe University, 1969. (See Division of University. 1961; M.D., 1965. (See Alvin S. Wenneker, A.B.. Washington Health Care Research.) Biomedical Computer Laboratory.) University, 1949; M.D., 1953. Allen L. Gutovitz, B.S., Illinois Robert S. Mendelsohn, B.A., Gerald A. Wolff, A.B.. Harvard Institute of Technology, 1968; M.D., Washington and Lee University. College, 1955; M.D., Washington University of Illinois, 1972. 1950; M.D., Washington University, University, 1961. 1954. Milton S. Klein, B.S., McGill Herbert B. Zimmerman, M.D., Edward J. Miller, B.A., St. John's University, 1968; M.D., University of Washington University, 1951. University. 1958; M.D., St. Louis California, 1972. University, 1962. Instructors Larry Kurz, B.S., Washington J. Roger Nelson, A.B.. Washington Ranjit M. Bagwe, B.M., B.S., University, 1966; M.D., 1970; M.Div., University, 1949; M.D., 1953. University of Baroda, 1960; M.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1974. Leonard N. Newmark, A.B., 1965. (See Division of Health Care Research.) Washington University, 1956; A.M., 1959; M.D., 1963. Gordon Newton, M.D.. University of Arkansas, 1958. James F. Nickel, A.B.. University of Oklahoma. 1944; M.D., Washington University, 1948. Charles C. Norland, B.S., Washington State University, 1955; M.D., Washington University, 1959. Robert C. Packman, A.B., Washington University, 1953; B.S.Med., University of Missouri, 1954; M.D.. Washington University. 1956. James C. Peden, Jr., A.B., Haverford College, 1951; M.D., Washington University, 1955. William J. Phillips, B.A., Oklahoma State University, 1959; M.D., Washington University, 1963. 59 Research Instructors

P. Trueheart Burch, B.A., Radcliffe College, 1967; M.S., Harvard University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971. Joseph D. Byrne Elaine M. Carlson, B.A., Northeastern University, 1966; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1968. M. Jeanine Gettinger, B.A., Webster College, 1976. D. Jane Hamilton, B.S., Baylor Marshall R. Levine, B.A., Emory University, 1956; M.S., Washington University, 1970; M.D., Cornell University, 1961. University, 1974. (See Division of Barry R. Hieb, B.A.. Bethel College, Health Care Research.) 1966; M.D., Washington Kenneth M. Ludmerer, A.B., Harvard University, 1970. College. 1968; M.A., Johns Hopkins Norma J. Janes, B.S., Millikin University. 1971; M.D., 1973. University, 1953; M.S., State John M. Michael, B.A., Unive-sity of University of Iowa, 1964. Kansas, 1969; M.D.. Washington Mary C. Johnson, A.B., Washington University, 1973. (See Department University, 1938. of Pathology.) Buddhiraju V. Kumar, B.S., Scott M. Nordlicht, B.A.. Columbia Osmania University, 1963; M.S., David M. Skilling, Jr., B.S., University, 1969; M.D., State 1965; Ph.D., 1972. University of New York (Downstate), Washington and Jefferson College. Seppo K. Lindy (Visiting Staff, 1923; M.D., Washington University. 1973. Dermatology), M.D., University of 1928. Janice K. Overton, B.A.. University Helsinki, 1968; B.M.. 1969; Ph.D., of Kansas, 1962; M.D.. University of 1970. Michigan. 1973. Ida K. Mariz, A.B., Washington Instructors (Clinical) H. Mitchell Perry III, B.A., Williams University, 1940. Charles C. Abel, A.B., Westminster College, 1971; M.D., Washington Dwight E. Matthews, B.A., DePauw College, 1952; M.D., Washington University. 1975. University, 1973; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1956. Cordon L. Phillips II, B.A.. University University, 1977. Oliver Abel III, A.B., Westminster of Oklahoma, 1966; M.D., 1971. (See James W. Swift, B.A., Pomona College, 1951; M.D., Washington Department of Radiology.) College, 1951; B.D.. University of University, 1955. Mahmud K. Rabah, B.S.. American Chicago, 1955; M.A., University Ingrid R. Albert (Dermatology), University of Beirut. 1962; M.D., of Colorado, 1958; Ph.D., Washington A.B., Barnard College, 1967; M.D.. University of Heidelberg. 1970. University, 1968. Albert Einstein College of Medicine. Frederick J. Schwartz, M.D.. 1971. Washington University, 1974. (See Instructors Emeriti (Clinical) Jorge M. Alegre, M.D., San Marco- Division of Health Care Research.) Harry Agress, B.S.. Washington University, 1965. Helen M. Shields, B.A., Mount University, 1932; M.D., 1932. Jerome M. Aronberg (Dermatology! Holyoke College, 1967; M.D.. Tufts Louis F. Aitken, B.S., University of A.B.. Washington University. 1967; University. 1971. Illinois. 1923; M.D., Washington M.D., 1971. University. 1927. Walter M. Baumgarten, Jr., A.B.. I.ouis Simchowitz, B.S.. City College Edward W. Cannady, A.B.. Washington University, 1935; of New York. 1966; M.D.. New York Washington University. 1927; M.D.. M.D., 1939. University. 1970. 1931. Frederick D. Bauschard (Dermatolog: A.B.. Allegheny College. 1964; William F. Stenson, B.S.. Benjamin H. Charles, M.B., Ch.B., M.D.. University of Pittsburgh, I'M Providence College. 1967; M.D.. University of Edinburgh. 1934. Washington University. 1971. Julius Elson, M.D.. Washington Aaron Birenbaum, M.D., Washingto University, 1928. University, 1948. Elizabeth A. Stoddard. B.S., Lee B. Harrison, A.B.. University of Dee C. Boswell, B.S., University of Montana State University. 1954; Utah. 1925; M.D.. Washington Illinois, 1959; M.D.. 1963. M.D.. Washington University, University, 1927. John M. Cary, A.B., Central Collegi 1957. (See Department of Preventive 1954; M.D., St. Louis University. Medicine and Public Health.) J. Ted Jean. A.B.. Indiana University, 1924; M.D.. Washington University, 1958. 1928. Margaret Chieffi, M.D., Universi y Research Instructor Emeritus John W. Seddon, Ph.B., Yale of New Zealand, 1937. Teofil Kheim, M.D.. University of University, 1931; M.D., Washington Frank Cohen, M.D., University < I 60 Budapest. 1934. University, 1935. Toronto, 1939. Medicine William E. Hinkley, B.A., Bowdoin Richard W. Maxwell, A.B., Greenville College, 1965; B.M.S., Dartmouth College, 1932; M.D., University of University, 1967; M.D., Harvard Chicago, 1937. University. 1969. Oliver A. McKee (Dermatology). Bruce J. Hookerman (Dermatology). L.R.C.P., Royal College of Physicians A.B., Dartmouth College, 1964; and Surgeons, 1949; S.M., 1949. M.D., St. Louis University, 1968. Paul A. Mennes, B.S., University of John L. Horner, A.B., Washington Wisconsin, 1966; M.D., Washington University, 1932; M.D., 1936. University, 1970. Richard F. Huck, B.S., Notre Dame Charles W. Miller (Dermatology), University, 1947; M.D., Washington B.S., Trinity College, 1968; M.D., University, 1948. Washington University, 1972. Myron H. Jacobs, B.A., Vanderbilt Austin F. Montgomery, M.D., University, 1965; M.D., Louisiana University of Pittsburgh, 1954. yhilip Comens, B.S.Med., University «f Missouri, 1949; M.D., Washington State University, 1969. Arlen E. Morrison, A.B., Washington ■Jniversity, 1951. Morris Joftus, M.D., University of University, 1954; M.D., 1958. Illinois, 1967. Frede Mortensen, B.A. Wagner Ralph Copp, Jr., A.B., Washington David N. Kerr, A.B., University College, 1949; M.D., New York ■Jniversity, 1948; M.D., 1952. of Colorado, 1936; M.D., Washington Medical College, 1953. )uane E. Cozart, Ph.B., University University, 1941. I.amar H. Ochs, A.B., Washington If Chicago, 1947; A.B., Washington Melvin B. Kirstein, B.S., Indiana University, 1941; M.D., 1944. Jniversity, 1949; M.D., Medical University, 1930; M.D., 1933. S. Michael Orgel, A.B.. Washington (College of Virginia, 1959. Robert C. Kolodny, B.A., Columbia University, 1960; M.D., St. Louis Thomas A. Dew, B.S., Arkansas University, 1965; M.D., Washington University, 1965. » & M College, 1963; M.D., University, 1969. David W. Ortbals, B.S., St. Louis University of Arkansas, 1967. Robert E. Kraetsch, B.S.. University University, 1966; M.D.. Washington Norman W. Drey, A.B., Princeton of Illinois, 1965; M.D., Washington University, 1970. University. 1932; M.D.. Washington University, 1969. Robert F. Owen, B.A., Princeton University, 1936. Ralph F. Kuhlman, M.D., University University, 1948; M.D., Yale University, 1952. Royal J. Eaton, A.B., University of of Illinois, 1964. (Also Student Missouri. 1959; M.D., 1964. Health Service.) Daniel E. Potts, B.S., Baylor Daniel K. Lane (Dermatology), University, 1968; M.D., Washington David Feldman, M.D.. Washington B.A., Princeton University, 1955; University, 1972. University. 1943. M.D.. Washington University, 1959. John A. Powell (Dermatology), David E. Kisk, B.A., Eastern Nazarene B.S., University of Notre Dame, Ellis S. Lipsitz, A.B., Yale University, College, 1966; M.D., Case Western 1967; M.D., University of Michigan, 1940; M.D., St. Louis University, 1943. Reserve University, 1970. 1971. Carl A. Lyss, A.B., Washington Alfred Fleishman, B.S., Washington Vincent J. Proskey, B.S., University University, 1952; B.S., 1952; M.D., University, 1935; M.D., 1935. of Detroit, 1954; M.D., Marquette 1956. B. Todd Forsyth, M.D.. Washington University, 1964. University. 1947. David M. Margolis, B.Sc, University Robert A. Roethe, B.A., Temple of Manitoba, 1971; M.D., 1971. University, 1968; M.D., 1972. Philip S. B. Fuller, B.S., United States Military Academy, 1964; M.D.. Jefferson Medical College, 1973. Kenneth W. Gentsch, A.B., Princeton University, 1954; M.D.. Washington University, 1958. John N. Glover, B.S.. Northwestern University, 1969; M.D., 1971. Arnold M. Goldman, A.B., Harvard University, 1955; M.D., Washington University, 1959. Ronald K. Grady, B.S., Purdue University, 1956; M.S., 1957; M.D., Washington University, 1966. Axel R. Gronau, M.D., University of Naples, 1935. Jitendra K. Gupta, MB., B.S., King George Medical College, 1964. David R. Haferman, B.A., Purdue University, 1961; M.D., University of Illinois, 1967. _ 61 m Ernest T. Rouse III, B.A., Princeton Research Associates Margaret VV. Erlanger, B.A.. Universih University, 1967; M.D., Washington Randy L. Bell, B.S., Utah State of Iowa. 1932; M.S.. 1938. University, 1971. University. 1973; 1'h.I).. University Allen D. Greenwalt, B.A.. Universih Jack L. Saylor, B.A., Southern Illinois of Oregon. 1977. of Missouri. 1972. University, 1960; M.D., University Anthony S. Hajek, B. A.. Lewis College. Walter T. Gregory. B.S.. St. Louis of Illinois, 1964. 1966; M.S.. De Paul University. University, I960. Samuel E. Schechter, M.D., 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa. 1974. Shirley A. Hajek, B.S.. Ball State Washington University, 1941. Carol D. Klahr, B.S., St. Louis University, 1964; M.S.. University ol University, I960; M.S., Washington John S. Schoentag (Dermatology), Iowa. 1967: Ph.D.. 1974. A.B., University of Missouri, 1956; University, 1965. M.D., Washington University, I960. Mary A. Lavin, B.S.. St. Louis Foster Harris, B.A. University John B. Shapleigh II, M.D.. University, 1964; M.S.. 1970; M.S.. Missouri, 1969. Washington University, 1946. Harvard University, 1974. Kenneth O. Henderson (Dermatology). John S. Skinner, M.D., Washington Charles W. Lee, B.S., University of B.S., University of Missouri, University, 1940. Chicago, 1959; M.S., I960; Ph.D.. St. Louis. 1971. Paul M. Stein, A.B., University of Texas A & M University. 1966. Susan V. Hopper, B.A.. Washington Rochester, 1967; M.D., St. Louis Alice Robinson, A.B., University of University, 1968; M.A.. 1970 and University, 1971. California, 1962. 1976; Ph.D., 1978. Arnold S. Tepper, B.S., St. Louis Thomas Howard, Sr. Assistants College of Pharmacy, 1966; M.D., Paul F. Huebner, B.S.. Southeast University of Missouri, 1970. Robert L. Fletcher, B.A., University Missouri State College, 1963; of Kansas, 1974; B.S., Johns Hopkins John H. Uhlemann (Dermatology), M.S., 1968. University, 1976. (See Division of B.A., Grinnell College. 1967; M.D., Yu-Chiang Lee, B.S., Taiwan Health Care Research.) Washington University, 1971. Christian College, 1959; Ph.D., Barbara B. Cross, R.N., Massachusetts Richard C. Walters (Dermatology), Oklahoma State University, 1969. General Hospital School of Nursing, B.S., University of Illinois, 1969; 1971; M.N.P., St. Louis Municipal Joyce Leung, B.A., Washington M.D., Washington University, 1973. Hospitals Medical Nurse Practitioner University, 1973. Hugh R. Waters, B.S., Northwestern Program, 1974. (See Division of Jagdish M. Mehta, B.S., Gujarat University, 1942; M.D., Washington Health Care Research.) University, 1960; M.S., 1962; M.S.. University, 1945. Janet D. Hoy, B.S., Carroll College, University of Missouri. 1966; Ph.D.. James R. Wiant, A.B., Princeton 1975. (See Division of Health Care 1968. University, 1955; M.D., Jefferson Research.) Geoffrey S. Nash, B.Sc, McGill Medical College, 1959. Maureen M. Prange, R.N., Mt. Sinai University, 1971. Herbert C. Wiegand, A.B.. Washington Hospital School of Nursing. 1966. Audrey A. Painter, M.S., Northwesterr. University, 1940; M.D., 1943. (See Division of Health Care University, 1956. Research.) Norman J. Wilder, B.A.. Oregon Claire K. Pedersen, B.S., Quincy State University, 1968; M.D.. College, 1948. Research Assistants University of Oregon, 1970. Betty F. Perry, A.B., Washington Hans D. Ambos University, 1945. Edward M. Wolfe (Dermatology), Mary L. Baumann, B.S., Southeast B.A., Hobart College, 1956; M.D., Suresh D. Shah, B.S., Gujarat Missouri State University, 1967. Washington University, 1960. University, 1956; M.S., 1959; M.S.. Richard K. Baker, A.B., Washington St. Louis University, 1972. James A. Wood, A.B., Westminster University, 1969; Ph.D., 1972. Bakula L. Trivedi, M.S., SarvajanU College. 1947: M.D., Washington Sharon E. Carmody, B.A., Webster Science College, 1961. University, 1949. College, 1960. Jesse T. Yates, B.S., Fisk University. John A. Wood, M.D., Oklahoma Howard L. Christopherson, B.S., 1956. University, 1968. University of Minnesota, 1949; L. Dwight Wooster III, B.S., Wake M.S., 1953. Assistant (Clinical) Forest University, 1967; M.D., Nancy S. Davis, B.S.. Purdue John E. Mullins, A.B., Washingto: 62 University of Virginia, 1971. University, 1972. University, 1954; M.D., 1958. Department of Microbiology and Immunology

The Department teaches a one-semester introductory course in microbiology lor first-year medical students and for graduate students. The course is concerned particularly with principles of microbial physiology and genetics, and of immunology and, through a limited survey of pathogenic bacteria, viruses, and fungi, attempts ; to prepare medical students for more advanced study of infectious diseases later in the curriculum. The Department also offers a number wrofessor and Head of Department of advanced elective research activities. A limited number of summer research fellowships are available. •Joseph M. Davie, A.B.. Indiana ■University. 1962; M.A.. 1964; Ph.D.. 11966; M.D.. Washington University, ■968. (See Department of Pathology.)

Professors ■avid Apirion, M.S.. Hebrew Jniversity of Jerusalem, 1960; Ph.D., llniversity of Glasgow, 1963. David E. Kennell, A.B.. University of California. 1955; Ph.D.. 1959.

|J. Russell Little, Jr., A.B.. Cornell Hjniversity, 1952; M.D., University of Rochester. 1956. (See Department of Medicine.) (Jewish Hospital.) Charles W. Parker, M.D.. Washington University, 1953. (See Department of Medicine.) Carl W. Pierce, A.B., Colgate ■University, 1962; Ph.D., M.D., University of Chicago. 1966. (See Department of Pathology.) (Jewish Hospital.) Heschel J. Raskas, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of terms of these concepts, specific Technology, 1962; Ph.D., Harvard FIRST YEAR groups of pathogenic organisms University, 1967. (See Department Medical Microbiology and viruses are considered. The of Pathology.) Lectures and laboratory. This course presents the basic prin- interaction between host and Milton J. Schlesinger, B.S., Yale ciples relating to the growth and parasite is studied by analyzing fUniversity, 1951; M.S., University of reproduction of bacteria and wherever possible the molecular Rochester, 1953; Ph.D., University basis for the pathogenicity of the viruses and to the immune re- of Michigan, 1959. microbe and for the immune responses of the host to diverse actions of man. The factors that Sondra Schlesinger, B.S., University substances, including pathogenic make microorganisms vulnerable of Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., 1960. microbes and their metabolic or resistant to chemotherapeutic products. The sequence followed David Schlessinger, B.A., University agents are emphasized. Credit is: immunology, microbial physi- of Chicago, 1955; B.S., 1957; Ph.D., ology and genetics, virology, and 6 units. (Staff) Harvard University, 1961. a survey of pathogenic bacteria Individuals other than medical Simon D. Silver, B.A., University of and fungi. Medical students with students may register for limited Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., Massachusetts sufficient background in one of parts of the course (see listing Institute of Technology, 1962. (Also these subjects may substitute that for the Division of Biology and Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) section with a graduate course Biomedical Sciences: under Bio Alexander C. Sonnenwirth, A.B., (see Electives). The immunology 517, General Immunology, 2 University of Nebraska, 1950; M.S., part of the course emphasizes units; Bio 523, Microbial Physi- Purdue University, 1953; Ph.D., structure, function, and bio- ology and Genetics, I unit; Bio Washington University, 1960. (See synthesis of antibodies, and pro- 529, Animal Virology, 1 unit; Bio Department of Pathology.) (Jewish vides an introduction to cell- 533, Pathogenic Microbiology, Hospital.) mediated immune responses. In 2 units). 63 RESEARCH Cellular immunology, drug Bio 590 persensitivity, immune tolerant, These electives acquaint the radioimmunoassays, tumor ir student with the analyses that munology, and immediai are used in present-day bio- hypersensitivity. (Dr. Parke: medical research, especially at Molecular biology of defecti. the molecular level. (Staff) interfering particles (DI) of vesil ular stomatitis virus, with err Processing and decay of RNA in phasis on the mechanism J E. coli and mammalian cells, nor- Dl-mediated virus persistent mal and malignant. Differentiation- and virus genome replicatior activation of unexpressed genes (Dr. Perraul: in mammalian cells. Mechanisms regulating immur. Associate Professors (Dr. Apirion) responses in tissue cultu: systems. (Dr. Pierce Julian B. Fleischman, B.S., Yale Mechanisms of gene transposi- Dav University, 1955; Ph.D., Harvard tion in bacteria. (Dr. Berg) Biochemistry and replication c " University, 1960. Polymorphism of Ir (immune oncogenic adenoviruses. (Dr. Raskas George S. Kobayashi, B.S., University response) gene products is being of California, 1952; Ph.D., Tulane studied by chemical means with the aim of relating structure to Interactions between RNA an University, 1963. (See Department mal viruses and their host cell of Medicine.) function. (Dr. Cullen) Emphasis on maturation and as Antibody diversity; role of T Gerald Medoff, A.B., Columbia sembly of viral proteins. The in St. L lymphocytes in B cell differ- College, 1958; M.D., Washington mune response to viruses: forma entiation. (Dr. Davie) University, 1962. (See Department tion and properties of infection of Medicine.) Structure and biosynthesis of viral-antibody complexes. Ernest S. Simms antibodies; molecular genetics (Dr. M. Schlesingei of antibody formation. Structure and replication of er (Dr. Fleischman) veloped RNA animal viruses. Assistant Professors Biochemistry of tumor viruses, (Dr. S. Schlesingei Rese Douglas E. Berg, B.S., Cornell varicella-zoster, and hepatitis B RNA processing and the balant University, 1964; Ph.D., University virus. (Dr. Gelb) John of Washington, 1969. (See of RNA synthesis and degrade lllinc The genetics and immunology of tion in bacteria and mammalia Department of Genetics.) Rich tissue transplantation. Studies cells. (Dr. D. Schlessingei Susan E. Cullen, B.S., College of of tumor immunology. Mt. St. Vincent, 1965; Ph.D., Albert (Dr. Graff) Structure-function relationshipsc Einstein College, 1971. (See Biochemistry and genetics of transplantation antigens and irr Department of Genetics.) macromolecule regulation: mRNA mune response region associate; Lawrence D. Gelb, B.S., University metabolism in bacteria; regulation antigens. (Dr. Schwartz of Michigan, 1963; M.D., Harvard of metabolism in cultured mam- The structure of the polymeri; University, 1967. (See Department malian cells. (Dr. Kennell) of Medicine.) immunoglobulins, IgA, and IgM Present emphasis is focused or Judith A. Kapp-Pierce, B.A., Miami Immunology and biochemistry the structure of J chain and it University, 1965; M.S., Indiana of the medically important fungi; role in the polymerization of IgA University, 1969; Ph.D., Harvard in particular the dimorphic organ- Effects of acute and chronic viral University, 1976. (See Department ism, Histoplasma capsulatum; infections on immunocompetence of Pathology.) (Jewish Hospital.) host-parasite interaction of op- (E. Simms Harvey Liebhaber, A.B., New York portunistic fungus diseases. University, 1953; M.D., 1957. (See (Drs. Kobayashi, Medoff) Clinical microbiology, anaerobes, endogenous infections Department of Medicine.) (Jewish The structure and biosynthesis of Hospital.) enterics and enteric infections lymphocyte ceil surface antigens (Dr. Sonnenwirth Hsiu-san Lin, M.D., Taiwan and lymphocyte triggering mech- University, I960; Ph.D., University anisms. The effects as adju- of Chicago. 1968. (See Department vants in modulating the immune ELECTIVES of Radiology.) response. (Dr. Little) At present the primary Jacques Perrault, B.S., McGill Differentiation and function of enrollees in these courses art Univeristy, 1964; Ph.D., University mononuclear phagocytes. students working for a PhD. of California, 1972. (Dr. Lin) degree in one of the ba^ic Benjamin D. Schwartz, B.A., Development of therapy for in- sciences. However, these courses Columbia College, 1965; Ph.D., tracellular bacterial and fungal are recommended for interes.ed Albert Einstein College, 1971; M.D., infections. 1972. (See Department of Medicine.) medical students, especially those • (Drs. Kobayashi, Medoff) who may be considering a carer David W. Thomas, B.A., University Tumor immunotherapy. Estab- in medical research. Emph, sis of Kansas, 1969; Ph.D.. University lishment of animal models of is placed on the organizat or. of Colorado. 1975. (See Department human malignancy. and function of living system: ai fi4 of Pathology.) (Jewish Hospital.) (Dr. Medoff) the molecular level. The cou: es h; Mi crobiology and Immunology combine formal lectures with cell genetics, nuclear cytoplasmic student-directed seminars. In relationships, plasmids and clon- the latter, each student has an ing of eukaryotic genes in opportunity to integrate various bacteria. Credit 3 units. disciplines of modern molecular (Dr. Apirion) biology into the area of biology Bio 539. Molecular Biology of or medicine that is of particular Animal Viruses interest to him. Those courses Molecular biology of DNA and most relevant to the field of RNA animal viruses, with empha- microbiology are listed under the sis on viral replication and viral- Division of Biology and Bio- induced transformation of cells in medical Sciences. tissues culture and slow viral dis- Bio 521. Cellular Aspects of the eases in animals. Credit 3 units. Immune Response (Drs. J. Perrault, Research Instructors The mechanisms of regulation M. Schlesinger, S. Schlesinger) David E. Briles, B.A., University of of immune responses by antigen, Bio 541. Molecular Biology of Texas. 1967; Ph.D., Rockefeller macrophagcs, T cells. B cells Prokaryotes JUniversity, 1973. and their products will be dis- Growth, metabolism and ge- cussed. The material covered netics of the bacterial cell, in- Bratin K. Saha, B.Sc., Calcutta will vary in emphasis from year cluding transport mechanisms, ■University, 1963; M.Sc, 1965; M.S., to year and will stress critical the regulation of gene expression {University of Michigan, 1968; Ph.D.. analysis of the literature. Credit and protein synthesis and the ■St. Louis University, 1972. 2 units. (Also Pathology.) molecular biology of virus in- (Dr. Pierce) fection by virulent and tem- Research Associate Bio 528. Cell Development in perate bacteriophages. The con- Maria C. Michaelides, B.A., Smith Animals and in Culture ceptual and experimental bases I College, 1953; M.A., Radcliffe Lectures and student seminars for present knowledge, as well College, 1954; Ph.D., 1958. on the fate of individual cell as major problems to be solved, types in animals and in cell will be emphasized. About 15 hours of lecture followed by ■ Research Assistants culture. Principles of cell renewal exemplified by exocrine seminar presentations on se- John Courtney, A.B., University of lected topics by each student. Illinois, 1953. and endocrine pancreas and hemopoiesis. General cell cul- Credit 2 units. (Dr. Kennell) Richard J. McDonald ture including growth factors, Bio 543. Molecular Biology of hormonal factors, cyclic nucleo- Bacterial Viruses tide effects, and genetics of cul- Structure of bacterial viruses tured cells. Programmed cell and metabolism of the infected death discussed along with the cell, with emphasis on the ge- relation of differentiation to cell netics of host and virus con- division, the role of cell-cell inter- trolled functions. Relationships actions, and studies of teratomas. of virus to cell, e.g., lysogeny, Credit 3 units. immunity, and virulence, with (Drs. D. Schlessinger emphasis on Lambda and T-even and Lieberman) bacteriophages. Lectures and Bio 534. Gene Expression and seminars. Offered in alternate Differentiation in Eukaryotic years. Credit 3 units. (Drs. Berg, Kennell) Cells Emphasis will be on nuclear Bio 546. Antibodies: Structure, events which are relevant to Function, and Formation gene expression. Material The principal features of the covered will include examples structure and function of anti- mainly from Drosophila, mouse, body molecules will be examined chicken, and cells in tissue cul- in lectures, assigned reading of ture. We shall cover the cell current research papers, and in cycle, mitosis, meiosis, organiza- student seminar presentations. tion of chromatin and chromo- Emphasis will be placed on the somes, the content of the nu- genetic and molecular events cleus, chromosomal proteins, which govern the appearance of nuclear RNA, polytenic chromo- antibodies during the immune somes, the transcription machin- response. (Drs. Fleischman, ery, expression of rRNA genes in Little, Simms) pro- and eukaryotes, nucleolus turnover and processing of RNA Note—The number preceding the in the nucleus and cytoplasm, course title indicates that the expression of the globin genes course carries credit in the and genes induced by steroid Graduate School of Arts and hormone teratomas, somatic Sciences. 6? Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery

Neurology and neurological surgery concern themselves with the diseases of brain, spinal cord, peripheral nerves, and muscles. An introduction to the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system is presented in the first-year course in neural sciences provided by the Departments of Anatomy and Neurobiology and of Physiology and | Biophysics. In the second year, the Department is the major con- tributor to an interdepartmental course in Pathophysiology ol Nervous System Disorders. Here are demonstrated the interrela- Co-Heads of Department tionships between knowledge derived from basic investigative and Sidney Coldring, William l.andau from clinical sources. In addition, there are lectures and exercises with patients in neurological physical diagnosis. Third-year activities NEUROLOGY are based on a full-time inpatient and outpatient clerkship in clinical neurology. In the fourth year, there are opportunities for clinical Professor and Head externships and for investigation of nervous system functioning in William M. l.andau, M.D., every aspect. Washington University, 1947.

Seay Professor of Clinical Neuropharmacology James A. Kerrendelli, A.B., University of Colorado. 1958; M.D.. 1962. (See Department of Pharmacology.)

Allen P. and Josephine IS. Green Professor of Pediatrie Neurology Arthur L. I'rensky, A.B.. Cornell University. 1951; M.D.. New York University. 1955. (See Department of Pediatrics.)

Professors Michael H. Brooke, MB., B.Ch., Cambridge University, 1958. Ronald M. Burde, B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1960; M.D.. Jefferson Medical College, 1964. (See Department of Opthalmology.) Margaret II. Clare (Neurophysiology), B.S.Ed., Southeast Missouri State Teachers College, 1940; M.A.. Washington SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR University, 1951. Neurological Examination in Neurology Darryl C. DeVivo, B.A.. Amherst Clinical Diagnosis (part of inter- A full-time, three-week clerk- College. 1959; M.D., University of departmental course in clinical ship is provided on the neurology Virginia. 1964. (See Department of diagnosis) services at Barnes and City Hos- Pediatrics.) Lectures, demonstrations, and pital-Starkloff Memorial. Patients Philip R. Dodge, M.D.. University practice examinations of neuro- are assigned to students, who fol- of Rochester, 1948. (See logical patients. low them with the resident staff Department of Pediatrics.) (Dr. Eliasson and Stall) and discuss them regularly in conferences with the senior staff. Sven G. Eliasson, Ph.D., University Pathology of Nervous System Students also work in the neu- of Lund, 1952; M.D.. 1954. (See Disorders (part of course in rology clinics under staff Department of Preventive Medicine pathophysiology) and Public Health.) supervision. (Drs. Eliasson. A collaborative sequence with Landau and Stall) Marvin A. Kishman, B.S., University other clinical and basic science of Illinois, 1959: M.D.. 1961. (See departments concerned with FOURTH YEAR Departments of Pediatrics and diseases of the nervous system. Electives Preventive Medicine and Public Lectures and seminar-symposia. Research Health, and Irene Walter Johnson (Dr. Eliasson and combined A 12-week elective is available Institute of Rehabilitation.) 66 Neurology-Neurosurgery Staff) in many areas such as neuroan: - IMarcus E. Raichle, B.S., University ol Washington. 1960: M.D., l%4. I(Sec Department of Radiology.) [Edward E. Vastola, B.S.. Yale [university. 1945; M.D.. Columbia [College of Physicians and Surgeons. 1947. (Starkloff Hospital.)

Professor Emeritus (Clinical) Irwin Levy, A.B.. Cornell University, 1927; M.D.. St. Louis University. 1931; D.M.S.. Columbia I University. 1935.

Professors (Clinical) Leonard Berg, A.B.. Washington University, 1945; M.D.. 1949. Herbert E. Rosenbaum, B.S., University of Oregon, 1947; M.D.. 1949. omy, including electron micros- with a member of the attending copy, clinical and experimental staff. Students also work in the neurophysiology, cerebral me- Neurosurgical Clinic and attend Associate Professors tabolism and circulation, neuro- the weekly staff conferences. Harish C. Agrawal (Neurochemistry), chemistry. etc. Facilities are avail- (Dr. Goldring and Staff) B.Sc., Allahabad University, 1957; able for qualified students in any M.S.. 1959; Ph.D., 1964. (See year to undertake original re- Staff Conferences Department of Pediatrics.) search in the laboratories of the Students are invited to attend Lawrence A. Coben, B.S.. Western Department or in the clinics and the Conjoint Neurological Con- Reserve University, 1948; M.D., wards. (Drs. Goldring, Landau, ference (neuropathology, neuro- 1954; M.A., Northwestern and combined Neurology- radiology, medical neurology, University, 1951. Neurosurgery Staff) pediatric neurology, and neuro- Man L. Pearlman, A.B.. State Clinical Neurology logical surgery) held on Wednes- University of Iowa, 1958; M.D., A six-week elective is offered -k- day afternoon. The Conference is Vashington University, 1961. (See at Barnes Hospital. The student held in Clopton Amphitheatre at gy department of Physiology and works directly with the chief resi- os- 1:30 p.m. except on the second Biophysics.) dent and senior staff covering its Wednesday of each month, when W.Thomas Thach, Jr., A.B., consultations at Barnes and Jew- ol- it is held at City Hospital-Starkloff Princeton University, 1959; M.D., ish Hospitals. Selected reading aff Memorial at 1:45 p.m. in the third- larvard University, 1964. (See in assignments on current topics in floor conference room. The for- Department of Anatomy and neurology are made. iff. mat of the conferences includes "^eurobiology.) (Dr. Black and Staff) :u- clinical presentations, symposia. iff Joseph J. Volpe, B.A., Bowdoin Clinical Neurosurgery and CPCs. Neurosurgery Grand College, I960; M.D., Harvard 311. The goal of the six-week clerk- Rounds are held weekly at 4:00 University, 1964. (See Department ship at Barnes Hospital is to pro- p.m. on Friday. Neuropathology iff) of Pediatrics.) vide an overview of neurological brain cutting conferences are held surgery. Responsibilities include in the Pathology Department on Associate Professor Emeritus patient workup, pre- and post- Monday at 1:00 p.m. and in the (Clinical) operative care, and attendance at Starkloff Hospital autopsy conference room on Thursday at 1 C Andrew B. Jones, M.D., Vanderbilt selected neurosurgical operations. 67 ; - University, 1916. Daily teaching rounds are held 12:30 p.m. Associate Professors (Clinical) Earl R. Schultz, A.B., Southeast Missouri State College, 1952; B.S.Mcd. University of Missouri, 1953; Lloyd N. Simpson (See Neurological M.D.. Washington University, 1955. Research Assistant Professors Surgery.) (See Department of Psychiatry.) Mary I. Johnson, B.S.. Washington State University. 1964; M.D., Johns Jeanne M. Smith Stuart Weiss, A.B., Washington Hopkins University, 1968. (See University. 1950; M.D., 1954. Departments of Anatomy and Neurobiology and Pediatrics.) NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY Assistant Professors Kenneth K. Kaiser, B.S. Colorado James E. Carroll, B.S.. University of State University. 1968. Professor and Head Louisville, 1966; M.D.. 1969. (See Sidney Goldring, B.S.. Washington Department of Pediatrics.) University, 1943; M.D., 1947. Robert C. Collins, B.A., University Assistant Professors (Clinical) of California-Berkeley. 1964: M.D., Joseph T. Black, B.A.. University of August A. Busch, Jr., Professor Cornell University, 1969. Rochester. 1961; M.D.. Upstate Henry G. Schwartz, A.B.. Princeton (Starkloff Hospital.) Medical Center. Syracuse. 1965. University. 1928; M.D.. Johns Ruthmarv K. Deuel, B.A.. Mount Joseph M. Dooley. Jr., B.S.. St. Louis Hopkins University. 1932. Holyoke College, 1956; M.D., University, 1954; M.D., 1958. Columbia College of Physicians and Richard S. Sohn. B.S., Brooklyn Professor Surgeons, 1961. (See Department of College, 1964; M.D., University of William S. Coxc. B.S., Hampden- Pediatrics.) Chicago. 1968. Sydney College, 1945; M.D.. Johns Hopkins University. 1948. Pro W. Edwin Dodson, A.B., Duke A. Instructors University, 1963; M.D., 1967. (See Professor Emeritus (Clinical) Chr Department of Pediatrics.) Charles S. C. Chang, B.S.. Johns Leonard T. Furlow, B.A.. Emory Wa: Hopkins University, 1968; M.D.. Joseph llanaway, B.A.. McGill University, 1923; M.D., 1925. Dep 1972. (See Department of Pediatrics.) University, 1956; M.D.. I960; CM., Joh Jack B. Shumate, Jr., B.S., 1960. (See Department of Anatomy Associate Professors Mis University of Florida. 1968; M.D and Neurobiology.) Robert L. Grubb, Jr., A.B.. 192 1972. University of North Carolina, 1961; 192 Charles P. Hughes. B.A.. Yale M.D., 1965. (See Department of Mel Instructor (Clinical) University, I960; M.D., Case Radiology.) Uni Western Reserve University. 1964. Robert J. Mueller, M.D.. Washington Robert A. Ratcheson, B.S., Gra University. 1936: M.S.. University of Northwestern Universitv. 1962; Wa: Shirley A. Sahrmann (Neurobiology). Michigan, 1942. B.S.P.T., Washington University. M.D., 1965. San 1958; M.A., 1971; Ph.D.. 1973. (See Uni Departments of Preventive Medicine Research Associate Assistant Professor Pro and Public Health and Physiology David E. Crowley, B.A.. Middlebury Shi H. Huang. B.M.. National Wil and Biophysics.) College. 1961; M.A., University of Taiwan University. 1946: M.D.. 1951 Col Vermont. 1963; Ph.D.. Princeton Roi John L. Trotter. A.B.. DePauw University, 1965. (Also Computer Instructor University. 1965: M.D.. Washington Systems Laboratory.) Arthur B. Jenny II, B.A., Johns University. 1969. (Gordon R. and Hopkins University. 1965; M.D.. 1969. Thelma B. Coates Scholar in Research Assistants Neurology.) Julaine Florence, B.S.. Washington Research Assistants University. 1975. Isaac A. Edwards George F. Wooten, Jr.. B.A.. Rice Asi Joseph lnukai (See Neurology.) University. 1965; M.D.. Cornell Joseph lnukai (See Neurological Fei Surgery.) University Medical College. 1970. Carl S. Pieper Un 68 (Starkloff Hospital.) JoAnne D. Scarpellini Lloyd N. Simpson (See Neurology Tul Department of Obstetrics I and Gynecology The student's involvement in obstetrics and gynecology consists of a thorough exposure to the basic concepts in reproductive biology and an active participation in the delivery of medical care to women I with gestations normal or at risk, congenital anomalies of pelvic viscera, structural disorders secondary to difficult childbirth, reproductive endocrinopathies and infertility, and gynecologic malignancies. The junior clerkship is conducted at Barnes Hospital, Jewish Hospital and St. Louis County Hospital, with the majority of the students sta- I Professor and Head of Department tioned at Barnes. Senior electives may be taken at Barnes Hospital or I James C. Warren, A.B.. University in the many affiliated hospitals in St. Louis. Regularly held conferences of Wichita. 1950; M.D.. University of in reproductive biology, perinatal medicine, ob-gyn pathology, and Kansas. 1954; Ph.D., University of leal oncology supplement the student's education. Nebraska. 1961. (See Department of Biological Chemistry.)

Professor Emeritus Willard M. Allen, B.S., Hobart College, 1926; M.S., University of Rochester, 1929; M.D., 1932; Sc.D. (hon.), 1957; Sc.D. (hon.) Hobart College. 1940.

Professors Arpad I. Csapo, M.D.. University of Szeged, 1941. Walter G. Wiest, A.B., Brigham Young University, 1948; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1952. (See Department of Biological Chemistry.)

Professors Emeriti (Clinical) A. Norman Arneson, B.S.. Texas Christian University, 1924; M.D., Washington University, 1928. (See SECOND YEAR is resorted to in attempting to Department of Radiology.) The sophomore is introduced to improve her health. The team John E. Hobbs, A.B., Southwest obstetrics and gynecology with method ensures that personalized Missouri State Teachers College. lectures in reproductive biology care is given by arranging for the 1923; M.D., Washington University. touching on pelvic anatomy, phys- same group of physicians to meet 1927. iology of tubal transport and a woman's health needs during Melvin A. Roblee, B.S., Washington ovarian control, myometrial func- each visit. The residents in a team University. 1923; M.D., 1925. tion, placental perfusion, steroido- function like a group in obstetrics and gynecology practice, and the Crandison D. Royston, M.D., genesis, genetics and prenatal diagnosis. student works like an intern in Washington University, 1907. the specialty. He sees patients Samuel D. Soule, M.D.. Washington THIRD YEAR in the office with his resident University. 1928. Students are each assigned to group, attends deliveries, assists Professor (Clinical) a resident-senior staff team, and in surgery, and goes to conferences the residents and staff physicians and night call with them. William H. Masters, B.S.. Hamilton serve as preceptors during the College. 1938; M.D., University of Rochester, 1943. students' six-week stay in the Department. Every woman seen FOURTH YEAR Associate Professor Emeritus in the office or cared for in the Seniors wishing to take an ex- George J. L. Wulff, Jr., A.B., hospital by the team of physicians ternship or research elective can Washington University, 1929: M.D is considered in her entirety. At- choose from a variety of courses: 1933. tention is paid to the manner in which her social and economic Ob-Gyn Externships Associate Professors situation has modified her re- Endocrinology-Infertility Fernando Arias, M.D., National sponse to disease. Environmental Externship University at Bogota, 1958; Ph.D.. manipulation, in addition to the In the office and hospital, the Tulane University, 1965. traditional ways of medical care. extern participates in the study 69 and treatment of women with re- Genetics Subinternship productive endocrine disorders This elective involves clinical and infertility. He presents pa- exposure to preconceptional and tients in conferences, has assigned preamniocentesis counseling, reading, and obtains experience methods of prenatal diagnosis in the techniques of steroid and (genetic amniocentesis. diagnostic gonadotropin quantitation as ultrasound, amniography. etc.) well as various manipulative and physical diagnosis of genetic procedures. (Dr. Warren) disease. Laboratory experience Pathology Externship to cytogenetic techniques such as The elective elucidates the amniotic fluid, lymphocyte, bone principles of anatomic pathology marrow and tissue culture is also as applied to operative material included. in obstetrics and gynecologv. The Obstetric Anesthesiology Irving Boime, U.S.. St. Louis College extern examines gross and micro- In this clinical elective, stu- of Pharmacy, 1964; M.S.. Purdue scopic specimens in the Ob-Gyn dents receive instruction in the University, 1966; Ph.D.. Washington Pathology Laboratory and re- fundamentals of obstetric pain University. 1970. (See Department views pertinent literature with a relief and newborn infant man- of Pharmacology.) senior pathologist. (Dr. Askin) agement and resuscitation. The II. Marvin Camel, M.D.. Creighton Gyn Oncology pharmacology of sedatives, tran- University, 1950. This elective concerns itself quili/ers, narcotics, local anesthet- ics, inhalation and intravenous Krnst R. Friedrich, MB.. University with the diagnosis and treatment drugs are demonstrated by practi- of Berlin, 1951; M.D.. University of of malignant tumors of the female cal application, emphasizing fetal- Heidelberg, 1954. reproductive tract. The extern is involved in all aspects of the care maternal implications in the man- of women with gyn malignant agement of labor. Special local James I). Jones II, B.S., Louisiana tumors. This experience will in- anesthetic blocks such as caudal, State University. 1940; D.D.S.. clude the surgical treatment, lumbar epidural, and saddle spi- Loyola University of the South. 1945; radiation therapy and chemo- nal. Experience is also gained in M.D., University of Alabama, 1957. therapy. (Dr. Camel) the management of general anes- (See Department of Anesthesiology.) thesia for minor gynecologic pro- Perinatal Medicine Jacques Sauvage, B.S.. University cedures such as postpartum tubal of Liege, 1953; M.D.. 1957. Electronic and biochemical ligations. surveillance of the human letns and mother before and during Ob-Gyn Subinternship in a parturition. The extern is involved Developing Country Research Associate Professor in the care of women with gesta- This program will allow a stu- Frederick Sweet, B.S., City tions at risk (i.e.. diabetes, hyper- dent who can communicate in University of New York, I960; tension, toxemia, renal disease, Spanish to work with a chief Ph.D.. University of Alberta. 1968. fetopelvic disproportion, etc.) resident from the University of (Dr. Sauvage) Honduras in a regional hospital Associate Professors (Clinical) in Honduras. The only medical Robert Burstein, M.D., Washington Ob-Gyn Preceptorship personnel responsible for the care University. 1948. The student spends six weeks of large numbers of complicated Charles R. Gulick, A.B.. Central with a clinical faculty member obstetric and gynecologic prob- College. 1940; M.D.. St. Louis who is in private practice. He lems will be the chief resident and makes hospital rounds and op- the subintern. The subintern will University. 1943. erates with his preceptor at gain extensive clinical experience Norman K. Muschany, A.B., Barnes and other community in obstetrics and gynecologv Westminster College. 1947; M.D., hospitals. He becomes familiar and observe the regionalization temple University, 1951. with the experiences of the pri- of obstetric care in Honduras. David Rothman, B.S., Washington vate practitioner. (Dr. Warren) Obstetrics and Gynecology University. 1935; M.D.. 1935. Traveling Perinatal Endocrinologic Function and Subinternship Assistant Professors Disease During Pregnancy Arrangements will be made James P. Crane, A.B.. Indiana Subinternship for the student to function with University, 1966; M.D.. 1970. While on elective, the senior the perinatal team at either the student will participate in both Ming-Shian Kao, M.D.. National University of Southern California clinical and research activities (Los Angeles County Hospital) Taiwan University Medical leading to a basic understanding under the supervision of Dr. Ted College. 1961. of the endocrinology of preg- Quilligan or the Ohio State Uni- David W. Keller, B.S., Canisius nancy and endocrine dysfunction versity in Columbus, under the su- College, 1960; M.D.. University of during pregnancy. He will pre- pervision of Dr. Fred Zuspan. The Buffalo, 1964. sent patients in conferences, have Ohio State program encompass :s Kenneth V. Polakoski, B.S.. assigned reading and obtain ex- fewer deliveries than our prognm Wisconsin State University. 1966; perience in clinical research in- at Barnes Hospital, but with a very M.S., University of Georgia. 1971: cluding techniques of radioim- high proportion of high-risk ob- 70 Ph.D., 1972. munoassay of protein hormones. stetrics. The Los Angeles Coun y bstetrics and Gynecology with basic theoretical considerations as well as with technical and practical applications of assays of value in obstetrics and gynecology. The student will be given opportunity to develop, evaluate and apply clinically an assay of choice. (Dr. Wiest) Regulation of Placcntal Hormone Synthesis Our laboratory is concerned with studying the factors regulating the biosynthesis of protein hormones in the placenta, human placental lactogen (hl'l). and I Lee A. Rigg, B.A.. Arizona State human chorionic gonadotropin {University. 1961; Ph.D., University (of Colorado, 1965; M.D.. Washington (hCG). The appearance of these hormones in maternal serum [University. 1971. differs markedly. For these stud- j fhotchai Srisuro, M.D., Faculty of ies the template mRNAs have Medical Sciences, 1967. been isolated and we are generat- Ronald C. Strickler, M.I). ing complementary DNAs to the University of Toronto. 1967. corresponding mRNAs. These DNA probes will be used to assay gene activities in normal and I Research Assistant Professors pathological tissues. Students (hang-chen Chin, B.S., National Hospital is probably the largest will be concerned with the con- University. 1944; Ph.D.. Oklahoma delivery service in the United cepts and techniques of molecular ■State University. 1967. States, with some 15.000 deliver- biology as applied to the above ies annually. It provides extensive ■ \Y. Bruce C'urrie, B.S., Masscy research. (Dr. Boime) experience not only in the prac- ■ 1 University, 1968; M.S.. 1970; Ph.D.. Sperm Biochemistry tice but also in the research of I I Macquarie University. 1975. and Andrology fetal monitoring. I Gurbax Singh Sekhon, B.S.. Agra Research is performed which ■ University. 1960; M.S.. 1962; Ph.D.. General Ob-Gyn Externships is aimed at the understanding Homer G. Phillips Hospital and control of the molecular (Dr. Monat) events which allow for sperm penetration of the ovum. Investi- I ^■Av.vi.vram Professors Emeriti Jewish Hospital (Dr. Burstein) gations into male infertility cen- * (Clinical) St. Louis County Hospital tering on sperm motility. bacteri- William Berman, A.B.. Washington (Dr. Saifee) ological considerations, and freez- University. 1931; M.D., 1935. The externship in each of these ing of semen are also conducted. Arthur T. Esslinger, M.D.. Washington affiliated hospitals allows the (Dr. Polakoski) University, 1940. student a greater degree of par- A. Herman Hutto, A.B., University ticipation and responsibility in Bio-Organic Chemical of Alabama. 1932; M.D.. Washington the care of patients. There is a Endocrinology University, 1935. wealth of clinical material in each The mechanism of steroid hormone action at the molecular Kevin C. Morrin, MB., B.Ch.. of these facilities. level is approached by producing National University of Ireland, 1921. Research Electives new progesterone and estrogen Willard C. Scrivner, B.S.. Washington Molecular Aspects of analogs by organic synthesis. The University, 1926; M.D., 1930. Endocrinology and student can work at the organic elman C. Wasserman, A.B., Johns Population Control synthetic or biochemical level. iopkins University, 1928; M.D.. The research involves the study Isolation of uterine estrogen and Washington University, 1932. of the topography of macromolec- progesterone receptor proteins ular steroid binding sites, evalua- by a newly synthesized affinity tion of the role of steroid "re- Assistant Professors (Clinical) chromatography system is in prog- ceptor" proteins in molecular ress. Also, new steroids contain- Arthur R.Bortnick,M.D., Washington mechanisms of steroid action, ing alkylating functional groups University, 1935. and the synthesis of affinity- are synthesized and have a dual Robert S. Cohen, B.S.. Union College, labeling steroids and anti-steroids research role: to serve as tools 1958; M.D., State University of and their application to disease with which to probe the steroid- New York, 1962. states and population control. macromolecular binding phenom- Raymond C. Doucette, A.B., Bowdoin (Dr. Warren) enon and to produce biologically | College, 1960; M.D., C.P.M.. McGill Radioimmunoassay active steroids with persistent University Faculty of Medicine, 1964. Radioimmunoassay is now the hormone activity or hormone S. Michael Freiman, A.B.. Montana most widely applied in vitro assay blocking action. Physico-chemical State University, 1951; M.D., procedure. This elective is de- methods are used to study steroid- Washington University, 1955. signed to acquaint the student protein interaction. (Dr. Sweet) 71 Instructors Edward G. Peskin, B.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1970: M.D.. Washington University. 1974. (See Division of Health Care Research.) Salma Saifee, M.D., University of Sind. 1961.

Instructors Emeriti (Clinical) Hubert L. Allen, A.B.. University of Kansas, 1932; M.D., Tulane University. 1936. Paul F. Max, B.S.. Washington Andrew (ialakatos, B.S.. St. Louis University, 1932; M.D.. 1932. College of Pharmacy. I960; M.D.. University of Missouri. 1965. Frances H. Stewart, M.D.. Washington University, 1927. Robert S. Goell, A.I).. Middlebury College. 1949; A.M.. University of Instructors (Clinical) Pennsylvania. 1950; M.D., Robert L. Becker, B.A., Cornell Washington University, 1960. University, 1965; M.D.. Washington University. 1969. Jacob Klein, B.S.. Muhlenhcrg College. 1964; M.D.. Jefferson Joe E. Belew, A.B., Central College. Medical College. 1968. 1953; M.D.. St. Louis University. 1957. Bryce H. Bondurant, A.B.. Frank B. Long, Jr., M.D.. Washington Northeast Missouri State Teachers University, 1947. College, 1936; D.O.. Kirksville College of Osteopathy and .1. Barlow Martin, B.A.. Amhcrst Surgery. 1940; M.D.. Washington College, 1951; M.D.. Washington University, 1943. University. 1955. Robert H. Duemler, A.B.. Laurence E. Maze, M.D., Washington Washington University, 1952; M.D., University, 1948. 1956. Ivan T. Myers, B.A., University of Seymour M. Monat, A.B.. University Ira C. Gall, B.S., University of Missouri, 1958; M.D.. 1963. of Pennsylvania. 1935; M.D.. Long Cincinnati, 1948; M.D., 1951. Gerald Newport, A.B.. Washington Island College. 1939. Gordon M. Goldman, B.S., Toledo University, 1948; M.D., 1953. University, 1962; M.D.. St. Louis Joseph D. O'Keefe, A.B.. University James Pennoyer. B.S.. Hobart College. University, 1966. 1933; M.D.. University of Rochester. of Colorado, 1946; M.D.. Washington 1939. C. Richard Gulick, B.A., Westminster University, 1950. College, 1966; M.D.. University of William E. Pearson, B.S.. Texas Marvin Rennard, A.B.. Washington Rochester. 1971. University. 1947; B.S.. University of Christian University. 1964; M.D.. Missouri, 1950; M.S.. 1950; M.D.. Joseph Hazan, M.D., Ege University Washington University. 1968. Medical School, 1971. Washington University, 1952. Jonathan R. Reed, B.A., Fisk Godofredo M. Herzog, B.S., University. 1956; M.D.. Meharry Melvin M. Schwartz, A.B.. University Louisiana State University. 1953; Medical College, 1965. of Nebraska. 1945; M.D.. 1947. M.D., Washington University. 1957. James Sawyer, A.B.. Ohio State William 1.. Smiley, A.B.. Ohio State S. Robert Kovac, A.B., Washington University, 1949; M.D., 1951. University. 1933; M.D.. 1937. University 1960; M.D., University of Arthur A. Smith, B.A., Southwest Missouri, 1964. Eugene I). Taylor, B.S.. Virginia Missouri State University, 1952; State College, 1948; M.D.. Howard Justin F. Kraner, M.D.. University M.S.. University of Arkansas, University. 1954. of Michigan, 1949. 1954; M.D., St. Louis University, M. Bryant Thompson, A.B.. Eastern Theodore Merrims, A.B.. Washington 1958. New Mexico University. 1957; M.D.. University, 1949; M.D., 1954. Herman Taute, M.D.. Phillips University of California. 1961. Jerry N. Middleton, B.A., Westminster University. 1954. College, 1959; M.D., Washington J. Leslie Walker, B.A.. Vanderbilt Albro C. Tobey, Jr., B.S.. Butler University, 1963. University, 1957; M.D.. University University, 1965; M.D., Trinity ol lennessee, I960. F. Delbert Moeller, B.S., College. University of Dublin, 1971 Muskingum College, 1965; M.D., Bernice A. Torin, A.B.. Washingto Ronald P. Wilbois, B.S.. University Ohio State University. 1969. University, 1937; M.D., 1941. of Illinois, 1959; M.D., 1964. Sam Momtazee, M.D., Shiraz Parker H. Word, B.S., Virginia Carol F. Williams, B.A.. University Medical School. 1961. State College, 1941: M.D., Howan of Tennessee,'1952; M.D.. 1955. Nathaniel H. Murdock, B.S., Harvard Medical School, 1944. Seth E. Wissner, A.B.. Washington University, 1958; M.D., Meharry Mitchell Yanow, M.D.. Washingto University. 1942; M.D.. 1945. T: Medical College, 1963. University, 1941. Department of Ophthalmology Instruction begins in the second year with methods of examination of the eye. Emphasis is placed on the use of the ophthalmoscope. During the second year a series of nine didactic lectures is given as an introduction to various aspects of ocular disease. During the third year students are assigned to an ophthalmology clerkship for one week. In the fourth year, a six-week ophthalmology elective is offered to senior students, which affords opportunity for work with patients under supervision.

Professor and Head of Department Bernard Becker, A.B., Princeton University, 1941; M.D., Harvard University. 1944.

Professors Ronald M. Burde, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1960; M.D.. Jefferson Medical College, 1964. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) Adolph I. Cohen, B.S., City College of New York, 1948; M.A.. Columbia University, 1950; Ph.D., 1954. (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.)

Allan E. Kolker, A.B.. Washington University 1954; M.D., 1957. James E. Miller, B.S., Tulane University, 1946; M.D.. The Medical College of Alabama, 1949. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Morton E. Smith, B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; M.D., I960. (Sec Department of Pathology.) Stephen R. Waltman, B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961; M.D.. Yale SECOND YEAR ophthalmoscopy, tonometry, etc. University, 1964. Ophthalmology He assists in the workup of eye Lectures and demonstrations in patients at the St. Louis Veterans Researeh Professor the basic principles of ophthal- Administration Hospital and in the East Pavilion and attends all Nigel W. Daw, B.A., Trinity College, mology. (Staff) rounds and conferences. This elec- 1956; M.A.. 1961; Ph.D., Johns THIRD YEAR tive is primarily geared to the stu- Hopkins University. 1967. (See dent who plans to enter the spe- Department of Physiology and Ophthalmology cialty of ophthalmology. Biophysics.) All students rotate through the Eye Clinic for a one-week clinical clerkship. (Staff) Associate Professors Research Electives Michael A. Kass, B.S., M.D., FOURTH YEAR Experimental and clinical research Northwestern University, 1966. Electives in glaucoma. (Drs. Kass, Krupin) Theodore Krupin, A.B., Washington Clinical Clerkship in Experimental and diagnostic- University. 1964; M.D., St. Louis Ophthalmology University, 1968. ophthalmic pathology. One student rotates through the (Dr. M. Smith) Robert A. Moses, A. B, Johns Hopkins Department of Ophthalmology for Experimental research in ocular University, 1938; M.D., University six weeks. He is given instruction physiology. (Dr. Moses) of Maryland, 1942. in the basic principles of an oph- thalmologic examination, includ- Clinical research in diabetes. Research Associate Professor ing slit lamp biomicroscopy, (Drs. Waltman. Palmberg) Robert F. Miller, M.D., University of motility evaluation, ncuro-oph- Experimental research in anatomy Utah. 1967. thalmologic evaluation, perimetry. and physiology. (Dr. Cohen) 73 George M. Bohigian, A.B.. Elaine Miller, A.B., Judson College, Washington University, 1961; 1944; M.D., Medical College of M.D., St. Louis University, 1965. Alabama, 1949. (See Department of Isaac Boniuk, B.S., Dalhousie Pediatrics.) University, 1958; M.D., 1962. Instructors (Clinical) James H. Bryan, A.B.. Nevinkumar J. Amin, I.S.C.. Bombay Washington University. 1932; University. 1960; M.B.B.S.. 1966. M.D., 1936. Ronald C. Bilchik, B.S.. University of Dean B. Burgess, A.B.. Occidental Toledo, 1963; M.D., Washington College, 1963; M.D., University University, 1967. of California, 1967. Richard F\ Escoffery, MB., B.S., University of West Indies Medical Samuel A. Canaan, Jr., A.B., School, 1969. State University of Iowa. 1942; Howard L. Freedman, B.A., Harvard Associate Professors Emeriti (Clinical) M.A.. Columbia University. University, 1969; M.D., 1973. Howard R. Hildreth, Ml)., 1948; M.D., Meharry Medical Ruth S. Freedman, A.B., Washington Washington University. 1928. College, 1954. University, 1938; M.D., 1942. Theodore E. Sanders, B.S., University Robert M. Feibel, A.B., Johns David M. Freeman, A.B., University of Nebraska, 1931; M.D., 1933. Hopkins University, 1965; M.D., Harvard University, 1969. of Missouri, 1940; B.S.Med., 1941; Frederick O. Schwartz, M.D., M.D., Washington University, 1943. Washington University, 1910. James M. Gordon, B.A.. University of Minnesota, 1962; William S. Joffe, A.B., Washington Associate Professors (Clinical) M.D., 1966. University, 1959; M.D., 1963. Robert C. Drews, A.B.. Washington Jack Hartstein, B.S., University Stephen A. Kamenetzky, A.B., University, 1952; M.D., 1955. of Missouri, 1953; M.D., Washington University, 1967; M.D.. Benjamin Milder, Ml)., Washington University of Cincinnati, 1955. 1970. University, 1939. Glen P. Johnston, A.B., Harry L. S. Knopf, A.B., Harvard University, 1963; M.D., Harvard F.dward Ukun, B.S., Dartmouth Washington University, 1953; Medical School, 1967. College, 1952; M.D., University of M.D.. 1956. Vermont, 1956. Jack Kayes, B.A., Yale Barry D. Milder, B.S.. Massachusetts University, 1953; M.D., Institute of Technology. 1969; M.D.. Assistant Professors Washington University, 1957. Washington University, 1973. Robert H. Greenfield, B.S., Terence G. Klingele, M.D., Maxwell Rachlin, M.D., University New York University 1966; M.S., University of California, 1970. of Toronto, 1942. 1967; D.Sc, Washington University, Matthew Newman, A.B.. Michael B. Rumelt, B.S., Lamar 1976. (See Biomedical Computer State College of Technology, 1962; Vanderbilt University, 1956; Laboratory.) M.D., Columbia University, 1959. M.D., Washington University, 1966. William M. Hart, Jr., Ph.D., F. Thomas Ott, B.A., Southern Mickey L. Salmon, M.D., Louisiana University of Maryland, 1970; Methodist University. 1963; State University, 1959. M.D., 1970. M.D., Washington University, Arthur W. Stickle, Jr., M.D., Paul F. Palmberg, Ph.D.. 1965. University of Oklahoma, 1943. Northwestern University, 1969; Lawrence T. Post, Jr., M.D., Assistants M.D., 1970. Washington University, 1948. Lisa M. Cibis, M.D., University of Mitchel I.. Wolf, B.A., Yeshiva Heidelberg, 1939; Certified OrthoptiM. Harry D. Rosenbaum, M.D., College, 1964, M.D., Albert Washington University, 1956. Washington University, 1934. Einstein College of Medicine, 1968. Clemens H. Jacques, B.S., University Philip T. Shahan, A.B., Harvard Assistant Professors Emeriti of California, 1949; O.D., 1949. College. 1938; M.D., Washington (See Division of Health Care (Clinical) University, 1942. Daniel Bisno, B.A., University of Research.) Bernd Silver, B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1927; M.D.. Johns Connie M. Pollock, B.S., Indiana Louisville, 1952; M.D., 1956. Hopkins University, 1931. University, 1972; O.D., 1974. H. Phillip Venable, B.S., Wayne William H. Meinberg, B.S., Research Assistants State University, 1935; M.D., 1940. Washington University, 1932; Dorothy G. Cooper, R.N., Washington Charles E. Windsor, A.B., Carleton M.D., 1932. University, 1953; B.S.N., 1964; College, 1956; M.D., University of Assistant Professors (Clinical) M.S.N., 1966. Rochester. 1960. Edmund B. Alvis, M.D., Nels J. Holmberg, B.S., Oklahoma Washington University. 1934. Instructor State University, 1963; M.S., 1966. Neva P. Arribas, M.D., Manila Kenneth B. Mitchell, B.A., Gillian Roper-Hall, D.B.O., Moorfield Central University, 1954. Brooklyn College, 1969; M.D., Eye Hospital, 1966; D.B.O.(D.), Stanley C. Becker, A.B.. New York Medical College, 1973. Reading College, 1967; D.B.O.(T), Washington University. 1948; 1969; Certified Orthoptist, U.S. M.A.. 1950; Ph.D., 1951; M.D.. Board, 1973. Research Instructors Chicago Medical School. 1955. Floyce A. Scherrer, R.N., Washingti l Edward F. Berg, A.B.. Washington Walter J. Grodzki, D.D.S., St. Louis University, I960. University, 1944. 74 University, 1960; M.D., 1964. Thorn F. Wentlandt Department of Otolaryngology Otolaryngology is presented to students during their sophomore, junior, and senior years. A clinical pathologic correlation lecture series is presented to sophomores. In the junior year, each student spends two weeks on one of the services in East Pavilion, St. Louis Veterans Administration, Max C. Starkloff, or Homer G. Phillips Hospitals. During this period there is teaching at the bedside, in the operating room, and in the clinic, supplemented by daily afternoon lectures, grand rounds on Thursdays, and an introduction to audiology as well as to basic ENT research. Lindburg Professor and Head The ENT rotation is highlighted by a field trip to an outlying of Department community, where a full-time member of the Department evaluates Joseph H. Ogura, A.B., University and treats adults and children with common ENT problems. Senior of California, 1937; M.D., 1941. students who show a special interest may take a rotating elective in ENT suited to their interests. Some possibilities include research or Professors clinical work. Ample research facilities and ongoing projects are avail- Donald G. Sessions, A.B., able. Clinical exposure could include oncologic diseases related to the Princeton University, 1958; M.D., head and neck, otologic diseases, otoneurology, audiology, or middle- Washington University, 1962. ear surgery. S. Richard Silverman (Audiology), A.B., Cornell University, 1933; M.S., Washington University, 1938; Ph.D., 1942. (Also Central Institute for the Deaf and Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) Gershon J. Spector, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1960; M.D., University of Maryland, 1964. Malcolm H. Stroud, MB., Ch.B., University of Birmingham, 1945; L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., 1946; F.R.C.S., 1949. Ruediger Thalmann, M.D., University of Vienna, 1954. Research Professor Emeritus and Lecturer Hallowell Davis, A.B., Harvard University, 1918; M.D., 1922; Sc.D. (hon.), Colby College, SECOND YEAR Lectures, field trips, office practice, and operating room expo- 1954; Sc.D. (hon.), Northwestern Otolaryngology and Physical sure round out the rotation. Two University, 1962; Sc.D. (hon.), Diagnosis students are accepted for each Washington University, 1973. Clinical pathologic correlative rotation. (Dr. Thawley) (See Department of Physiology lectures in otolaryngology are and Biophysics.) (Also Central given to the entire class. Research Electives Institute for the Deaf.) (Dr. Thawley) Cytology, neurology, and histo- Research Professors THIRD YEAR chemistry of membranous labyrinth. (Dr. Bohne) Donald H. Eldridge, SB., Otolaryngology Clerkship Harvard University, 1943; M.D., Practical instruction in diag- Physiology of larynx. 1946. (Also Central Institute for nosis and treatment. Two weeks. (Drs. Ogura, Harvey) the Deaf and Faculty of Arts (Dr. Thawley) Nasopulmonary physiology. and Sciences.) FOURTH YEAR (Dr. Ogura) Ira J. Hirsh (Audiology), A.B., Electives Metabolism of the inner ear. New York State College for Physiological and biochemical Structure and Innervation of Teachers (Albany), 1942; M.A., aspects. (Dr. Thalmann) Labyrinth (Dr. Bohne) Northwestern University, 1943; Otoneurology labs. (Dr. Stroud) M.A., Harvard University, 1947; Clinical Clerkship Ph.D., 1948. (Also Central A six-week rotation which Development of otic capsule and ossicles. (Dr. Bohne) Institute for the Deaf and stresses outpatient diagnosis and Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) management of ENT problems. Audiology. (Mr. Phon) 75 Professor (Clinical) Ben H. Senturia, A.B., Washington University. 1931; M.D., 1935.

Associate Professors Barbara A. Bohne, A.B., Washington University, 1967; Ph.D., 1971. Joseph E. Harvey (Experimental- Otolaryngology), B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1954; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., 1968. Stanley E. Thawley, B.A., University of Texas, 1963; M.D., University of Texas Medical Branch, 1967. James M. Toomey, B.S., College Norman S. Drink, A.B., Washington of the Holy Cross, 1951; D.M.D., Research Instructors Harvard University, 1955; M.D., University, 1967; M.D., University Marion P. Bryan, A.B., Washington Boston University. 1958. of Illinois, 1970. (Jewish Hospital.) University, 1931. Laurence A. Levine, B.A., Hofstra Sakari Paloheimo, B.Sc, University Associate Professors Emeriti University, 1962; M.A., 1963; D.D.S., of Turku, 1974; M.Sc, 1974. (Clinical) New York University, 1967; M.D., Isolde Thalmann, B.S.. Washington William T. K. Bryan, A.B.. Albany Medical College, 1971. (Jewish Hospital.) University, 1969; A.M., 1972. Washington University, 1929; M.D., 1933. Timothy J. Reichert, B.S., St. John's University, 1966; B.S., University of Instructors (Clinical) Harold M. Cutler, A.B., University of North Dakota, 1967; M.D., University Arnoldo Kuczer, M.D., Faculty of Maine, 1930; M.D., Tufts College, of Illinois, 1969. (St. Louis Children's 1937. Hospital.) Medical Sciences of the University of French K. Hansel, M.D.. St. Louis Buenos Aires, 1955. (Jewish Hospital.) University, 1918; M.S., University Assistant Professors Emeriti Supote Phipatanakul, M.D., of Minnesota, 1923. (Clinical) Chulalongkorn Hospital Medical School, 1965. (St. Louis County Cuerdan Hardy, M.D., Washington Alfred J. Cone, B.S., State University Hospital.) University, 1929. of Iowa, 1921; M.D., 1923; M.S., 1927. Robert E. Votaw, B.S., State Herbert M. Smit, M.D., St. Louis University of Iowa, 1927; M.D., 1929. University, 1933. Research Associates Thomas H. Comegys, B.A., Centra! Associate Professors (Clinical) Assistant Professors (Clinical) Methodist College, 1966. Benard C. Adler, B.S., Washington Carl F. Ehrlich, B.S., St. Louis Daniel C. Marcus, B.S., Antioch University, 1937; M.D., 1937. University, 1961: M.D.. University College, 1968; M.S., Washington of Missouri, Columbia. 1965. Morris Davidson, B.S.. Indiana University, 1971; D.Sc. 1976. University. 1936; M.D., 1938. Charles C. Jacobs, A.B., Washington Jun Wada, M.D., Fukushima Medi cal Joseph W. West, M.D., Duke University, 1942; M.D.. 1945; College, 1973. University, 1944. Postgraduate, 1948, 1949. Edward H. Lyman, B.S.. Washington Assistant Professors University, 1937; M.D., 1937. Research Assistants Joseph A. Davidenas (Microbiology), Wayne A. Viers, B.S., Phillips Charles D. Carr B.S., University of Alberta. 1964; University, 1952; M.D., University Judith Ann Crozier, B.Sc, Univers y 7« Ph.D., 1970. of Oklahoma, 1956. of London, 1966. Department of Pathology Modern pathology is concerned with the molecular and ultrastructural basis of disease. Historically, morphologic studies provided the foundations of our concepts of disease, and ultrastructural studies continue to add to our understanding, but modern pathology utilizes virtually all of the tools of the basic sciences. Pathologists are involved in diagnostic, teaching, and research activities. In addition to the sophomore year of pathology, the Department conducts numerous combined conferences which third- and fourth- year students attend as part of individual clinical clerkships. These are described below. Students, usually in their fourth year, may elect to participate in Edward Mallinckrodt Professor and advanced courses or clerkships in autopsy or surgical pathology or Head of Department laboratory medicine, or to pursue research in experimental pathology. The Department offers a course of study leading to the Ph.D. Paul E. Lacy, B.A., Ohio State degree. Medical students who desire to combine graduate and medical University, 1945; M.D., 1948; M.S., programs of study should consult Dr. Michael Licberman. 1948; Ph.D., University of For the purpose of teaching, research, and service, the Depart- Minnesota, 1955. ment is divided into specialty divisions under the following directors: Professors Emeriti Autopsy Pathology, Dr. Kissane Lauren V. Ackerman (Pathology Graduate Programs in Experimental Pathology, Dr. Lieberman and Surgical Pathology), A.B., Laboratory Medicine, Dr. Jarett Hamilton College, 1927; M.D., Neuropathology, Dr. Nelson University of Rochester, 1932. Pediatric Pathology, Dr. Kissane (Also Consultant.) Surgical Pathology, Dr. W. Bauer Ruth Silberberg, M.D., University of Breslau, 1931. (Also Lecturer.)

Professors Walter C. Bauer, B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; M.D., Washington University, 1954. Joseph M. Davie, A.B., Indiana University, 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., 1966; M.D., Washington University, 1968. (See Department of Microbiology and Immunology.) Leonard Jarett, B.A., Rice University, 1958; M.D., Washington University, 1962. (See Department of Medicine.) John M. Kissane, A.B., University of Rochester, 1948; M.D., Washington University, 1952. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Charles Kuhn, A.B., Harvard University, 1955; M.D., Washington University, 1959. James S. Nelson, M.D., St. Louis University, 1957. (See Department of Pediatrics.) John W. Olney, B.A., Iowa University, 1956; M.D., 1963. (See Department of Psychiatry.) Carl W. Pierce, A.B., Colgate University, 1962; M.D., University of Chicago, 1966; Ph.D., 1966. (Jewish Hospital.) Heschel J. Raskas, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1967. (See Department of Microbiology and Immunology.) 77 SECOND YEAR Plasma membrane tumor associ- Bio 515, 516. General Pathology ated antigens and immunity to This course is a comprehensive them in human lung cancer. study of the cellular and molecular (Dr. Bell) basis of disease. Lectures, gross Mechanisms of immune resistance and microscopic demonstrations, to experimental plasmacytomas. laboratory work, tutorials, case (Dr. Bridges) studies, and experimental pathol- Viral infections of the inner ear. ogy seminars are all utilized. The environmental pathology. course is divided into six sections, (Dr. G. Davis) each consisting of a six-week period of study that is correlated Clinical and analytical enzymology with the subject matter concur- and computerized instrumentation. rently presented in the sophomore (Dr. .1. Davis) Laurence A. Sherman, B.A., B.S., pathophysiology course. Experimental analysis of gastrin University of Chicago, 1956; M.D., The sections consist of (I) secretion by rat pyloric antral Albany Medical College, 1964. general pathology and infectious cells in vitro. (Dr. DeSchryver) (See Department of Medicine.) disease (2) cardiovascular, pul- Structure and function of endo- Morton E. Smith, B.S.. University monary and renal diseases. (3) crine cells of the gastrointestinal of Maryland 1956; M.D., 1960. metabolic, endocrine, and gastro- tract and pancreas. (Dr. Greider) intestinal disease. (4) hematology (See Department of Ophthalmology.) Environmental pathology, re- and oncology. (5) neuropathology, nin-erythropoietin-juxtaglomeru.- Alexander C. Sonnenwirth, A.B., and (6) developmental, pediatric. lar cells. (Dr. Hartroft) University of Nebraska, 1950; M.S., obstetric, and gynecologic Purdue University, 1953; Ph.D., diseases. (Staff) Mechanism of action of insulin. Washington University, 1960. (See (Dr. Jarett) Department of Microbiology and Nature and mechanisms of func- Immunology.) (Jewish Hospital.) THIRD AND FOURTH tional alterations of blood platelets YEARS in hyperlipidemia and diabetes. Richard Torack, B.S., Seton Hall Clinical Pathological Conference Platelet phospholipid metabolism. University, 1948; M.D., Georgetown The clinical history and treat- Platelet turnover and thrombus University, 1952. ment of patients who have died localization in patients with cere- Joseph R. Williamson, A.B.. Phillips are discussed before the class by brovascular occlusive disease. University, 1954; M.D., the physicians and surgeons of the (Dr. Joist) Washington University, 1958. departments concerned. These Cellular immunology with par- conferences afford the students Professor (Visiting Staff) ticular emphasis on genetic con- an opportunity to interpret the trol of antibody responses. Frederick G. Germuth, Jr., A.B., clinical observations in the light (Dr. Kapp) Johns Hopkins University, 1942; of the post-mortem findings. One Surgical pathology of the lung M.D., 1945. hour a week during the year. and breast. (Dr. Katzenstein) (Staff) Renal pathology, pediatric Associate Professors Tumor Conference pathology. (Dr. Kissane) Gustave L. Davis, B. A.. Union College, One hour each week for twelve Experimental pulmonary diseases, 1959; M.D., State University of New weeks during the surgery and ob- environmental pathology. York, Syracuse, 1963. (Jewish stetrics and gynecology clerk- (Dr. Kuhn) Hospital.) ships. Problem cases are pre- Experimental diabetes mellitus. Milton N. Goldstein, B.S., Western sented for illustration and discus- tissue culture of islets, trans- Reserve University, 1946; M.S.. sion of all aspects of neoplastic plantation of islets. (Dr. Lacy) 1947; Ph.D., 1952. (See Department disease. (Staff) of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) Distribution of electrolytes and trace metals in blood. Marie H. Greider, B.S.. Ohio State (Dr. Ladenson) University, 1949; M.S.. 1955; Ph.D., RESEARCH 1960. Application of computer tech- Bio 590. nology and physical instrumen- Phyllis M. Hartroft, B.S.. University The department encompasses tation to the clinical laboratory. of Michigan, 1949; M.A.. University all of the major areas of investi- (Dr. Lewis) of Toronto, 1951; Ph.D., 1954. gation in experimental pathology. Chemical carcinogenesis and en- Gerald Kessler, B.S., City College Examples include: zymology of DNA repair. of New York, 1950; M.S., University Lung development and pediatric (Dr. Lieberman) of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., 1954. lung disease. (Dr. Askin) (Jewish Hospital.) Immunoregulatory mechanisms Definition of the structure and controlling the differentiation of Michael Kyriakos, B.S., City College function of oligosaccharide moie- hapten-binding myeloma cells. of New York, 1958; M.D., Albert ties present on glycoproteins. (Dr. Lyncii) Einstein College of Medicine, 1962. (Dr. Baenziger) Experimental diabetes: Biochei - Michael W. Lieberman, B.A., Yale Kinetics and hormonal aspects of ical studies of insulin relea e University, 1963; M.D., University of neoplastic cell growth. mechanisms in vitro. 78 Pittsburgh. 1967; Ph.D., 1972. (Drs. Bauer, Meyer) (Dr. M. McDani. I) Pi logy

Richard G. Lynch, B.A.. University ! of Missouri, 1961; M.D., University of Rochester, 1966. John S. Meyer, A.B.. Yale University, 1952; M.D.. Washington University, 1956. (Jewish Hospital.) RNA metabolism in cultured Electives Peter A. Pullon, B.A.. Albion College, fibroblasts. (Dr. Mauck) Advanced Special Pathology I960; D.D.S., University of Michigan, Analysis of predictability of clini- A series of seminars discussing 1965; M.S., 1968. (Also School of cal laboratory diagnostic tests; timely selected topics in special Dental Medicine.) the influence of normal respira- pathology of human disease, aug- tory flora on respiratory problems. mented by illustrative cases and Glenn E. Rodey, B.S., Ohio University, (Dr. Murray) emphasizing clinicopathologic 1957: M.D., Ohio State University, correlations. Reading lists will be 1961. (See Department of Medicine.) Pathogenesis of cerebral micro- circulated and active discussion circulatory injury: response of the William W. Schlaepfer, B.A., is encouraged. If the size of the autonomic nervous system to group makes it practical to do so, Princeton University, 1954; M.D.. injury; pathology and pathogen- Yale University, 1958. each student will prepare and esis of lesions associated with conduct a session on a subject of Carl H. Smith, B.A., Swarthmore vitamin E deficiency; pathogene- his choice. (Dr. Kissane) College, 1955; M.D., Yale University, sis of skeletal muscle injury. 1959. (See Department of Pediatrics.) (Dr. Nelson) The role of divalent cations in the mechanism of hormone action. Steven L. Teitelbaum, B.A., Columbia Mechanisms regulating immune (Dr. McDonald) University, 1960; M.D., Washington responses in tissue culture sys- University, 1964. (Jewish Hospital.) tems. (Dr. Pierce) Biochemical and ultrastructural Immunoelectron microscopy; se- aspects of anterior pituitary se- Associate Professors (Visiting Staff) cretory immunoglobulin system. cretion. (Dr. McKeel) Frederick T. Kraus, B.A., College of (Dr. Poger) Selected Topics in Immunology William and Mary, 1951; M.D., Biochemistry of DNA tumor and Immunopathology Washington University, 1955. viruses. (Dr. Raskas) This seminar course empha- William V. Miller, A.B., University Transplantation immunology. sizes those areas which are most of Missouri, 1962; M.D., 1966. (See (Dr. Rodey) applicable to the understanding Department of Medicine.) Biochemical and ultrastructural of human disease states. The sub- William R. Platt, B.S., University of aspects of peripheral nerve dis- ject matter can be selected so as Maryland, 1936; M.D., 1940. ease. (Dr. Schlaepfer) to suit the interest of the student, but will include immune deficiency Metabolism of coagulation moi- Assistant Professors states, the role of the thymus in eties (fibrinogen and platelets), immune competence, immuno- Frederic B. Askin, B.A., University thrombus localization, and ap- globulin structure and function, of Virginia, I960; M.D., 1964. plied blood banking. Jacques U. Baenziger, B.A., New (Dr. Sherman) immunological disorders accom- panying neoplasia, tumor im- College, 1969; M.D., Washington Placental transport and surface University, 1975; Ph.D., 1975. munology, and autoimmune dis- membrane structure and function. orders. (Dr. Lynch) C Elliott Bell, Jr., B.S., Tulane (Dr. C. Smith) University, 1960; M.D., 1964. (See Clinical microbiology, anaerobes, Neuropathology Seminar Department of Medicine.) endogeneous infections. Clinical pathological correla- William Blank, A.B., Washington (Dr. Sonnenwirth) tions of neurological diseases will University, 1967; M.D., 1972. Metabolic bone diseases. be investigated by the case study James E. Davis, B.A., Occidental (Dr. Teitelbaum) method using current and docu- College, 1965; M.S., Duke Pathogenesis of diabetic vascular mented material. Participants will University, 1969; Ph.D., 1970. (See disease. Cellular mechanisms of partake in gross neuropathologi- Department of Medicine.) endocytosis and macromolecular cal examinations and will be as- Katherine DeSchryver, M.D., transport by cndothelium. signed selected cases for discus- University of Louvain, 1971. (Dr. Williamson) sion of clinical data and gross and 79 microscopic pathological findings, of Biology and Biomedical Sci- especially in relationship to evolu- ences. These courses are listed tion and mechanism of disease below, but are described in the processes. Topics covered will in- offerings of the Division of Biology clude vascular, infectious, de- and Biomedical Sciences. myelinating, and neuronal dis- Bio 504. Environmental Pathology eases, as well as neoplasms of Bio 518, 519. Pathology Research the nervous system. (Dr. Nelson) Seminar Clinical Laboratory Medicine A full-time elective, periods four Bio 520. Methods in and six. Designed to acquaint the Experimental Pathology student with the proper use of Bio 521. Cellular Aspects of the the laboratory in clinical medicine Immune Response and to expose the student to the Bio 544. Mechanisms of Disease Samir K. El-Mofty, B.D.S., Cairo basic operation of each area of University, 1959; M.Sc, University the laboratory. of Pennsylvania, 1966; Ph.D., (Dr. Jarett and Staff) Note—The number preceding the Temple University, 1975. (Also In addition to the above, the course title indicates that the School of Dental Medicine.) Department offers a number of course carries credit in the Grad- Suleyman Culmen, D.D.S., advanced courses in the Division uate School of Arts and Sciences. Hacettepe University, 1968; M.D.S., University of Minnesota, 1972 (Also School of Dental Medicine.)

Thomas E. Hewitt, B.Sc, University of Alberta, 1970; M.S., Purdue University, 1972; Ph.D., 1974. (Jewish Hospital.)

Enrique Higa, B.A., National College Julio A. Roca, 1956; M.D., Buenos Aires University, 1964. (Jewish Hospital.) Johann H. Joist, M.D., University of Cologne, 1962. (See Department of Medicine.) Judith A. Kapp-Pierce, B.A., Miami University, 1965; M.S., Indiana University, 1969; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1976. (See Department of Microbiology and Immunology.) (Jewish Hospital.) Anna-Luise Katzenstein, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1968; M.D., 1971. Jack H. Ladenson, B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1964; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1971. (Sec Department of Medicine.) John W. Lewis III, B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology. 1966; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 1971. (See Biomedical Computer Laboratory.) John C. Mauck, B.S., Purdue University. 1967; Ph.D., Washington University, 1971. (See Department of Medicine.) Michael L. McDaniel, B.A.. Southern Illinois University, 1963; M.S., University of North Dakota, 1966; Ph.D., St. Louis University, 1970. Jay McDonald, B.S., Tufts University, 1965; M.D.. Wayne State University, 1969. (See Department so of Medicine.) m

Manuel F. Menendez, B.S., University •i<»gy Virgilio P. Dumadag, M.D., Far of Havana, 1949; M.D., 1956. Eastern University Institute of Robert W. Ogilvie, B.A., University Medicine. 1961. of Utah, 1943; M.D., 1946. Richard A. Kahn, A.B., University of Donald J. Parker, B.S., Duquesne Missouri, 1966; M.S.. 1968; Ph.D., University, 1959; M.S., 1964; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1972. Kansas State University, 1967. Richard Payne, B.S., Ohio University, Rodolfo A. Latorre, M.D., University 1960; M.D.. Washington University. of the East, Ramon Magsaysay 1963. Memorial Medical Center, 1961. Luis Tumialan, M.D.. University of Manuel Marban, A.A.. Xavier the San Marcos, 1965. University, 1959; M.D.. University of Santo Tomas, 1964. Andres J. Valdes, B.S., Institute Carlos Perez-Mesa, M.D.. University Daniel W. McKeel, B.S., Hampden- de Santa Clara, 1949; M.D., University of Havana, 1950. Sydney College, 1961; M.D., of Havana, 1957. University of Virginia. 1966. Michael A. McCarty, A.B., Instructors Washington University. 1969; M.D.. David N. Menton, B.S.. Mankato 1973. State College, 1959; Ph.D., Brown Rogers Griffith, B.S., University of Antonio Salvador, M.D., University University, 1966. (See Department of Arkansas, 1972. of Porto. 1963. Anatomy and Neurobiology.) Wei Hsueh, M.B., National Taiwan Ursula Sclafford, B.S., Howard Patrick Murray, B.S., Saint Mary's University, 1968; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1942; M.D., 1945. College, 1969; Ph.D.. University of University, 1972. California, 1974. John Klaas, B.S.. Wofford College, 1967; M.S.P.H., University of North Blanca M. Perez, B.A., Universidad Research Assistants Carolina, 1968; Ph.D., 1974. del Valle, 1953; M.D.. 1961. (Jewish Hospital.) Katherine Chang, B.S.. University of (Jewish Hospital.) Taiwan, 1969; Ph.D.. University Marshall Poger, A.B.. Washington John M. Michael, B.A., University of Iowa, 1974. University. 1961; M.A., Brandeis of Kansas, 1969; M.D.. Washington Maria Chraplyvy, B.S., St. Louis University, 1963; M.D.. University University, 1973. (See Department University, 1964; M.S., 1967. of Tennessee, 1969. (Jewish Hospital.) of Medicine.) Dorothy J. Fiete, B.S., Marymount Daniel Santa Cruz, M.D., University College, 1966. E. Kaye Smith, B.S., Webster of Buenos Aires, 1971. College, 1957; M.S., St. Louis Edward H. Finke, B.S.. Washington University, 1963; D.V.M.. Kansas University. 1962. State University, 1965. Research Instructor Sandra K. Freeman, A.B., Cornell College, 1969; M.A., Washington Sue C. Stevens, A.B., Goucher Sandra B. Gurgo, B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1971. College, 1930; M.A., 1931; Ph.D., University, 1965; Ph.D., Washington Columbia University, 1940. University, 1970. Joan Lee, B.S., Taiwan Christian (Jewish Hospital.) College, 1960; M.S., Oklahoma Instructors (Visiting Staff) State University, 1967. Research Assistant Professors Tomas Aquino, S.B., Santa Clara Elaine V. Rieders, B.A.. Hunter Takushi Tadakuma, M.D., Keio Institute, 1949; M.D., University of College, 1948. University, 1966; D.M.S., 1972. Havana, 1957; Ph.D., University of Catherine E. Roth, B.A., Jersey City (Jewish Hospital.) Chicago, 1967. State College, 1965; M.S., Southern David W. Thomas, B.A., University Robert R. Dahlgren, B.S., Oklahoma Illinois University, 1972. of Kansas, 1969; Ph.D., University State University, 1962; D.V.M., Robert M. Smith, B.A., Southern of Colorado, 1975. (Jewish Hospital.) 1963; M.S., 1966. Illinois University, 1975.

Assistant Professors (Visiting Staff) Wagih M. Abdel-Bari, B.A., School of Science, 1948; M.D., Ein Shams University, 1953; Ph.D., Washington University, 1965. John D. Bauer, B.Sc, University of Innsbruck, 1938; L.R.C.P. and S., University of Glasgow, 1944; M.D., Marquette University, 1947. Valgard Jonsson, B.S., North Dakota State University, 1958; M.S.P.H., University of North Carolina, 1961; Ph.D., 1965. Kathleen S. McLaughlin, B.S., St. Louis University, 1960; M.D., Washington University, 1964. 81 Edward Mallinckrodt Department of Pediatrics The primary aim of the Department of Pediatrics in the teaching program is to stimulate interest in developmental biology, especially human growth and development, and to provide the student with a foundation sufficiently comprehensive so that he will have an appreciation of pediatric problems regardless of his future choice of a career in medicine. The major clinical and research facilities arc in the St. Louis Children's Hospital and the St. Louis Maternity Hospital. The former has a bed capacity of 180, and accepts children through adolescence Professor anil Head of Department with all types of medical problems. Hospital admittances average Philip R. Dodge, M.D.. University 6,000 annually. The Pediatric Outpatient Division averages about of Rochester. 1948. (See Department 70,000 visits a year. In the Medical Center the yearly number of new- of Neurology and Neurological born infants averages more than 4,000. Surgery.) J — Allen P. anil Josephine B. Green Professor of Peiliatric Neurology Arthur L. Prensky, A.B.. Cornell University, 1951; M.D., New York University. 1955. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.)

Professors Darryl C. DeVivo, B.A., Amherst College, 1959; M.D., University of Virginia. 1964. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) Marvin A. Fishman, B.S.. University of Illinois, 1959; M.D., 1961. (See Departments of Neurology and Neurological Surgery and Preventive Medicine and Public Health, and Irene Walter Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation.) David Goldring, A.B.. Washington University, 1936; M.D., 1940. Alexis F. Hartmann, Jr., B.S.. Washington University. 1947; M.D.. 1951. John C. Herweg, B.S.. Drury College, SECOND YEAR 1943; M.D., Washington University, THIRD YEAR 1945. (Sec Administration.) The student is introduced to A clerkship of six weeks is pediatrics and to the full-time scheduled, where the student Richard E. Hillman, A.B.. Brown staff through a series of lectures participates in the following: University, 1962; M.D., Yale designed to acquaint him with University, 1965. the concepts of human growth 1. Care of inpatients, sharing Lawrence I. Kahn, A.B., University and development, genetics, and responsibility with intern or of Alabama, 1941; M.D., Louisiana the effects of age and maturity resident. State University, 1945. (See Division on reactions to injury and disease. of Health Care Research.) A second series of talks high- 2. Daily ward rounds and be

. FOURTH YEAR Pediatric Neurology This year is devoted to elective Clinical Elective time which may be spent accord- The student participates as a ing to the individual preferences full member of the neurology ward of the student, who may serve as team and is directly responsible an intern substitute or in the re- for a proportion of the patients search laboratory or combine on the service under the direc- clinical and laboratory work. The tion of the senior resident. He following electives are offered: is expected to take night call every third or fourth night, during which time he is responsible Pediatric Cardiology for the medical care of the entire Inpatient Service ward, as well as for emergency Diagnosis and management of admissions. J. Neal Middelkamp, B.S., patients with acquired and con- (Drs. Dodge, Prensky) University of Missouri, 1946; M.D.. genital heart disease, including Research Elective Washington University, 1948. critically ill and post-operative The student has an opportunity patients in the Intensive Care James E. Miller, B.S., Tulane to learn some of the chromato- Unit. Activities will include daily University, 1946; M.D., Medical graphic and spectrophotometric ward rounds, precatheterization College of Alabama. 1949. (See techniques frequently used in critiques once a week, and a Department of Ophthalmology.) developmental neurochemistry, weekly conference on catheteri- while working on a project of his zation laboratory findings. James S. Nelson, M.D., St. Louis choosing or one that is currently University, 1957. (See Department Outpatient Service in progress in the laboratory. Prior of Pathology.) New patients for consultation, discussion is necessary. as well as follow-up on past pa- AlanM.Robson, M.B.B.S., University (Drs. Agrawal, DeVivo. tients. (Dr. Goldring) of Durham, 1959; M.D., 1964. (See Fishman, Prensky) Department of Medicine.) Laboratory Diagnostic Procedures Pediatric Infectious Diseases William T. Shearer, B.S., University The student will be involved of Detroit, 1960; Ph.D., Wayne State Clinical Elective initially as observer and eventually The student works as a subin- University, 1966; M.D., Washington as a participant in the catheteri- University, 1970. tern and is assigned selected pa- zation and angiocardiographic tients on the Isolation Division William S. Sly, M.D., St. Louis studies. The theory and interpre- for initial evaluation and contin- University, 1957. (See Departments tation of physiologic data will be uing care. He attends daily ward of Medicine and Genetics.) reviewed in daily sessions. The rounds and all scheduled confer- Jessie L. Ternberg, A.B., Grinnell students may participate in the ences. Instruction is given in diag- College, 1946; Ph.D., University of other activities of the Pediatric nostic bacteriology and serology. Texas, 1950; M.D., Washington Cardiology Division as time (Drs. Shackelford, University, 1953. (See Department permits. (Dr. Hartmann) Stechenberg, Gardner) of Surgery.) Research Elective Electrocardiography, Donald L. Thurston, B.S.. Vanderbilt Laboratory research programs Vectorcardiography, University, 1934; M.D., 1937. are available in the areas of (1) Echocardiography, Jean H. Thurston, B.A., University of fetal and neonatal bacterial in- Phonocardiography, and Alberta, 1938; M.D., 1941. fections, (2) rapid diagnosis of Ergometry infections, and (3) antibiotic Teresa J. Vietti, A.B., Rice University. In this intensive course, empha- pharmacokinetics. Prospective 1949; M.D., Baylor University, sis will be on the electrophysiology studies of Group B streptococcal 1953. (See Department of Radiology.) and theory as well as interpreta- meningitis will be pursued from Clarence S. Weldon, A.B., University tion of electrocardiograms, vector- a clinical and laboratory point of of Michigan, 1951; M.D., Johns cardiograms, echocardiograms, view. (Drs. Shackelford, Hopkins University, 1955. (See phonocardiagrams, and ergometry Stechenberg, Gardner) Department of Surgery.) on inpatients and outpatients. The student may participate in Pediatric Hematology other activities of the Pediatric and Oncology Professors Emeriti (Clinical) Cardiology Division as time per- Large numbers of children with Joseph C. Jaudon, A.B., Washington mits. (Dr. Hernandez) diverse hematological and onco- University, 1926; M.D., 1933. logical problems are seen. During Park J. White, A.B., Harvard Research Opportunities the six-week rotation the student University, 1913; M.D., Columbia (a) The use of non-invasive is expected to acquire sufficient University, 1917. means to measure cardiac per- knowledge to interpret the blood formance in the infant. smears, bone marrows, and spe- Associate Professor Emeritus (Drs. Goldring, Hernandez) cial laboratory studies. Concepts Dorothy J. Jones, A.B., Oberlin (b) Hypertension in the high of management and differential College, 1930; M.D., Washington school population of the metro- diagnosis are reviewed. University, 1934. (See Division of politan area. (Drs. Goldring, (Drs. Land, Strandjord, Health Care Research.) Hernandez, Londe) Vietti, Zarkowsky) 83 Pediatric Allergy Pediatric Renal Disease and Immunology The students are responsible for evaluating, following, and Pediatric Clinical Allergy presenting children who are on The student spends six weeks the inpatient and outpatient learning the principal clinical ex- services and who have renal dis- pressions of allergic disease: ease; this includes the patients on allergic rhinitis, asthma, and chronic hemodialysis and those eczema. He attends Allergy Clinic who are recipients of renal trans- two days a week and assists the plants. Discussions and rounds coursemaster in the management with the attending staff and fel- of private patients as well. Empha- lows emphasize the relationship sis will be placed on environmental between clinical problems and control, modern chemotherapy. the pathophysiology of the under- Associate Professors and specific immunotherapy of lying disease. Organized teaching Harish C. Agrawal, B.Sc. Allahabad allergic disease. The student will sessions, held in conjunction with University, 1957; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., be required to make one formal the adult renal division, include 1964. presentation of a subject pertinent renal pathology seminars in which to his clinical experience at a Antonio Hernandez, Jr., A.A., all renal biopsies are reviewed, University of the Philippines, 1949; division seminar. journal clubs in which renal (Drs. Shearer, Strominger, M.D., Manila Central University. physiology is emphasized, and Thurston) 1954. informal teaching sessions on Charles B. Manley, Jr. (Genito- selected topics in clinical or re- urinary Surgery), A.B., University of Pediatric Immunology search areas of nephrology. The Missouri, 1955; M.D., 1958. (See The student spends a minimum students are expected to review Department of Surgery.) (Jewish of three months of in-depth re- at least two subjects of their own Hospital.) search in the area of cellular acti- choosing in detail, and are ex- Richard E. Marshall, B.A., Wesleyan vation by immune mechanisms. pected to attend other pediatric University, 1954; M.D., Yale The work will explore the phe- teaching functions such as grand University, 1962. nomenon of immunostimulation rounds on clinical case conferences. Carl H. Smith, B.A., Swarthmore of tumor cell growth /'/; vitro (Drs. Cole, Conley, Robson) College, 1955; M.D., Yale University, whereby membrane antigen-spe- General Pediatrics 1959. (See Department of Pathology.) cific antibody acting in concert Pediatric Ambulatory Service with activated complement aug- A six-week course with partici- James K. Turner, A.B., Washington ments nucleoside transport, DNA pation in all aspects of ambulatory University, 1949; M.D., 1953. (See synthesis, and growth of several care of children under the direc- Division of Health Care Research.) cell lines. The student will become tion of St. Louis Children's Hos- Joseph J. Volpe, B.A., Bowdoin acquainted with the fundamentals pital staff physicians. Includes College, I960; M.D., Harvard of cellular immunology and tumor diagnosis and treatment of acute University, 1964. (See Department immunology and some techniques and chronic illness in general of Neurology and Neurological of tissue culture. The student may pediatric service, in private phy- Surgery.) participate in hospital consulta- sicians' offices, and in the emer- Virginia V. Weldon, A.B., Smith tions and laboratory investiga- gency room. Experiences in sub- College, 1957; M.D., University of tions pertaining to children with specialties and in community Buffalo, 1962. (See Administration.) immune deficiency states. clinics are also offered. (Dr. Shearer) (Dr. Middlekamp) Harold Zarkowsky, A.B., Washington University, 1957; M.D., 1961.

Research Associate Professor David N. Dietzler, A.B., Washington University, 1957; Ph.D., 1963. (See Department of Pharmacology.)

Associate Professors Emeriti (Clinical) Helen M. Aff, B.S.. Washington University, 1934; M.D., 1934. Max Deutch, M.D., Washington University, 1926. Stanley L. Harrison, B.S., Washington University, 1928; M.D., 1930. Frederick A. Jacobs, B.S., Washington University, 1927; M.D., 1928. Sol Londe, B.S., Washington 84 University, 1925; M.D., 1927. Pediatrics General Clinical Pediatrics spend time at Maternity Hospital The student participates as an learning the examination and care active member of the pediatric of normal newborn and premature care team at the St. Louis County infants, as well as those with less Hospital. Under supervision of severe illnesses that do not re- faculty, senior and junior resi- quire intensive care. Students will dents, he is involved with pa- be offered considerable responsi- tients in the pediatric clinics, the bility in patient care and may emergency department, the new- participate in the transportation born nursery, and the inpatient of ill patients from other hospitals service. The elective provides a to St. Louis Children's Hospital. general pediatric experience, with Opportunities are available for emphasis on ambulatory care and clinical research in perinatal neonatology. medicine. (Drs. Hillman, Bernard Schwartzman, A.B., (Drs. Benoist, Keller, Ross) Marshall, Maurer, Thach) Washington University. 1931; M.D., Pediatric Endocrinology 1935. and Metabolism Research This elective is designed to Placental amino acid transfer— include broad clinical experience Associate Professors (Clinical) in vitro tissue incubation, regula- in both pediatric and adult endo- C. Read Boles, A.B., Washington tion, and relation to needs of the crine problems. The student has University, 1940; M.D., 1943. fetus. Composition and function an opportunity to work up all of of trophoblast plasma membrane. the pediatric endocrine patients Robert H. Friedman, M.D., (Dr. Smith) Washington University, 1948. and to see some adult patients during weekly rounds. He at- Gene H. Crabau, B.S., St. Louis tends rounds in pediatric metabo- College of Pharmacy. 1937; M.D., lism, pediatric-endocrine and Seminar Elective Washington University, 1942. diabetic clinics, and the adult Developmental Neurobiology metabolic research seminar and This course covers selected Marshall B. Greenman, B.S., rounds. There is an opportunity topics in the development of the University of Illinois, 1946; M.D.. to attend pediatric and medical nervous system. While emphasis 1948. grand rounds and metabolic is given to the neurochemical Norman Hankin, A.B., University of rounds at Jewish Hospital. A aspects of brain growth and ma- Wisconsin, 1940; M.D., 1943. large number of patients with all turation, there are also discussions Maurice J. Keller, A.B., Yale types of endocrine disorders are of the neurophysiological and University, 1936; M.D., Columbia studied in depth. (Drs. Bier, functional development of the University, 1940. Hillman, Santiago, Weldon) brain. The relationship between Kenneth A. Koerner, A. B., Washington Genetics chemical, physiological, and func- University, 1935; M.D., 1941. Medical Genetics tional development and under- Twelve weeks, all day. Com- lying anatomical changes is Maurice J. Lonsway, Jr., A.B., bined clinical and research course. stressed. The course is conducted Washington University, 1946; M.D., (Drs. Hillman, Sly, Taysi) as a seminar, with papers assigned 1950. Clinical Genetics prior to each meeting. Members John C. Martz. A.B., University of Six weeks, all day. Experience of the Departments of Pediatrics Missouri, 1938; M.D., Washington in clinical/laboratory approach to and Neurology and Neurological University, 1942. study of genetic problems. Stu- Surgery are present at these dis- dents see all consultations re- cussions to clarify obscure points University David N. McClure, M.D. ferred to the Division of Medical and to add additional information of Tennessee, 1940. Genetics. They work in the Medi- when possible. (Dr. Agrawal) cal Genetics Clinic on Monday Helen E. Nash, A.B., Spelman afternoons, attend daily genetics College, 1942; M.D., Meharry rounds, and participate in sched- Clinical Chemistry Laboratory Medical College, 1945. uled seminars. (1) Development of laboratory (Drs. Hillman, Sly, Taysi) procedures in enzymology, gas Frederick D. Peterson, A.B., Knox chromatography, drug analysis College, 1953; M.D., Washington and other areas; establishment of University, 1957. Neonatology normal values in children and George Sato, M.D., Washington Clinical Neonatology clinical-laboratory correlations. University, 1947. The time is spent at St. Louis (2) The student may participate Donald B. Strominger, B.A., Yale Children's Hospital in the inten- in studies correlating the fluoro- University, 1948; M.D., Washington sive care nursery learning the metric measurements of in vivo University, 1953. care of severely ill newborns and concentrations of allosteric regu- prematures. During the entire lators with in vivo measurements ArgyriosA.Tsifutis, M.D., Aristotelion six weeks, daily teaching rounds of the rates of enzyme activity University of Thessalonika, 1954. will be held on the Intensive Care and performing mathematical Frank S. Wissmath, A.B., Washington Unit at Children's Hospital. In- analyses of the kinetic data. University, 1939; M.D., 1943. terested students may arrange to (Drs. Dietzler, Smith) 85 Vita J. Land, B.S., McGill Barbara W. Stechenberg, A.B., University, 1961; M.D., 1965. Brandeis University, 1968; M.D., Helen Palkes (Psychology). University of Vermont, 1972. B.S., Washington University. Arnold W. Strauss, B.A., Stanford 1966; M.A., 1968. University, 1966; M.D., Washington Mabel L. Purkerson, A.B., University, 1970. (See Department Erskine College, 1951; M.D., of Biological Chemistry.) Medical College of South Kutay Taysi, M.D.. Ankara Carolina. 1956. (See University School of Medicine, 1961. Administration and Bradley T. Thach, A.B., Princeton Department of Medicine.) University, 1964; M.D., Washington Julio V. Santiago, B.S.. University, 1968. Manhattan College. 1963; M.D.. Julian C. Williams, B.A., Rice Assistant Professors University of Puerto Rico, 1967. University, 1967; M.S.. Martin J. Bell, B.A., New York (See Department of Medicine.) Massachusetts Institute of University, 1959; M.D., State Technology. 1968; Ph.D., University University of New York, Gary D. Shackelford, B.A.. of California, Berkeley, 1972; M.D., Downstate, 1963. (See Northwestern University. 1964; Washington University, 1974. Department of Surgery.) M.D.. Washington University, Dennis M. Bier, B.S., LeMoyne 1968. (See Department of Research Assistant Professors College, 1962; M.D., New Jersey Radiology.) Daniel T. Achold, A.B.. Drury College of Medicine, 1966. (See Penelope G. Shackelford, B.S.. College, 1964; Ph.D., University of Department of Medicine.) University of Wisconsin. 1964; Missouri, 1971. M.D., Washington University, Mary I. Johnson, B.S., Washington Richard J. Bower, B.S., Northern 1968. Illinois University, 1965; M.D., State University, 1964; M.D., Johns Paul S. Simons, B.A., University University of Virginia, 1969. Hopkii.s University, 1968. (See of Texas, 1963: M.D., Washington (See Department of Surgery.) Departments of Anatomy and University, 1967. (See Division Neurobiology and Neurology and James E. Carroll, B.S., University of Health Care Research.) Neurological Surgery.) of Louisville, 1966; M.D., 1969. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.)

Milton L. Cobb, B.A., Baylor University, 1964; M.D.. University of Texas (Southwestern) Medical School, 1968. (See Department of Anesthesiology.) Barbara R. Cole, B.A.. Doane College, 1963; M.D., University of Kansas, 1967. Ruthmary K. Deuel, B.A., Mount Holyoke College, 1956; M.D., Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons. 1961. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) W. Edwin Dodson, A.B., Duke University, 1963; M.D., 1967. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) Tessa D. Gardner, B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1968; M.D., Harvard University, 1972. Barbara M. Herjanic, B.A., Northwestern University. 1943; B.S., Western Michigan College, 1946; M.D., University of Michigan, 1950. (See Department of Psychiatry.) Laura S. Hillman, B.A., Carleton College, 1964; M.D., Yale 86 University, 1968. m

Pediatrics

Assistant Professors Emeriti (Clinical) Marianne Kuttner, M.D., Johann Wolfgang Goethe University, 1931.

Maurice J. Lonsway, B.S., Valparaiso University, 1910; M.D., St. Louis University, 1914.

Edith C. Robinson, A.B., Randolph- Macon College, 1927; M.S., University of South Carolina, 1928; MD., Johns Hopkins University, 1932.

Assistant Professors (Clinical) Edward T. Barker, A.B., Princeton Instructors Instructor Emeritus (Clinical) University, 1953; M.D., Washington Barbara J. Anderson (Psychology), Joseph A. Bauer, M.D., Washington University, 1957. B.A., Trinity University, 1969; M.A., University, 1926. Martin Calodney, B.S., College of the Peabody College, 1970; Ph.D., 1975. (See Department of Psychiatry.) City of New York, 1930; M.D., Instructors (Clinical) New York University, 1936. Max H. Burgdorf, A.B., Washington ChristosA. Antoniou, M.D., University Gerald J. Duling, B.S., Xavier University, 1970; M.D., 1974. (See of Athens, 1958. University, 1955; M.D., St. Louis Division of Health Care Research.) Walter F. Benoist, A.B., University University, 1959. Charles S. C. Chang, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1967; M.D., of Pennsylvania, 1968; M.D., Ira J. Friedman, B.S., University of Washington University, 1972. Arkansas, 1955; M.D., 1960. 1972. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) Huldah C. Blamoville, B.S., Queens Samuel W. Gollub, B.S., Washington College, 1959; M.D., Meharry University, 1941; M.D., 1941. Margan J. Chang, B.A., Johns Medical College, 1965. Hopkins University, 1967; M.D., James R. Heersma, B.S., Western Gordon R. Bloomberg, A.B., University Michigan College, 1946; M.S., University of Maryland, 1971. (See of Illinois, 1955; B.S., 1955; M.D., Northwestern University, 1948; Department of Biological Chemistry.) 1959. M.D., 1949. Susan B. Conley, M.D., University of James M. Corry, B.S., Grinnell Henry L. Knock, A.B., Johns Hopkins Michigan, 1973. College, 1970; M.D., Washington University, 1949; M.D., 1953. John Giister (Dental Medicine), University, 1974. Richard Margolis, B.S., College of D.D.S., Washington University, 1944. Charles H. Dougherty, A.B., College William and Mary, 1947; M.D., Donald V. Huebener (Dental of the Holy Cross, 1969; M.D., Western Reserve University, 1951. Medicine), D.D.S., Washington University of Rochester, 1973. Paul H. Painter, M.D., St. Louis University, 1969. (See Department of Gregory N. Entis, A.B., Williams University, 1947. (See Division of Radiology.) College, 1969; M.D., Washington Child Psychiatry.) M. Michael Maurer, A.B., Washington University, 1974. Robert C. Schaan, A.B., Washington University, 1968; M.D., 1972. Elliot F. Gellman, B.A., State University, 1949; M.D., 1953. Patricia A. Parsons (Dental University of Iowa, 1957; M.D., Medicine), B.S., San Diego State University of Missouri, 1961. Alfred S. Schwartz, A.B., Amherst College, 1953; D.D.S., Washington Santosh Gupta, M.B.B.S., Lucknow College, 1932; M.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1957. University, 1963; D.C.H., University University, 1936. Sarah E. Strandjord, B.A., Luther of London, 1966. George T.Wilkins, Jr., B.S., University College, 1970; M.D., University of Roman E. Hammes, B.A., University of Illinois, 1956; M.D., 1957. Illinois, 1974. of Iowa, 1950; M.D., 1954. Kathleen Winters, B.S., Winthrop Zila Welner, M.D., Hebrew J. Larry Harwell, A.B., Washington College, 1946; M.D., Medical College University, 1961. (See Department of University, 1958; M.D., University of of South Carolina, 1955. Psychiatry.) Missouri, 1961. 87 Carl S. Ingber, A.B.. University of Rochester, 1968; M.D., Boston University, 1972. Sheldon Kessier, M.D., St. Louis University, 1951. Norton S. Kronemer, A.B.. Washington University, 1958; M.D., University of Missouri, 1962. Leland M. Laycob, A.B.. Washington University, 1964; M.D., University of Missouri, 1968. Despine Liebhaber, B.A., Smith College, 1958; M.D., Columbia University, 1962. Robert D. Lins, A.B., University of Missouri, 1965; M.D., 1969. Stanley B. Lyss, A.B., Harvard University, 1958; M.D., Washington University, 1962. Orestes S. Valdes, B.S., Instituto Susan K. Keating (Health Services). Elaine Miller, A.B., Judson College, de Santa Clara, 1947; M.D., University B.S., University of North Carolina 1944; M.D., Medical College of of Havana, 1954. School of Nursing, 1965; P.N.P., Alabama, 1949. (See Department of Barbara N. Voege, B.S., University Washington University, 1970. Ophthalmology.) of Illinois, 1950; M.D.. Washington Kathleen Potts (Health Services), University, 1957. R.N., B.S., St. Louis University, 1969; Homer E. Nash, Jr., B.S., Morehouse Roger J. Waxelman, A.B., Washington M.S., Boston University, 1970; College, 1948; M.D.. Meharry University, 1965; M.D., University P.N.P., Washington University. 1976. Medical College, 1951. of Missouri. 1969. (See Division of Health Care Research.) David S. Olander, A.B., Washington Patricia B. Wolff, B.A.. University University, 1964; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., of Minnesota, 1968; M.D., 1972. 1967; M.D., 1974. Gerald Wool, A.B., Princeton Research Assistants Eugenia M. Pierce, M.D., St. Louis University, 1958; M.D., Washington Charles E. Crawford, Jr., B.S., University, 1958. University, 1962. Washington University, 1956. Susan Pittman, A.B., University of H. Benjamin Zwirn, M.D., University Duane M. Martin, B.A., Cardinal Missouri, 1959; M.D., 1963. of Basel, 1954. Glennon College. 1964. Research Associates Charles A. Reed, A.B.. Washington Steven I. Plax, A.B., University of University, 1961. Missouri, 1957; M.D.. 1961. Larry W. Johnson, B.S., University of Utah, 1967; Ph.D.. 1971. Lorraine L. Thomas, A.B., St. Louis William J. Ross, B.A., Miami University, 1971; M.S.. Southern JoAnn C. Kelly, B.S., Florida State University, 1968; M.D.. Washington Illinois University, 1973. University, 1972. University, 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D., 1976. Jeffrey I. Schulman, B.A., Yale Assistants University, 1970; M.D.. University Assistants (Clinical) of Kentucky, 1974. Marion H. Baker (Health Services), R.N., St. John's Hospital, 1946; Jean M. Auguste, B.A., Lycee T. Karen L. Scruggs, B.A., Macalester P.N.P., Cardinal Glennon Memorial L'Ouverture, 1950; M.D., Medical College, 1968; M.D., Washington Hospital for Children, 1973. (See School of Haiti, 1956. University, 1973. Division of Health Care Research.) Florentina U. Garcia, M.D., Warren G. Sherman, B.A-. University Martha Fenger (Health Services), University of the Philippines, 1965. of Missouri, 1965: M.D., Tulane B.A., Texas Christian University, Mohammad H. Rahman, M.B.B.S University, 1969. 1962; M.S.W., Louisiana State University of Karachi. 1960. Mary A. T. Tillman, M.D., Howard University, 1964. (See Division of Seymour M. Schlansky, M.D., 88 University, 1960. Health Care Research.) Chicago Medical School, 1950.

. Edward Mallinckrodt Department of Pharmacology

It is the purpose of the pharmacology course, through discussions of existing drugs, to develop general principles which will be applicable as well to drugs of the future. Pharmacology draws heavily on biochemistry, physiology, and microbiology for an understanding of drug action. It looks toward pathology, medicine, and surgery for its uses. Professor and Head of Department 1 The laboratory portion of the course is closely coordinated with Philip Needleman, B.S.. Philadelphia the lecture material and is designed to demonstrate and emphasize College of Pharmacy and Science. pertinent pharmacological principles and to employ agents, equip- 1960; M.S., 1962; Ph.D.. University ment, and skills relevant to current medical practice. of Maryland, 1964. A selection of mini-courses (Special Topics), dealing in depth with more advanced concepts of pharmacology and related topics is Professor Emeritus and Lecturer integrated into the medical pharmacology course. Small groups of Helen B. Burch, B.S.. Texas students regularly meet with the faculty to review and discuss the University for Women, 1926; M.S., details and interpretation of original literature articles. Iowa State University, 1928; Ph.D., 1935.

Professors James A. Ferrendelli, A.B.. University of Colorado, 1958; M.D., 1962. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.) F. Edmund Hunter, Jr., B.S.. Mount Union College, 1938; Ph.D.. University of Rochester. 1941. Eugene M. Johnson, Jr., B.S.. University of Maryland. 1966; Ph.D., 1970. Oliver H. Lowry, B.S., Northwestern University, 1932; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1937; M.D., 1937. David B. McDougal, Jr., A.B.. Princeton University, 1945; M.D.. University of Chicago. 1947.

Associate Professors Irving Boime, B.S., St. Louis College of Pharmacy, 1964; M.S., Purdue University, 1966; Ph.D.. Washington SECOND YEAR Neurochemistry; regulation of University, 1970. (See Department metabolism; quantitative histo- ol Obstetrics and Gynecology.) Bio 507, 508. Pharmacology (a) Lectures, conferences, panel chemistry; micro-analytical David M. Geller, B.A.. Amherst discussions, (b) Laboratory course. methods. (Dr. Berger) College, 1952; Ph.D., Harvard Credit 7 units for the year. University, 1957. Biosynthesis of peptide hormones (Dr. Needleman and Staff) in human placenta and pancreatic islets. (Dr. Boime) Assistant Professors Peter B. Corr, B.S., Union University. Problems in the biochemical de- 1971; Ph.D., Georgetown University, RESEARCH velopment of rat kidney; transport mechanisms in rat kidney; 1975. (See Department of Medicine.) Bio 590. renal histochemistry. (Dr. Burch) Douglas F. Covey, B.S.. Loyola The facilities of the research College, 1967; M.A., Johns Hopkins laboratories are available to those Lipids of the nervous system: University, 1969; Ph.D., 1973. who wish to carry on an original structural components of myelin; Jeanne E. Martin, B.A., Winthrop investigation on problems of their functional roles of gangliosides; College, 1969; Ph.D., Duke own or on those the Department chemistry of the synapse; psy- University, 1974. is prepared to suggest. choactive drugs. (Dr. Burton) 89 Neurochemistry of seizures; Electives neuropharmacology of anticon- 364. Principles of Drug Action vulsant and psychotropic drugs; A brief study of pharmacology role of cyclic nucleotides in ner- and pharmacodynamics. This vous tissue function and course discusses the biological, metabolism. (Dr. Ferrendelli) chemical, and molecular basis of Synthesis and biological charac- action of drugs in general and of terization of "suicide substrates" selected specific drugs in detail. as potential inhibitors of androgen Topics covered will include gen- and estrogen biosynthesis in nor- eral pharmacologic principles: mal and carcinogenic tissue. receptor theory; drug kinetics: (Dr. Covey) distribution and metabolism: Secretion of macromolecules. drugs which inhibit cellular growth, e.g., antibiotics, anti- Research Assistant Professors Serum albumin biosynthesis and secretion. (Dr. (idler) cancer; endocrine drugs; both Sosamma J. Berger, B.S.. University the autonomic and central action of Bombay. 1958; M.S.. University Purification and properties of the of drugs; drugs which act on the of Puget Sound. 1962; Ph.D.. drug metabolizing enzymes. Stud- cardiovascular and renal systems; Hahnemann Medical College. 1968. ies on oxidative phosphorylation and elements of psychoactive Sr. Barbara A. Jakschik, B.S.. and mitochondrial structure. drugs and of drug abuse. Duquesne University. 1963; M.S., (Dr. Hunter) (Dr. Johnson and Staff) 1965; Ph.D., Washington University, The biosynthesis and chemical 1974. and biological characterization Descriptions of the following of slow-reacting substance of courses are shown in the Division Lecturer anaphylaxis (SRS-A). of Biology and Biomedical David N. Dielzler, A.B., Washington (Dr. Jakschik) Sciences: University, 1957; Ph.D.. 1963. (See Normal and abnormal develop- Department of Pediatrics.) ment of the sympathetic nervous Bio 509, 510. Current Topics in system; physiology and patho- Pharmacology physiology of the sympathetic nervous system. (Dr. Johnson) Bio 532. Mechanism and Regulation of Protein Biosynthesis Neurochemistry; regulation of metabolism; quantitative histo- Bio 546. Cell Surface Receptors chemistry; the chemistry of individual human muscle libers. Bio 555. Neurological (Dr. Lowry) Pharmacology Pineal-hypothalamic pituitary in- Bio 556. Biochemistry of the teractions in the regulation of re- Nervous System productive function. (Dr. Martin) Bio 560. Pharmacology of the Energy metabolism in nerve, Nervous System axonal flow, and the biochemical effects of thiamine deficiency. (Dr. McDougal) Pharmacology of vasoactive sub- Note—The number preceding the stances, e.g., prostaglandins, an- course title indicates that the giotensin, bradykinin. course carries credit in the Grad- (Dr. Needleman) uate School of Arts and Sciences.

90 m Department of Physiology and Biophysics The Department offers instruction to medical and graduate students. A course in the second semester of the first year of the medical curriculum is designed to provide students with a foundation for their further study of clinical and applied physiology. In addition, advanced courses open to medical and graduate students provide for more detailed study of specific areas of physiology and biophysics. The following research interests are represented in the Depart- ment at the present time: macromolecular structure as studied by X-ray crystallography and other physical methods, the mechanism of Edward Mallinckrodt, Jr., Professor action of polypeptide hormones, transport across cell membranes, and Head of Department epithelial transport, intracellular transport, secretion and uptake of Carlton C. Hunt, B.A., Columbia macromolecules, and renal physiology, neurophysiology, contractile University, 1939; M.D., Cornell activation of muscle, peripheral circulation, respiration, and the appli- University, 1942. cation of computer techniques to biological problems. The interests in neurophysiology concern principally membrane phenomena in nerve fibers, the physiology of synapse, and the function of receptors Professors Emeriti and sensory systems. Electron miscroscopy of nerve and muscle is Hallowell Davis, A.B., Harvard used to relate structure and function in these tissues. University, 1918; M.D., 1922; Sc.D. (hon.), Colby College, 1954; Sc.D. (hon.), Northwestern University, 1962; Sc.D. (hon.), Washington University, 1973. (See Department of Otalaryngology.) (Also Lecturer.) (Also Central Institute for the Deaf.)

Arthur S. Gilson, Jr., B.S., Dartmouth College, 1919; A.M., Harvard University, 1922; Ph.D., 1924.

Professors Mordecai P. Blaustein, B.A., Cornell University, 1957; M.D., Washington University, 1962. Jerome R. Cox, Jr. (Biomedical Engineering), S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1947; S.M., 1949; Sc.D., 1954. (See Biomedical Computer Laboratory and Division of Health Care Research.) (Also School of Engineering and Applied Science.) FIRST YEAR RESEARCH Nigel W. Daw, B.A., Trinity College, Bio 502. General Physiology Bio 590. Research Cambridge, 1956; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., Lectures, demonstrations, and The Department offers a variety Johns Hopkins University, 1967. laboratory experiments are utilized of research opportunities, particu- (See Department of Ophthalmology.) to provide a basis for understand- larly in the following areas; Garland R. Marshall, B.S., California ing general physiological mecha- macromolecular structure as Institute of Technology, 1962; Ph.D., nisms and the functional organi- studied by X-ray crystallography; Rockefeller University, 1966. (See zation of physiological systems synthesis and biological activities Department of Biological Chemistry.) that are of immediate or potential of polypeptides; membrane trans- importance in medicine. Credit port; lysosomes and intracellular Charles E. Molnar, B.S.E.E., Rutgers 8 units. (Staff) transport; neurophysiology, in- University, 1956; M.S.E.E., 1957; Bio 554. Neural Sciences cluding nerve membrane, muscle, Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of An integrated course dealing synaptic transmission, sensory Technology, 1966. (Also Computer with the anatomy and physiology systems (especially auditory and Systems Laboratory.) of the nervous system at the cel- visual), electron microscopy of Albert Roos, M.D., University of lular level, leading on to a con- neural tissues, and biochemical Groningen, 1940. (See Department sideration of sensory and motor regulation in neurons; circulation; of Anesthesiology.) systems. Credit 5 units. respiration; renal physiology; 91 m

and the application of computer sciences to physiological problems. (Staff)

Electives Descriptions of the following courses may be found under the Division of Biology and Bio- medical Sciences.

Bio 401. Vertebrate Physiology

Associate Professors Assistant Professors Bio 431. Principles of Cellular Physiology Leonard J. Banaszak, B.S., University Duck O. Kim, B.S., Seoul National of Wisconsin, 1955; M.S., Loyola University, 1968; M.S., Rose Bio 457. Somatosensory System University, I960; Ph.D., 1961. (See Polytechnic Institute, 1969; D.Sc, Department of Biological Chemistry.) Washington University, 1972. (Also Bio 459. Vision Computer Systems Laboratory.) C. David Barry, B.Sc, Manchester Bio 525. Fundamental Concepts Robert F. Rakowski, B.Ch.E., Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D., 1965. (Also in Cell Membrane Physiology University, 1964; M. Eng.. 1966; Computer Systems Laboratory.) and Biophysics Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1972. Bio 526. Advanced Topics in the Harold Burton, B.A., University of Physiology and Biophysics of Michigan, 1964; Ph.D., University Research Assistant Professors Cell Membranes of Wisconsin, 1968. (See Department Elsa Bello-Reuss, B.A., University of of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) Chile, 1957; M.D., 1964. (See Bio 545. Conformational Analysis Department of Medicine.) of Macromolecules Paul J. Dc Weer, B.S., University of Edmund W. Czerwinski, A.B., Louvain, 1959; M.D., 1963; M.S., University of California, 1962; Ph.D., Bio 558. Long-term Changes in 1964; Ph.D., University of Maryland, Indiana University, 1971. the Nervous System 1969. Gerald R. Little, B.S., Washington Yasushi Fukami, M.D., Kyoto Bio 559. Nerve, Muscle and University, 1951; M.S., California University, 1957; Ph.D., 1961. Synapse Institute of Technology, 1954; Ph.D., Washington University, 1967. Bio 562. Neural Control of Stanley Lang. Ph.B. University of Posture and Movement Chicago, 1948; B.S., 1949; M.S., Instructor 1951; Ph.D., 1953. Shirley A. Sahrmann, B.S.P.T, Washington University. 1958; A.M., F. Scott Mathews, B.S., University of 1971; Ph.D., 1973. (See Departments California, 1955; Ph.D., University Note—The number preceding the of Neurology and Neurological of Minnesota, 1959. (See Department course title indicates that the Surgery and Preventive Medicine of Biological Chemistry.) course carries credit in the Grad- and Public Health.) uate School of Arts and Sciences. Alan L. Pearlman, A.B., State University of Iowa, 1958; M.D., Washington University. 1961. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.)

Dale Purves, A.B., Yale University, 1960; M.D., Harvard University, 1964. Luis Reuss, B.A., University of Chile, 1957; M.D., 1964.

Carl M. Rovainen, B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1962; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1967.

Philip D. Stahl, B.S., West Liberty State College, 1964; Ph.D., West Virginia University, 1967.

Lewis J. Thomas, Jr., B.S., Haverford College, 1953; M.D., Washington University, 1957. (See Department of Anesthesiology and Biomedical 92 Computer Laboratory.) a Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health

The Department offers instruction during the first and second years of the curriculum and provides other learning experience in elective courses in the fourth year. In clinical clerkships of other departments, students have experience in rehabilitation in the Irene Walter Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation. In the first semester of the first year, the course Introduction to Social Medicine and Medical Ethics provides background information, and students are encouraged to participate in discussion of important and evolving issues of medical Danforth Professor and Head care. A course in statistical methods in medicine, given in the second i>l department semester, affords a basis of understanding of quantitative assessment Robert E. Shank, A.B., Westminster in biology and medicine and prepares the student for critical evalua- College, 1935; M.D., Washington tion of reports in the medical literature. During the second year in the University, 1939. (See Department course in pathophysiology, the Department contributes material con- of Medicine.) cerning the epidemiology of disease and the variety of factors in the person and environment which contribute to the occurrence of disease, Kountz Professor and provides approaches and methods for prevention and control. Hugh Chaplin, Jr., A.B., Princeton Interested students may choose to participate in more intensive study University, 1943; M.D., Columbia of certain of these subject areas in the departmental elective offerings. University, 1947. (See Department Opportunities for clinical and/or research experience are provided of Medicine.) by the following organizational units within the Department or cooperating with it: Professor and Director of Applied Division of Applied Physiology, Dr. John Holloszy Physiology Division Division of Biostatistics, Dr. Reimut Wette John O. Holloszy, M.D., Washington Division of Health Care Research, Dr. Gerald Perkoff University, 1957. (See Department of Nutrition Research Laboratories, Dr. Robert Shank, Dr. Ruth Brennan Medicine and Irene Walter Johnson Irene Walter Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation, Dr. Marvin Fishman Institute of Rehabilitation.) Lipid Research Center, Dr. Gustav Schonfeld Professor and Director of Division of Biostatistics Reimut Wette, B.S., University of Heidelberg, 1949; M.S., 1952; D.Sc, 1955.

Professor Emeritus C. Howe Eller (Public Health), A.B., Stanford University, 1927; M.D., University of Colorado, 1930; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1934.

Professors Marvin A. Fishman, B.S., University of Illinois, 1959; M.D., 1961. (See Departments of Neurology and Neurological Surgery and Pediatrics, and Irene Walter Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation.) M. Kenton King, B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1947; M.D., Vanderbilt University, 1951. (See Administration and Department of Medicine.) Gerald T. PerkofT, M.D., Washington University, 1948. (See Department of Medicine and Division of Health Care Research.) Gustav Schonfeld, A.B., Washington University, 1956; M.D., 1960. (See Department of Medicine.) 93 FIRST YEAR of selected diseases in populations. Consideration is given to Introduction to Social Medicine the variety of characteristics of and Medical Ethics host, agent, and environment This lecture-discussion course which determine the occurrence is presented in eighteen two-hour of specific disorders. Procedures sessions in the first semester of which may be utilized to prevent the freshman year. In the first or interrupt the course of disease half, a modern definition of social and disability are described and medicine is developed, with em- evaluated. Patterns of provision phasis progressing from this gen- of medical care and the social eral subject to specific discussions factors influencing health care of the determinants of medical needs are discussed. care utilization, the organization (Dr. Shank and Staff) John D. Vavra, B.A., University of of medical care, the differences Colorado, 1950; M.D., Washington between health care and medical Summer Traineeships in care with special attention to ef- University, 1954. (See Administration, Physical Disability and Department of Medicine, and fectiveness/noneffectiveness of Rehabilitation various measures, the problem of Division of Health Care Research.) (See Institute of Rehabilitation.) the cost of health and medical care R. Dean Wochner, A.B., Arizona (Drs. Fishman, Holloszy) including health insurance, con- State University, 1956; M.D., cluding with the discussion of the Washington University, 1960. finite limitations on resources (Hospital Commissioner of St. Louis available for medical care. The and Director of Health and Hospitals.) economics of medical care are FOURTH YEAR (See Department of Medicine.) used as a conceptual bridge to Electives discussions of the allocation of Associate Professor Emeritus scarce resources which initiate Clerkship in Primary Care the second half of the course, deal- This clerkship is designed to M. Frances Watson (Social and provide the student with first- Environmental Studies), B.S., ing with ethical and philosophic problems in medicine. Throughout hand experience with medical Northeast Missouri State Teachers practice, much in the same man- College, 1932; M.S.W., Washington the course conceptual and theoret- ner that clerkships in other medi- University, 1949. ical materials provide the basis for subsequent discussions of the cal disciplines provide patient care experience in supervised Associate Professors main subjects. The first half of the course, therefore, is based pri- settings. The clerkship uses as its Lee Benham, B.A., Knox College, marily upon concepts of health clinical setting the Medical Care 1962; Ph.D., Stanford University, services research and public health Group of Washington University 1970. (See Division of Health Care while the last is built around (MCG), a teaching and research Research.) (Also Faculty of Arts and prepaid group practice. Sciences.) philosophic, ethical and moral theory. Clinical examples are used Students will join individual Sung C. Choi (Biostatistics), B.S., wherever appropriate, both to physicians in the Medical Care University of Washington, 1957; illustrate the principles involved Group of Washington University M.A., 1960; Ph.D., University of and to make clear the pertinence or in their private practices, and California, 1966. of the theoretical and factual ma- will work in their offices caring Mary L. Parker, B.S., Florida State terial to medicine and medical for patients under supervision. University, 1946; M.S., 1949; M.D., care. (Drs. Perkoff and Vavra) Preventive, social, and continuing Washington University, 1953. (See aspects of medical practice will Departments of Medicine and Biomedical Statistics be emphasized. Each student will Pediatrics.) (University Health This introduction to the prin- be requested to write a descrip- Service.) ciples and methods of biostatistics tion of his six-week period tabu- emphasizes the concepts of statisti- lating patients seen by age, race cal methodology as being essential and diagnosis. One patient will Associate Professor (Clinical) to proper application and interpre- be described in detail, including Franz U. Steinberg, M.D., University tation of statistical methods. Ele- such social, family, and community of Berne, 1938. (See Departments of mentary statistical techniques aspects of his problems as are Medicine and Surgery.) (Jewish illustrating the use of statistical applicable. A simple diary of the Hospital.) principles in experimentation and student's daily experience (rounds clinical research are discussed. and calls made, conferences Assistant Professors Second semester. attended, etc.) will also be re- (Dr. Wette and Staff) quired. It is hoped that this elec- William C. Banton II, M.I).. Howard tive will give an overview of medi- University, 1946; M.P.H., Johns cal practice in internal medicin Hopkins University, 1970. (Director SECOND YEAR and in pediatrics, and will provide of Department of Community Health an opportunity for the student to and Medical Care, St. Louis County.) Pathophysiology see comprehensive medical care Edward J. Berger, M.D., Washington In lectures and demonstrations, as it is practiced in St. Louis an University, 1937. (Medical Director, there is description of the patterns as it exists in a group practic 94 Labor Health Institute.) of occurrence and the distribution model: the Medical Care Group p utive Medicine and Public H

Ruth E. Brennan (Nutrition), B.S., University of Tennessee, 1943; M.S., Simmons College, 1945; Sc.D., Clinical Bioethics Primary Care Rounds University of Pittsburgh, 1966. Regular clinical rounds and Presentations and discussions Ali A. Ehsani, M.D., Tehran weekly bioethics conferences to of primary care subjects: medical, University, 1965. (See Department identify and discuss major ethi- organizational, fiscal, and social. of Medicine.) cal issues as they occur on a day- (Dr. Perkoff) Andrew P. Goldberg, M.D., State to-day basis in the various hospi- Clinical Elective University of New York, 1969. (See tal and ambulatory care settings Physical disability and rehabili- Department of Medicine.) related to Washington University tation. (See Institute of Rehabilita- Barbara B. Hixon (Biostatistics), School of Medicine. Readings tion.) (Drs. Fishman, Holloszy) B.S., University of Illinois, 1941. will be assigned in bioethical, philosophic and clinical literature. Ingming Jeng (Biochemistry), Examples from the Human Ex- Physical Disability and B.S., National Taiwan University, Rehabilitation 1967; Ph.D., University of perimentation Committee also will be discussed. (Drs. Kurz, Lefrak, The student will become famil- California, 1973. Ludmurrer, Perkoff, Vavra) iar at first hand with the tech- Lorraine F. Lake, B.S., Washington niques for defining the extent of University, 1950; A.M., 1954; Ph.D., Family Practice Preceptorship physical disability and with vari- 1962. (See Irene Walter Johnson The Division of Health Care ous approaches to its treatment. Institute of Rehabilitation, Department Research will monitor this elec- Emphasis will be placed on meth- of Anatomy and Neurobiology and tive. The student wishing such ods used in physical, occupation- Program in Physical Therapy.) an experience should find the al, and speech therapy, and on J. Philip Miller (Biostatistics), A.B., practitioner with whom he or she the specialized contribution to be made by rehabilitation social Washington University, 1965. (Also wishes to work and request that work, nursing, and vocational Biomedical Computer Laboratory.) this physician send Dr. Gerald T. Perkoff of the School of Medicine testing and counseling. Super- Shirley A. Sahrmann (Physiology), (1) a statement of his (the physi- vised visits may be arranged to B.S., Washington University, 1958; cian's) own training and experi- specially related outside facilities A.M., 1971; Ph.D., 1973. (See ence for approval (he would need and agencies (Visiting Nurses Departments of Neurology and to be a bona fide licensed M.D. Association, Special School Neurological Surgery and Physiology in practice), (2) an outline of the District, Shriners Hospital, and Biophysics.) program he will offer the student, Central Institute for the Deaf, manufacturers of prosthetics and Stuart W. Weidman, A.B., Washington i.e., supervised office work and orthotic devices). All the above University, 1957; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., hospital visits, discussion of family problems as they bear on the will be accomplished in relation University of Chicago, 1965. (See to selected patients assigned to Department of Biological Chemistry.) patient's illness, availability of community resources, etc., and the student for his supervision of William W. Winder, B.S., Brigham (3) a commitment to evaluate the their rehabilitation programs. In Young University, 1966; Ph.D., 1971. student's performance. The stu- general, these will include inpatients on the Pediatrics, Medi- Joseph L. Witztum, A.B., Vanderbilt dent must then give Dr. Perkoff (1) his agreement to the proposed cal, Neurology, Neurosurgical, University, 1965; M.D., Washington program, (2) a diary of patients Orthopedic, and Plastic Surgery University, 1969. (See Department Services. Special emphasis on of Medicine.) seen and visits made and a summary of positive and negative any one or any combination of Instructors aspects of the practice in which the above services can be arranged M. Carolyn Baum (Occupational he was involved, and (3) a report to suit the interests of individual Therapy), B.S., University of Kansas, of his study of particular problems students. 1966. in the community or presented In addition to the programs Wendell R. Drew (Social Work), by a given patient, i.e., a brief available at the Rehabilitation B.A., DePauw University, 1967; paper. This material would have Institute, the student may choose M.S.W., Washington University, to be presented in acceptable to spend part of the elective at 1969. (See Division of Health Care form for credit to be given. Jewish Hospital on the Rehabili- Research.) (Dr. Perkoff) tation Service. (Dr. Fishman) 95 Inpatient Rehabilitation Care role of exercise in the prevention The Department of Rehabilita- and treatment of (a) obesity, (h) tion Medicine of Jewish Hospital diabetes, (c) coronary heart offers a six- or twelve-week elec- disease; diagnostic use of exer- tive course to senior medical stu- cise-stress-testing; use of exercise dents. The Department operates in rehabilitation medicine; ef- a fifty-six bed service for patients fects of lack of exercise and with physical disabilities, under immobilization. the supervision of three full-time (Drs. Ehsani, Holloszy, Winder) physicians. The case material is Applied Biostatistical varied and includes patients with Techniques spinal cord injuries, strokes, This seminar is intended for Parkinson's disease, and arthritis. students who have completed a The Department holds an Amputee basic biostatistics course and Carol E. Giblin (Nutrition), B.S., Clinic twice a month and does all who want to increase their under- Fontbonne College, 1957; M.P.H., the electromyographic examina- standing of contemporary sta- University of California, 1966. tions for the Jewish Hospital. tistical techniques, particularly Mary P. Hakan (Occupational The medical student serves as those commonly applied in clini- Therapy), B.S., University of an extern. cal research. Students will be Kansas, 1972. He gains experience in the expected to participate in anal- Jacqueline Hartman (Speech prescription of a rehabilitation ysis and critique of studies ap- Pathology), B.A., Western Reserve program and follows his patients pearing in the medical literature. University, 1963; A.M., Washington in physical therapy, occupational The emphasis will be on the ap- University, 1965. (Also Faculty of therapy, speech therapy, or what- propriateness of the statistical Arts and Sciences.) ever other activity is applicable. techniques and underlying ra- He works with the orthopedic, A. Donna King, B.A., Western tionale rather than on mathe- neurological, urological, and matical details of the techniques. Maryland College, 1960; M.S.W., plastic surgery consultants who Washington University, 1966. (See Both basic (e.g., t tests, chi- serve this unit. The details of the squared tests, correlation, regres- Division of Health Care Research.) program can be adapted to fit Barbara J. H. Norton (Physical sion) and more advanced multi- the particular interests of the variate techniques (e.g., multiple Therapy), B.S.P.T, Washington individual student. University, 1966. regression, discriminant anal- (Dr. Steinberg and Staff) ysis, analysis of variance) will be Diana L. Reed (Social Work), A.B., covered during the seminar. Washington University, 1968; M.S.W., (Mr. J. Philip Miller and Staff) 1970. Seminar Electives Elizabeth A. Stoddard (Rehabilitation), Clinical Nutrition B.S., Montana State University, The seminars and activities of World Population Problems 1954; M.D., Washington University. this elective will afford informa- Five or six seminars will be 1957. (See Department of Medicine.) tion and utilization of the knowl- conducted by invited guest faculty (Jewish Hospital.) edge of nutrition for purposes of who are nationally recognized Debra L. Stout (Physical Therapy), patient management and the B.S., University of Missouri, 1973; prevention of disease. Topics to M.A., University of North Carolina, be included are nutrient require- 1975. ments of humans, methodology In Sook Sunwoo (Rehabilitation), for the assessment of nutritional M.D., Woo Sok University, 1959. status, an overview of nutrition in (Jewish Hospital.) relation to the development of atherosclerosis, dietary manage- Research Assistant ment of specific medical disorders (diabetes, hyperlipidemia, Patricia E. Wirth, B.A., University chronic renal failure, obesity and of Nebraska, 1971. (See Division of cancer), and the use of nutri- Health Care Research.) tional information for the most favorable outcome of pregnancy, Lecturer growth and development in in- Richard A.Sutter(Industrial Medicine fancy and childhood and avoid- and Rehabilitation). A.B., Washington ance of disease. Readings will University, 1931; M.D., 1935. be assigned and case demonstrations utilized. (Drs. Brennan, Goldberg, Holloszy, Schonfeld, Shank, Witztum) Roles of Exercise in Medicine: Biochemical, Physiological, and Clinical Considerations Biochemical and physiological adaptations to long-term exer- 9<> cise; acute responses to exercise; itive Medicine and Public experts in the demographic, soci- mathematical modeling and analy- ologic, economic, political, food- sis (including computing tech- supply, and ethical aspects of niques) of biologic processes such world population growth. The as tumor growth and radiation first 45 minutes of each seminar is response. (Dr. Wette) given to a presentation of key background material by the seminar leader; the final 45 minutes, Rehabilitation Engineering to free discussion initiated by The student collaborates with students. Suggested reading lists the staff of the Rehabilitation will be provided where appropri- Engineering Unit, employing ate. (Dr. Chaplin) electronic instrumentation to obtain objective measurements of Research Electives spacticity and impaired voluntary Miscellaneous motor function in patients with Biochemistry of Exercise neurological and neuromuscular Sven G. Eliasson, Ph.D., University Research deals with the acute disorders. The equipment includes of Lund, 1952; M.D., 1954. (See and chronic responses to excercise. electrically driven and hydraulic Department of Neurology and Areas of interest include biochem- systems, EMG recordings, and Neurological Surgery.) ical adaptations in muscle in re- computer analysis of data. Ma- Paul M. Weeks, A.B., Duke University, sponse to endurance exercise and chine findings are correlated with 1954; M.D., University of North, to heavy resistance exercise; ef- clinical performance based on Carolina, 1958. (See Department of fects of exercise on body compo- standardized functional evalua- Surgery and Irene Walter Johnson sition during growth and during tion tests. Institute of Rehabilitation.) weight reduction; cardiac adapta- (Dr. Fishmann and Staff) tions to increased work load; the serum triglyceride lowering effect Health Care Research of exercise; the biochemical basis Students will, with advice and of muscle fatigue. consent of preceptor, engage in (Drs. Ehsani, Holloszy, Winder) studies pertinent to: 1) Medical Biomedical Statistics Care in Group Practice (e.g., Students will be supervised medical care utilization, reaction and gain experience in the proper to illness, screening, etc.); 2) application of statistical methods Studies in Adult Ambulatory Care (including computer usage) to (included would be utilization, health research problems; quali- social and economic aspects of fied students can also engage in medical care, problems in medical research projects concerned with care organization, or in community the development of statistical projects); 3) Studies in Pediatric methods for special biomedical Ambulatory Care, and 4) any other and clinical research situations. topic in this area which is of (Drs. Choi, Miller, Wette) mutual interest to the student Clinical and Experimental and his supervisor. Nutrition (Drs. Kahn, Perkoff and Staff) The student engages in a se- Topics in Medical Economics lected research project under su- This course is designed to ex- pervision of staff of this labora- pose students to economic issues tory. Occasional opportunities in the medical sector. Students may be made to study and ob- will pursue a selected research serve major problems of deficiency topic under an economist's super- disease in other countries. vision. Emphasis will be placed (Drs. Brennan, Holloszy, on policy issues concerning the Schonfeld, Shank) effective allocation of medical Immunohematology expenditures. Examples of topics Application of serologic and which can be considered are: the immunochemical techniques in economics of excess capacity in basic studies of erythrocyte auto- surgery; the economics of prepaid antibodies and isoantibodies en- group practice; the cost effective- countered in hemolytic disease of ness of therapy for hypertension, the newborn, leukemias, lympho- cost differences of therapies for mas, malignancies, and connec- a given medical problem as a tive tissue diseases. Special prob- function of physicians' specialties; lems in transfusion practice are responsiveness of physician to also covered with blood bank alternative incentive schemes; personnel. (Dr. Chaplin) criteria to be used in determining Mathematical Biology the allocation of resources among Qualified students may engage the medical subsectors. in research concerned with the (Dr. Benham) 97 Department of Psychiatry

Instruction in psychiatry is given in the last three years of the medical course. Emphasis is on teaching psychiatry as a medical discipline, including the biological, social, and psychological mechanisms and manifestations of psychiatric illness, as well as psychological reactions to other illnesses. Recognition of current limitations of knowledge combined with an appreciation of what is known leads to a spirit of constructive skepticism. This attitude permits the student to study psychiatry in depth and broadly without preconceived theories. Spencer T. Olin Professor ami Head of Department Samuel B. Guze, M.D.. Washington University. 1945. (See Administration and Department of Medicine.)

Wallace Renard Professor Eli Robins, A.B., Rice University, 1940; M.D.. Harvard University, 1943.

Professor Emeritus Saul Rosenzweig, (Medical Psychology), A.B.. Harvard University, 1929; M.A.. 1930; Ph.D., 1932. (Also Psychology.)

Professors Theodore J. Cicero (Neuropharma- cology), B.S., Villanova University, 1964; M.S., Purdue University, 1966; Ph.D.. I96X. (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) Paula ,1. Clayton, B.S., University of Michigan. 1956; M.D., Washington University, I960. SECOND YEAR FOURTH YEAR Introduction to Clinical Boyd K. Hartman, A.B.. University Electives of Kansas. 1962; M.D., 1966. (See Psychiatry Outpatient Psychiatry Department of Anatomy and Emphasis is upon (a) effective This is a flexible clerkship Neurobiology.) interviewing in preparation for tailored to the student's interests. Marijan Herjanic, M.D.. Zagreb medical history taking, (b) eval- Adult psychiatric patients in the University. 1956. (Malcolm Bliss uation of behavioral and emo- Washington University Psychi- Hospital.) tional factors in patients with various kinds of illnesses, (c) the atric Clinic present a variety of Blake W. Moore (Biochemistry). diagnosis and natural history psychological and interpersonal B.S.. University of Akron. 1948; problems similar to those en- Ph.D., Northwestern University of the major psychiatric disorders, (d) critical evaluation of countered in the office practice 1952. (See Department of Biological of a psychiatrist, an internist. Chemistry.) conceptual and methodologic problems in psychiatry and psy- or a family physician. Students George E. Murphy, B.S.. Oregon chology. Lectures, demonstra- have an opportunity to learn a State College, 1949; M.D.. tion interviews, discussions. variety of treatment techniques Washington University, 1952. (Dr. Cloninger and Staff) under supervision. John \V. Olney, B.A.. Iowa University. Students also manage patients 1956; M.D., 1963. in a community mental health center located in an inner-city Theodore Reich, B.S.. McGill THIRD YEAR area. There, students see how University, 1959; M.D.. 1963. (See Psychiatry Clerkship Department of Genetics.) psychiatry works with social Students in groups of about agencies, schools, and other Lee N. Robins (Sociology), A.B., fifteen spend six weeks on the institutions utilizing paramedi al Radcliffe College,' 1942; M.A., 1943; inpatient services of Renard, personnel in the detection and Ph.D., 1951. (Also Faculty of Arts Jewish and Bliss Hospitals. treatment of mental illness. 98 and Sciences.) (Dr. Croughan and Staff) (Dr. Ziegler, Ms. Smim)

* William R. Sherman (Biochemistry), A.B., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1955. Clinical Psychiatry in a Neurochemistry (See Department of Biological Community Mental This course is given jointly by Chemistry.) Health Center the Departments of Psychiatry Kathleen Smith, B.S., University of This elective course provides and Pharmacology. Topics Arkansas, 1944: M.D.. Washington students with opportunities to covered include carbohydrates; University, 1949. (Malcolm Bliss become key medical members of energy metabolism. including Hospital.) psychiatric treatment teams changes found in different func- dealing with evaluation of tional states; amino-acid metab- patients in an emergency room, olism and its relation to protein Research Professor selective admissions of certain and transmitter synthesis; special Mitchell Taibleson (Mathematics). cases, diagnosis and manage- proteins and protein metabolism; S.M., University of Chicago. I960; ment of particular patients. cerebral lipids, membranes, and Ph.D., 1962. (Also Faculty of Arts Supervision is provided by the normal and disordered lipid and Sciences.) full-time supervising psychiatrist metabolism; transmitters and in charge of wards to which the modulators; learning: growth, de- student may be assigned. The Professor Emeritus (Clinical) velopment, and trophic functions; student participates in teaching cerebral blood flow, blood brain Margaret C. L. Cildea, B.S.. University sessions arranged for first-year barrier. of Chicago. 1923; M.D., Yale psychiatric residents in training (Drs. McDougal, B. Moore) University, 1936. at the Malcolm Bliss Mental Health Center. Selected Topics in Research (Drs. M. Herjanic and Tomelleri) Students may elect to work Professors (Clinical) full time in psychiatric research Richard W. Hudgens, B.A., Princeton Child Psychiatry, Children's at any time during their elective University, 1952; M.D., Washington Hospital and the Washington year. Twelve weeks is the mini- University, 1956. University Child Guidance Clinic mum time allowed; no maximum Alex H. Kaplan, B.S.. College of City This clerkship in child psy- time is specified. The arrange- of New York, 1932; M.D.. St. Louis chiatry gives students an appre- ments are made on an individual University. 1936. ciation of the intricacies of diag- basis with the appropriate investigators. Sydney B. Maughs, A.B., Westminster nosis and treatment of emo- tionally disturbed children. The (Drs. Cicero, Clayton. Guze, College, 1931; M.D.. Washington Hartman, B. Herjanic, Murphy, University, 1935. clerkship involves working up a small number of preadolescent, Olney, Reich, and Staff) Frank 0. Shobe, A.B., Washington as well as adolescent children University, 1938; M.D., 1942. under the supervision of senior staff members. Didactic teaching Associate Professors is available, as well as individual supervision of patients. Students C. Robert Cloninger, B.A., University gain an appreciation of both drug of Texas, 1966; M.D., Washington treatment and the limitations of University, 1970. drug treatment. They are ex- Barbara M. Herjanic (Child posed to the roles of community Psychiatry), B.A., Northwestern agencies such as settlement University, 1943; B.S., Western houses, juvenile courts, and var- Michigan College, 1946; M.D., ious private agencies with which University of Michigan, 1950. (See a child psychiatrist must work. Department of Pediatrics.) Students also gain appreciation James N. McClure, Jr., A.B., of the roles of nurse, social worker, Washington University, 1951; M.D.. teacher, and occupational ther- 1955. apist in collaboration with in- Paul M. Packman, A.B., Washington dividuals of these disciplines. University, 1959; M.D., 1963. (Dr. B. Herjanic) 99 Philip M. Fishman (Computer Jane B. Brownstone (Medical Sciences), B.S., Brooklyn College, Psychology), A.B., Washington 1964; M.S., New York University, University, 1961; A.M.. 1964; Ph.D. 1969; Ph.D., Washington University, 1968. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) 1974. Lincoln B. Calvin, B.Ed., Illinois Julian C. Hall (Social Work), B.S., State University, 1942; M.D., Meharry University of Louisville, 1949; M.S., Medical College, 1951. (Malcolm 1951; D.S.W., Washington Bliss Hospital.) University, 1968. (Malcolm Bliss Sei Y. Choi, B.S.. Woo Sok Hospital.) University. 1951; M.D.. 1963. John E. Helzer, M.D., University of (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Utah, 1967. Juan C. Corvalan, M.D., Argentina Ronald L. Martin, B.A., Northwestern National University, 1965. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Amos Welner, M.D., Hebrew University, 1967; M.D., 1971. University Hadassah Medical School, Elizabeth M. Smith (Social Work), Mary E. Cox, A.B., Washington 1960. B.A., University of Nebraska, 1960; University, 1941; M.D.. 1944. M.S.W., 1962. Mary Davis, B.A., Ohio State Research Associate Professor Brian K. Suarez (Genetics), B.A., University, 1947; M.D., Washington David J. Pittman (Sociology), A.B., San Fernando Valley State College, University, 1952. University of North Carolina, 1949: 1967; M.A., University of California. Plaridel C. Deza, M.D., University of M.A., 1950; Ph.D.. University of Los Angeles, 1972; Ph.D., 1974. Santo Tomas, 1956. (Malcolm Bliss Chicago, 1956. (Also Social Science Robert H. Vanderpearl, A.B., Hospital.) Institute.) Washington University, 1950; M.D., Wilbur H. Gearhart, B.S.. Butler 1954. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) University, 1949; M.D., Hahnemann Associate Professors (Clinical) Zila Welner (Child Psychiatry). Medical College, 1950. John M. Anderson, B.S., Colorado M.D., Hebrew University Hadassah James N. Haddock, A.B., University State University, 1938; M.D., Meharry Medical School, 1961. (See of Missouri, 1940; M.A., 1942; M.D, Medical College, 1958. (Malcolm Department of Pediatrics.) Washington University, 1943. Bliss Hospital.) Richard D. Wetzel (Medical Robert B. Deitchman, B.A., University Psychology), B.A., Concordia Robert S. Hicks, A.B., Hendrix of Virginia, 1949; M.D., 1953. College, 1959; B.D., Concordia College, 1951; M.D., University of Edward H. Kowert, A.B., Washington Seminary, 1963; Ph.D., St. Louis Arkansas, 1958. University, 1940; M.D., 1943. University, 1974. R. Eugene Holemon, A.B., (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Vincent E. Ziegler, B.S., Xavier Washington University, 1954; M.D.. Wanda M. I.amb, B.S.. University University, 1968; M.D.. University 1958. of Missouri, 1946; M.D., Washington of Kentucky, 1972. Jay A. Liss, A.B., Washington University, 1948. University, 1962; M.D., 1966. Patricia L. O'Neal, A.B.. Washington Research Assistant Professors Joe E. McKinney, B.A., Westminster University, 1944; M.D., 1948. Paul P. Hipps (Biochemistry), B.S., College, 1954; M.D., Washington Earl R. Schultz, A.B., Southeast Lakeland College, 1966; Ph.D., University, 1958. Missouri State College, 1952; North Dakota State University. 1971. Jay Meyer, A.B., Washington B.S.Med., University of Missouri, William H. Holland (Electronics), University, 1956; M.D., St. Louis 1953; M.D., Washington University, A.B., Washington University, 1950. University, 1960. 1955. (See Department of Neurology (See Department of Biological Thomas F. Richardson, B.A., and Neurological Surgery.) Chemistry.) Milliken University, 1959; M.D., Harold D. Wolff, A.B., Washington Madelon T. Price (Neurobiology), Washington University, 1963. University, 1952; B.S., University of A.B., Washington University. 1953; Missouri, 1953; M.D., State Ph.D., 1973. Marcel T. Saghir, B.Sc, American University of Iowa, 1955. University of Beirut, 1959; M.D., 1963. Assistant Professor Emeritus Assistant Professor Emeritus (Clinical) James B. Smith, A.B., University of Lucile Healy (Social Work), A.B.. Missouri, 1963; M.D.. 1967. H Milan H. Fingert, B.A., State College of St. Catherine. 1922; M.A., University of Iowa, 1931; M.D., 1934. Alberto Soto, B.S., Instituto University of Minnesota. 1927; de Santiago, 1951; M.D., Havana M.S.W., Washington University, University, 1960. 1949. Assistant Professors (Clinical) Cengiz M. Sumer, M.D.. Istanbul John F. Bergmann, A.B., Washington Assistant Professors University, 1950; M.D., 1954. University, 1951. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) James H. Allison, A.B.. Kenyon John T. Biggs, Jr., A.B.. Drury College. 1960; M.D., University of College, 1963; M.S.. University of Carlos Tomelleri, B.A.. Colegio Pittsburgh, 1965. Tennessee, 1965; M.D., 1968. San Jose, 1955; M.D., Universidad Javeriana, 1965. (Malcolm Bliss Jack L. Croughari, B.A., University of Robert D. Brookes, A.B., DePauw Hospital.) Kansas, 1964; M.D., Kansas University, 1934; M.D., Washington Edwin D. Wolfgram, B.A., Slate- 100 University, 1968. University, 1938. University of Iowa, 1954; M.D., 1959.

. •

John F. Mueller (Social Work), B.S., Instructors (Clinical) Ps\; iiatry Washington University. 1947; William W. Clendenin, M.D., M.S.W.. 1952. (Malcolm Bliss University of Tennessee. 1963. Hospital.) Felipe Crimi, M.D.. National Patricia A. Newton, B.S., University University of Cordoba. 1946. of Arkansas. 1967: M.A.. George (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Peabody College. 1969: M.D.. Alejandro M. Datuin, A.A., Washington University. 1975. University of Santo Earni Pal, M.B.B.S.. Andhra Tomas, 1951; M.D., 1965. (Malcolm University. 1965. (Malcolm Bliss Bliss Hospital.) Hospital.) George H. Dowell, B.A.. Amherst John P. Rice (Mathematics). B.A.. College. 1960; M.D.. Washington Cornell University. 1969: M.A., University, 1969. Instructors Washington University, 1972; Eduardo A. Garcia-Ferrer, M.D.. Ph.D.. 1975. Bernardo G. Aleksander, M.D., Havana University, 1952. (Malcolm Samuel H. Rosen, B.A.. Emory University of Buenos Aires. 1959. Bliss Hospital.) (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) University. 1971: M.D.. University FTed W. Gaskin, B.S., University of of Alabama. 1974. Barbara J. Anderson (Medical Minnesota, 1966; M.D., 1968. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Psychology), B.A.. Trinity University, Kenneth L. Russ (Medical 1969: M.A.. George Peabody Psychology). A.B.. University of Randy L. Hammer (Medical College, 1970; Ph.D., 1975. Rochester. 1965: M.S., University Psychology), B.A., Washington (See Department of Pediatrics.) of Pittsburgh, 1969; Ph.D., 1970. University, 1970; Ph.D., 1975. Natarajan Lakshminarayanan, Michael D. Bieri, B.A.. University of M.B., University of Madras. 1960; Kansas, 1968; M.D.. Washington John R. Taylor. B.S.. Loyola M.S.. 1960; M.D.. 1967. (Malcolm University. 1972. (Malcolm Bliss University, 1970; M.D.. 1974. Bliss Hospital.) Hospital.) Laurence T. Wylie, B.S.. University Elizabeth Mann, B.S.. Valparaiso Anna K. Bradley (Social Work). of Illinois. 1970: M.D.. McGill University. 1966; M.D.. St. Louis B.J.. University of Missouri. 1956; University, 1974. (Malcolm Bliss University, 1970. M.S.W., Washington University, Hospital.) 1958. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Mary A. Mazur, A.B.. Vassar Robert C. Young, B.A.. Williams College, 1967; M.D., Northwestern Marguerite Cannon (Social Work). College, 1969: M.D., Cornell University, 1973. (Malcolm Bliss B.S.. St. Louis University. 1936; University. 1974. Hospital.) M.S.W., Washington University. 1948. Ronald A. Oliver (Medical Psychology), B.A., University of Bun Tee Co, Jr., B.S.. University of Research Instructors Rhode Island. 1968; M.A.. Xavier Santo Tomas, 1963; M.D.. 1967. Juanita L. Carl (Biochemistry). (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) University, 1970; Ph.D.. Iowa State B.S., Drury College. 1959; A.M.. University 1973. (Malcolm Bliss Paul N. Duckro( Medical Psychology), Washington University. 1962. Hospital.) B.S.. University of Dayton. 1969; Kathryn S. Ratcliff (Sociology), William M. Riedesel II, A.B.. M.S., Miami University. 1971; Ph.D., B.A., University of Washington, University of Rochester. 1968; M.D., Texas Tech University, 1977. 1966; M.S.. University of Wisconsin. Cornell University. 1973. (Malcolm (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) 1968; Ph.D.. 1977. Bliss Hospital.) Howard E. Rogers (Medical I'acita C. Dy, A.A.. University of the Patricia A. West (Sociology), B.S., Psychology), B.A., New York City East, 1959; M.D.. Far Eastern Memphis State University, 1967; College, I960; M.A.. Los Angeles University. 1967. (Malcolm Bliss M.A., 1969: Ph.D.. St. Louis State College, 1963; Ph.D.. Arizona Hospital.) University. 1975. State University. 1969. (Malcolm Terry A. Fuller, B.S., University of Bliss Hospital.) Notre Dame du Lac. 1970; M.D.. Eric D. Wish (Medical Psychology). Washington University. 1974. B.S., University of Massachusetts, John Sweet, B.A.. University of 1968; Ph.D., Washington Michigan, 1964; M.D.. University of Clifford Gilpin, SB.. University of University, 1976. Missouri, 1968. (Malcolm Bliss Chicago. 1945; M.D.. 1948. (Malcolm Hospital.) Bliss Hospital.) Jaime Vargas, M.D.. National Instructors Emeriti (Clinical) Collins E. Lewis, B.A., Rutgers University of Colombia. 1954. University, 1967: M.D., Harvard Robert M. Bell, M.D., St. Louis (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) University. 1971; M.P.H.. 1975. University, 1928. Barbara S. Kendall (Medical Ruth K. Morehouse (Medical Psychology). A.B., Radcliffe College. Lecturer (Clinical) Psychology). B.A.. Louisiana State 1913; Ed.M.. Harvard Rhea L. Dornbush (Medical University. 1971; M.A., 1975: Ph.D., University. 1928. Psychology). B.A.. Queens College. 1977. (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) Reese H. Potter, A.B.. University of 1962; M.A.. 1963: PhD.. City Sana C. Moucharafieh, M.D., Kansas, 1931; B.S.. University of University of New York. 1967. American University of Beirut, 1973. Missouri. 1933; M.D.. Washington (Reproductive Biology Research 101 (Malcolm Bliss Hospital.) University. 1935. Foundation.) WILLIAM GREENLEAF patients in treatment under ELIOT DIVISION OF supervision. Seminars in child CHILD PSYCHIATRY psychiatry, child development, individual and group treatment, The Division of Child Psy- clinical psychology, social work, chiatry offers a varied teaching and research are held weekly. program lor residents in psy- New methods of teaching and chiatry and fellows in child observation (videotaped ses- psychiatry through its Child sions, one-way screens, clinical Psychiatry Clinic at 369 North films) are in regular use. The Taylor Avenue, the St. Louis Harry Edison Child Develop- Children's Hospital, and the ment Research Center, attached Youth Center at the St. Louis to the Division of Child Psy- State Hospital. Trainees are as- chiatry, carries out research in Director and Blanche F. htleson signed to these various units, child psychiatry. Fellows in child Professor where they participate in diag- psychiatry participate in the E. James Anthony, B.S.. University nostic evaluations and see various research programs. of London. 1938: M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 1941; M.B.. B.S., 1942; D.P.M.. 1947: M.D.. 1949. Assistant Professor Emeritus Loretta K. Cass (Medical Psychology). B.A.. Colorado College. 1934; M.A.. 1942; Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1950. Assistant Professors Doris C. Cilpin (Child Psychiatry), B.S., Drury College, 1944; M.D.. University of Chicago School of Medicine. 1948. Cynthia I.. Janes (Medical Psychology). B.A.. University of Oklahoma, 1965; Ph.D., 1970.

Assistant Professors (Clinical) Ebrahim Amanat (Child Psychiatry). Instructors Instructors (Clinical) M.D., Tehran University Medical Kate S. Mattes (Psychiatric Social Neil S. Alex (Child Psychiatry). Faculty. 1959. (Child Center of Our Work), B.A.. Beloit College. 1969; B.A.. Yale University. 1966; M.D.. Lady of Grace.) M.S.W.. Washington University. Washington University. 1970. Haruo Kusama (Child Psychiatry), 1975. Edduyn A. Figueroa (Child Psychiatry). A.B.. Washington University, I960; M.D.. University of San Carlos. M.D.. 1965. (St. Louis State Susan K. Newman (Psychiatric 1970. (St. Louis State Hospital Hospital Youth Center.) Social Work), B.A.. University of Texas. 1971: M.S.W.. Virginia Youth Center.) Roy M. Mendelsohn (Child Commonwealth University. 1973. Alicia D. Gonzalez (Child Psychiatry). Psychiatry). B.S.. University of M.D.. University of Buenos Aires. Illinois, 1950: M.D.. 1952. Robert P. Wade (Psychiatric Social Work), B.A., Maryknoll College, 1961. (St. Louis State Hospital Paul H. Painter (Child Psychiatry). 1960; M.S.W.. St. Louis University Youth Center.) M.D.. St. Louis University. 1947. 1969. Anna E. Hartnett (Child Psychiatry). (See Department of Pediatrics.) Lillian B. Weger (Psychiatric Social B.S., Loyola University, 1956; M.D., Syed A. Raza (Child Psychiatry). Work). B.A., Barnard College. 1954; University of Ottawa, I960. M.D.. Dow Medical College, 1959. M.S.W., Columbia University, 1956. Julio Morales (Child Psychiatry). (St. Louis State Hospital Youth M.D., University of Trujillo, 1966. Center.) Julien Worland (Medical Psychology). B.A., McGill University, 1966: Ph.D., Diane Rankin (Child Psychiatry), Adolfo E. Rizzo (Child Psychiatry). Washington University, 1973. B.A., University of Colorado, 1962: M.D.. Buenos Aires University. 1955. Helen L. Zibit (Psychiatric Social M.D., 1968. Emel A. Sumer (Child Psychiatry), Work). B.A., Drake University. Jagdish C. Suri (Child Psychiatry). M.D.. University of Istanbul. 1957. 1950; M.A.. Indiana University. 1955. B.Sc, Lucknow University. 1954; (St. Louis State Hospital Youth M.B.B.S., King Georges Medical Center.) College. 1959; M.D., Lucknow Research Instructor Instructor Emeritus University, 1964. (St. Louis State Victor M. Hesselbrock (Psychiatric Hospital Youth Center.) I.ouetta Berger (Psychiatric Social Social Work), B.A., Texas Christian Eliza E. Wochnik (Child Psychiatry). Work). B.S.. University of Wichita. University, 1968; M.S.S.W.. M.D., Medical Academy of Warsaw 1941; M.S.W., Washington University of Texas, 1972; Ph.D.. 1962. (St. Louis State Hospital 102 University. 1946. Washington University, 1977. Youth Center.) Department of Radiology The Department of Radiology occupies the Edward Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology and provides diagnostic radiology, nuclear medicine, and radiation oncology services to Barnes and St. Louis Children's Hospitals. It connects by corridor and tunnel with Barnes, St. Louis Children's, East Pavilion, Wohl. Barnard, and Renard Hospitals, Queeny Tower, and the Washington University Clinic. Clinical facilities for the Division of Radiation Oncology are located on the ground floor of the Institute and in Barnard Hospital. The therapy equipment consists of an advanced 35 MeV linear accelerator, 24 MeV Betatron. 4 MeV linear accelerator, and Cobalt 60 therapy. There are also facilities and an ample stock of Cesium 137 Elizabeth E. Mallinckrodl Professor sources for both interstitial and intracavitary therapy. The first floor and Head of Department and of the Institute houses administrative and business offices, film library, Director of the Mallinckrodl Institute consulting viewing rooms, and the 135-seat Scarpellino Auditorium. of Radiology Diagnostic radiology facilities are located on the second floor Ronald G. Evens, A.B.. Washington (chest, musculoskeletal radiology and mammography), third floor University. 1961: M.D.. 1964. (two cardiac catheterization laboratories, two head computerized tomography facilities, special neuroradiological and vascular radi- ological equipment, ultrasound and genitourinary radiology), fourth Professor Emeritus floor (gastrointestinal and genitourinary radiology), and the fifth floor Hugh M.Wilson, A.B., Illinois (pediatric radiology). Five CT scanners are available within the Institute. College. 1924; M.D.. Washington The sixth floor contains the Division of Radiation Sciences, which University, 1927; M.A. (hon.), also utilizes the medical cyclotron in Barnard Hospital. Nuclear Yale University. 1945. Medicine is also located on this floor and in the adjoining Barnard Hospital. Research facilities are located on the seventh floor (nuclear Professors medicine and cancer biology), ninth floor (diagnostic radiology) and Mokhtar Gado, M.B.. B.Ch.. Cairo tenth floor (cancer biology). University. 1953; DM RE. I960. Administrative, teaching, and support functions occupy the eighth William H. McAlister, B.S.. Wayne and eleventh floors. The twelfth floor has been completed in order to State University. 1950; M.D.. 1954. develop modern computer facilities for clinical, research, and teaching (See Department of Pediatrics.) use. The undergraduate teaching program is designed to present both Carlos A. Perez, B.S.. University of diagnostic and therapeutic radiology to students as part of the clinical Antioquia, 1952; M.D.. I960. clerkship experience. Every effort is made to provide an opportunity Stuart S. Sagel, B.A.. Temple to correlate roentgen and clinical findings through interdepartmental University. 1961; M.D.. 1965. conferences, consultations, and group discussions. The thirteen floors Robert J. Stanley, B.S.. St. Peter's of the Mallinckrodt Institute are utilized for the following academic College, 1959; M.D., St. Louis activities. University. 1963. Michel M. Ter-Pogossian (Radiation Sciences), B.A., University of Paris, 1943; M.S.. Washington University, 1948; Ph.D., 1950. (Also School of Engineering and Applied Science.) Leonard J. Tolmach (Radiation Biology). B.S., University of Michigan. 1943; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1951. (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) Frederick A. Valeriote (Cancer Biology), B.S., University of Toronto, 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., 1966. Michael J. Welch (Radiation Chemistry), B.A.. Cambridge University, 1961; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., University of London, 1965. (Also Faculty of Arts and Sciences.)

Associate Professors John O. Eichling (Radiation Sciences). B.S., Northeastern Oklahoma State College, 1958; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1959; Ph.D.. Washington University, 1970. 103 m

SECOND YEAR oncology training program begin- Thirty-four hours of lecture are ning in January in even-numbered devoted to an introduction to years. A series of laboratory exercises, with emphasis on quanti- radiology. The majority of the course is devoted to diagnostic tative cellular cancer biology, radiology. Other topics included constitutes the major portion of are ultrasound, nuclear medicine, this course. Experiments in tissue and radiation oncology. culture systems and in mice have been chosen to emphasize aspects Electives of oncology important in the Research Electives understanding of cancer biology Opportunity is available to and in its application for optimal carry out research in the labora- cancer therapy. A number of tories under the guidance of the concepts necessary to the under- Louis A. Gilula, M.D., University of staff in the fields of diagnostic standing of tumor biology and Illinois, 1967. radiology, therapeutic radiology, cancer therapy are presented Robert L. Grubb, Jr. (Radiation radiation physics, nuclear medi- through three sets of formal Sciences). A.B., University of North cine, and radiation biology. lectures: radiation biology; cel- Carolina. 1961; M.D.. 1965. (See lular kinetics of normal and tumor Department of Neurology and tissues; and the biochemical, Neurological Surgery.) SUMMER ELECTIVE FOR cellular, and clinical action of FRESHMAN STUDENTS anticancer drugs. Each set con- Hsiu-san Lin (Cancer Biology), A ten-week summer clerkship sists of approximately twenty M.D.. Taiwan University, I960; program is available for freshman one-hour lectures. In addition, Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1968. medical and dental students. The an informal seminar series will (See Department of Microbiology students participate in the clinical be presented to include topics in and Immunology.) activities of the Division of Radia- molecular biology, cell biology, tion Oncology and are exposed immunology, virology, statistics, Bruce L. McClennan, B.S.. Union to the fundamental concepts of and instrumentation. College. 1963; M.D., State University cancer biology and clinical radia- (Dr. Valeriote) of New York, Upstate, 1967. tion therapy in a series of lectures, Robert C. Mcknight, B.S., Florida seminars, and case presentation State University, 1957; M.D., conferences. They have the op- FOURTH YEAR Washington University. 1961. (See portunity to conduct some labora- Electives Department of Medicine.) tory research or clinical investi- Clerkship in Radiation Oncology gation under the direction of the Hywel Madoc-Jones, B.A., Oxford staff members of the sections of Six-week elective in which the University. 1960; M.A.. 1966: Ph.D.. Clinical Radiation Oncology and student has the opportunity to University of London, 1965; M.D., Cancer Biology. (Dr. Lee see patients being evaluated and University of Chicago, 1973. or Stewart) treated in Radiation Oncology. Emphasis is on techniques of James E. Marks, A.B., Knox College, cancer diagnosis and localiza- CANCER BIOLOGY 1961; M.D., Washington tion, selection of therapy, indi- University. 1965. PROGRAM cations for irradiation and tech- G. I.eland Melson, B.A., Ottawa The section of cancer biology niques on treatment planning, University, 1961; M.D.. Washington provides a twelve-week (full time) simulation and irradiation of a University. 1965. Thomas P. Naidich, B.A.. Cornell University, 1965; M.D., New York University, 1969.

Marcus E. Raichle (Radiation Sciences). B.S., University of Washington, 1960; M.D.. 1964. (See Department of Neurology and Neurological Surgery.)

Gary D. Shackelford, B.A., Northwestern University. 1964; M.D.. Washington University, 1968. (See Department of Pediatrics.)

Barry A. Siegel, A.B., Washington University. 1965; M.D.. 1969. Carleton C. Stewart (Cancer Biology), B.A., Ha'rtwick College, 1962; M.S.. University of Rochester. 104 1964; Ph.D., 1967. R logy variety of tumors. There are several conferences in which the students participate, including new case planning conferences, clinical physics conference, pro- tocol conference, and interdepartmental conferences with the Departments of Pediatrics, Ob- stetrics and Gynecology, Surgery, and Pathology. (Dr. Lee or Perez)

Clerkship in Diagnostic Radiology Teresa J. Vietti (Radiation Robert E. Koehler, B.A.. Johns A six-week elective in which Oncology), A.B.. Rice University. Hopkins University. 1964; M.D.. approximately half of the stu- 1949: M.D.. Baylor University. Cornell University, 1968. dent's time will be spent attend- 1953. (See Department of Pediatrics.) ing lectures, seminars, and con- Robert G. Levitt, B.A.. University of ferences emphasizing the California. 1968; M.D.. 1972. principles of general radiology, Associate Professors Emeriti Philip R. Ludbrook, MB.. B.S., including film interpretation and (Clinical) University of Adelaide. 1963. (See the role of radiology in the solu- William E. Allen, Jr., B.S.. Howard Department of Medicine.) tion of clinical diagnostic prob- University, 1927; M.D.. 1930. Adel G. Mallar, MB.. Ch.B.. Ain- lems. The remaining time will be A. Norman Arneson, B.S.. Texas Shams University. 1964. divided between elective periods Christian University. 1924; M.D., William B. Mill, Jr., M.D.. University on subspecialty rotations within Washington University. 1928. (See of Tennessee. 1962. the Department (thoracic, ab- Department of Obstetrics and dominal, musculoskeletal, neuro- William A. Murphy, Jr., B.S.. Gynecology.) logic, pediatric. nuclear medicine, University of Pittsburgh. 1966; Hunan R. Senturia, A.B.. Washington radiation oncology) under the M.D., Pennsylvania State University. University. 1929; M.D., 1933. direct supervision of a senior 1971. faculty member. The student will Alexander N. Nakeff (Cancer Associate Professors (Clinical) be exposed to the daily workload Biology), B.S.. University of of a subspecialty radiologist, Mark D. Eagleton, Jr., A.B.. Toronto. 1962; M.S.. 1965; Ph.D.. and have an opportunity to ob- Amherst College. 1947; M.D.. University of Rochester. 1969. serve the appropriate diagnostic Washington University. 1950. Miljenko V. Pilepich, M.D., and therapeutic procedures in Sumner Holtz, M.D.. St. Louis each section. (Dr. Shackelford) University. 1948. University of Zagreb, 1965. C'ary A. Presant, M.D.. State Additional six-week clerkships Noah Susman, A.B.. Washington in diagnostic radiology tire offered University. 1948; M.D.. 1952. University of New York at Buffalo. 1966. (See Department of Medicine.) at Jewish Hospital (Dr. Hyman (Jewish Hospital.) Senturia) and St. Luke's Hospital. James A. Purdy (Radiation Physics). (Drs. Sumber. Holtz) Assistant Professors B.S., Lamar University. 1967; M.A.. Roger J. Adams (Dental Medicine). University of Texas, 1969: Ph.D.. 1971. U.S.. Brigham Young University, Clerkship in Clinical Nuclear Donald P. Ragan (Radiation Physics). 1970; D.M.D.. Washington Medicine B.A.. New Mexico State University. University. 1974; M.S.. 1977. A six-week elective in which 1967; M.A.. Washington University. the student will be exposed to Daniel R. Biello, B.A.. Ohio Wesleyan 1969; Ph.D.. 1972. University, 1969; M.D.. Case Western the full range of techniques in- Reserve, 1973. Bantwal R. Rao, B.S.. University of cluding organ imaging with radionuclides, nuclear hcmatology. Iransiska L. Brigham, A.B.. Madras, 1957; M.S., University of in vitro tests, and radionuclide Washington University, 1962; M.D.. Baroda. 1962; Ph.D.. State University therapy. The student will be re- 1966. of Utrecht. 1967. sponsible for planning appropri- Rexford L. Hill (Computer Sciences), Joseph R. Simpson, A.B.. Cornell ate isotope studies in patients B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1964; University, 1963: Ph.D.. University referred to the Department in M.S.. 1966. (See Biomedical of Chicago. 1967: M.D.. Harvard conjunction with the staff. Op- Computer Laboratory.) University, 1973. portunity exists to learn instru- Donald V. Huebener (Dental Emily L. Smith, A.B.. Washington mental techniques, including Medicine). D.D.S.. Washington University, 1964; M.D., 1968. newer ones such as computer University, 1969. (See Department of applications. Participation in Pediatrics.) (Also School of Dental Timothy J. Tewson (Radiation clinical and laboratory research Medicine.) Sciences), B.S., London University. projects may also be arranged if R- Gilbert Jost, A.B.. Harvard 1967; Ph.D.. 1972. desirable. There are daily con- University, 1964: M.D., Yale Bruce J. Walz, A.B.. Washington ferences and scan interpretation University, 1969. University, 1962; M.D.. 1966. sessions. (Dr. Siegel) 1(1? IJ lemando K. f:UticYf«#. ; lAi^r-itv of Valladolid.!:f974? ' Tenfe"^!967' a/ Nolan Karitaidt, M.B.. lUl'. Ga£ WinYatersrand ^dM^Ko'tfl"0'- 196 I97|l DMR1V IV-6. KoM^,,Slch^.)iiul) |959959. JeanlfftPetteOte'l Bmstatis! fc§)! B: A1?.-'v- C'har(ehalrieAIu:aMttOTnv>iir«.ANfcttV\>. Boston PmuTMh. 197*: I'a\%}}- l YorkYUnfrtffliwtrM$7;l M7L>-\l U.. JohnV Hopkins Tnivorsin. IS ' Res$SfflrHtisdmeti»ei UniviJ-Biêiaftpa*Ualift43.i963. KinjKir.KL'kjKS^.Snii'tifee DieP-^fi^fcBffihWS.B PVJWI JohnJbliBardH«5d*A.«lA-ii\\:'iisiiv I VnivciMtv of Hoiit: RSife 186*; UniViKiW,sll969,:y1\l • l IlliiuJiUjrJ<96I;l MJD1VJ8)64.l9ft4. M.lM■fcishinulon I niYer-aU. IS-7.^7-1- . FHNfjs&'Ntf^York at Buffalo. Enri(jueritjubillaJ)NloU.\niJhnL'it)«vrdlly llChrfefU'pttW'#.iAfeW«rBi.s!? FniWr .> l97irPh.5h,V[iiAerhiltrniNer.iiv 197l?77. Madrtfiadb9d2.l962. of Noire Dauif. 1970:' Nr.lM.l3t-. St. .lametaWi"0*bilantnJm, BrA.B.A.. I.otils'■Uniu-rsilv. 1974974. GaA-MrÊtirhfr^Ml.-B.VâsîiH'i, fl I rii\irsiiKy.'ofil.(oait«ille,v|96«j95S: Gorflbtf*W|1hiKJ»J|iB.AB. I nftflitift UniWfl«Pf?i»7(J?7eMS,lft73?T*lWJ-. M.D.VI1B62.I962. of OMl£Htlttht!i l')66:"M.Dj..:W 1 197*976 KciIIKfc'ilIKfcc*Kc)te« ACHieKllhe rl i n (Sec 1 )e pirn nu-lit ol PHfeMa8hS5i'.'s). ^^ »^ rni\irsiw:nlfl?J.I97l. B.S.UBnilciKiWMiyf. Puth,ajr|«fi.1963: NizihiWufllHHaB.iS.H Washington GuillOnilteen^.€is**BsA.BlAnivfcirsityi n M.S',1 UniU-rMiy-ot. DtlKl?IM6S965: Uniltnrnysijyi I of ChJfeCa9fi7:IM7DMlB65.l965 M.SN.1 Hnilbrsity ot Ylast4tchu«bttS!,'tts. PetB>,S.l£.^!. U'oro lily AiUI4niHaBiS,.ltHuvkii3ityiti4.<îbi...H S Pi--nifiN.ylHanlia1 nl973973. NortEK««torasliniiivth3iv«jJS,65j965: Kabiu.Ai.lUiihiRWKtiM.DM, IFadiKadtad RestiuvkrAksi-itwMmnii M.D.MIWr7.1967. de Mccht*daait97l971. Nan\jinI;>C'hsfQn>tift]Ai; Knivcrsiti . ar Allaiv\IttaAId('Mt».(Hib..aHinL-iisityr«)iv o^ &*W^"^*iW,IW.lFacIii*>utA ol MisNdmn. W7.1: M.IM..I 1977. Idahddd%2;IM20.MWli>IWi{s»i)nj;ion Meil9<>39&l;rjWv6taKiate Univ!l!Jtk h liyidrix WJ*^d fe'TtaHliaHf-TVWoU.g) and 1 Collef«>lll^7:iM7PM>KwslW!g1flRgton HaitijltHaWi5%55.r,l,9^5K,<:5 aftA"«tol,^)BA W.M^'flB^" Unl 9 Univ4jfsi)jjerJftJJ.|97l. L fWfifci^^9MAli ,^- !See ""TfflfftWe ^'RamiFi-J?:^ A Dc 1 N /as n% l?W Pnt 6f «H«Bfclnc.) HarnHtt-WorPBxiDtfuiiPlft eX^JyYalc Ws.ffiWgtyRTOWbYsi(?^96M,4-, I) . P 1 t'iii\JfWit\H:iW('jS:|'MKpMlniiv(.T|j)(.i.rsi(y 196S 196K. of UtafiUl9K?.|972. ^"Wo^'ffiii^fiRJ^filcF^ s- irncll GIen(Ple6IPS®l»5^ftd|iRtaanttion 965. 92 l9f*;?c.&oôrfyfsVfKtfisH^fi Physfe%sft^,.*festwBs^wtK5^'Uckj DanisWte^?iWir'^sB^ kpw StateS&t8e©M|^5;|W^M^>!v,BWttfsit , 7 l 96 106 KW.I Kam«akM»ii«v9:|9 (l9;l>l,lft .4.|974. ^° feflcg e ^9^'t.^PfycIpJ?'>"" AnaA°n,a1tvoanr\daI}iauWc1yPK I ^tefelM

I he UenaiDepartment in.vit. of... Surger\ :LI*^-^■ ^ includesMH_IUUV..S general^ncmi sui and rccJitenl^R*rll,)CIU ol Surgery includes general surgery, plastic caraiWj^Piin&t5\19^?WiKr^cdl5iWRPf^ge!fVrgery' genitourinary surgery, c c c ¥flipre?fflsi i?Kfteffr wi !$#,rr tfiro#nd Vfai cipifeWd^LfHaswwaatefe',u iho iw« p;ut- tfee surgic-ai ,,.„,- stuSiîfJ^Ê^tOavfcfiate^hU1 tfte wRtiw^scicnccs uhich lhe Aitfito'fnte^^s^p^flrfs &WM °nhc fern? rar- 8 a,L l,scd lor the of M^hWrf.hM?KfilP ftîRftlffiSJ ' . ai dfimon_strationOre ,,, ol.lesions which illustrate the pnnciprinciples oT Surderv it is in the junior ,;■', ■!>!.! . trim:! 'Head vear thai. the..Iirsi...... «...» persona!'>■•' " com; ret ' . , fsliet year that the lirst personalpet's contact with patients occurs. Students in theiitmoJ■ year arc assumed to itenera , ' , 'tit'he..v tnircfi'"'M year>s-tii tiiâre assigned'^ML,IIÛ toHI ^LIII„|(Ugeneral nuiîmiSurgical clinical CICIKSclerkships m r the Jios.mial-s.ios,pil;ri-si.',1whcic\\ heie thcAinc.\"iavc "iau' anôpporttinilY.uian opportunitVao stistuu*\ . , i > k|i!(Wn|i? aiK U.S.. I'hitad.:lpl:ia he Hospitals, where thev have an1 Opportunity to study the rtrequenl U ltuportant■jupoiiai.it surtiicalsureicaJ ells.,;d, , '■\ and Science. and 'important surgical diseases. I ht'i ijun-ior- surgical even , Ive, weeks, .is spc IftSrAMip.. .Id'lerson Metlical lhe unior" surgical clerksclerk rip.. lasting ttwelve \ ■ eks, is spent on i,.'. I960. ll r :e,s ofF t K-AIUC, , l losjiitais.. Vu-c-. ' ^fiy Sli9|lcaf'seVVfces o>^h¥i^ eîca1 Center and all led hospitals. Stu- dei , tteiMrerfd^^ staff dailv during the 'Ik tMUli ■ Prl-ifx —!- VJ'W&ry lei-Whip , Kl aneiut seminars conducted In the general and specially WOUilUVcl'liilpott. H.S:!:jialc ^"^rfgtcllf1 staffs. 'Hrv.r ,., m)\ NU.Y^WifsrftVihon ,uSWRteity"LaW,^VlcWfTinl!Zcd io altend and assist at operations up,,,, IN-.-.. '■■ I0M: (Jewish Hospital ft!^n^sm1fgne1d't'o1rrfe physiology, paiholo^v. ehemistrv, and ?i>. i ( u.a'dimuorand Dirt'cr-oV of 'vaeWrnWtog^^rifi'-p-r^'and post-o,Hn-atue care arc stressed. F.xperience BJVWonniN .1 1 utaof SeWHcttSAiWdêad. I acquired in surLnca^liiaiiri'dsis and in lhc use of scientific methods S 11 ■• Surgical OiK'nlogv. itia^Ht''-p14rtiti'tu*t«fflt-liis to assess the effectiveness of what thev do. *;vl)ll\jiirlon I'mvcrMtv School of 1 "THe'WiYNî^ senior student to scliSeletfti.Yirty' oNlW'fHfroWrTgIfypes1 6^fecti\es lor periods of six to eigh- teetfeeYiosJeeks:1 '(li;lÎHfhfeTnshipsI1a'nd preccptorships in which trie stu- /■" h imr.s denjem ajjsjgfiigrocd to a staff member for instruction and exposure to the »lfH'ViKRljiB»ltcihekJr\,IA..B.<.'iGeritral pro,hf(Shlemsl rtftiBii.Wilca'li.practice. 12) surgical research under supervision y Oilfetcl'WM VI.JJLillarUard (mtmmimurtiiitimfcwftoalvcAeX&feks^- \}) eleeti\es in pediatric surger>. limvcMytj 1944. thvtihoiiaciondnd'aitjiiErJ.iaoi.isSrfgeryîtjV'thopedics. neurosurgery, urology. oniaric^fagMJitra'nsplaiiialion. and emergency room surgery. BaraB*(MMLiJbffA, \A.«. ji hlravursity l In Ihvbottfhcth'e thud and fourth years, a series of computer-assisted c/IIU'oWi*stci),«lR6M.M..CXc*ldM i CCOCEREittutialiafa is an integral part of the surgical curriculum. The Ihiiveitotyt9t964. luttutoHals'Contum both didactic material and clinical simulations. They Wlllannil. IVNm vwtott, SB. S.u fy a le aaafBgHi|ghlyiluUeniclivc and individualized, and may be taken at a num- tWivc3isityW494W.KI_n951S50. beibauf otf/>do!aatiens\ within the Barnes complex and at some outlying (WBs!d.W*4shinj3tilrmli otyassity hol}«spUal6hwfcre,sr.udeutxinMfcatc. SmEgiithSLSi-iixictsj.StoluaikisW.A. ttuflilitlslfe.) foilfmari liunimtq fXilhlitcil') En«fane\MBrWicke>;l M,P.. \V».ttna{fti«fciiU\aiwjr>s.it^)3tf!J4. •'•«;PRrt»b8lwj'M.I0„ELoKfll(ola L'nivf:mkvWI9J7.

tClitiratyl) of MtMgs»ni9$2fci 1^.D^3^30._ H K * W«ffofB.S%SUl^^i{jfof

^"iliU.KtialferK^.^^vefsi^of

107 ' SECOND YEAR FOURTH YEAR Introduction to Surgery The electives offered to senior students are principally clinical Panel discussions present cer- subinternships or research. tain fundamental principles of physiology, biochemistry, and Surgical Preceptorships and pathology as applied to surgery. Subinternships Recitations and demonstrations Each student is assigned to a are included. Two hours weekly carefully selected senior general for eighteen weeks during the surgeon. The student sees patients second and third trimesters of in the surgeon's office, takes the second year. histories, performs physical examinations on the patients, and follows them in the hospital. The Franklin E. Walton, B.S.. Shurtleff student is expected to attend the THIRD YEAR College, 1923; M.D., Washington surgeon's office hours, operate University, 1927; Sc.D. (hon.), Surgical Wards with him, and make rounds with him. Reading assignments are Shurtleff College, 1952. For twelve weeks the students evaluated by the surgeon to whom serve as clerks in surgery, working Carl A. Wattenberg, A.B., University the student is assigned. Projects on the wards of the hospitals of of Kansas, 1934; M.D., 1937. of a clinical nature may be under- the Medical Center. Students take taken during this preceptorship. case histories and make the phys- Associate Professors (Clinical) Subinternships are offered at ical examinations and the usual Ralph J. Graff, A.B., Washington Barnes, Starkloff, Jewish and laboratory examinations on the University, 1957; M.D., 1957. St. Luke's Hospitals, where the patients assigned to them. They (See Department of Genetics.) student acts as an intern under are assigned patients with diseases the guidance of the senior staff. Falls B. Hershey, B.S., University of treated by both surgical special- Illinois, 1939; M.D., Harvard ists and general surgeons. They (Dr. Jaffee and Staff) University, 1943. assist at operations and do some Surgical Research Elective C. Alan McAfee, B.S., Washington surgical dressings. Surgical patho- This elective introduces the State College, 1938; M.D., Washington logical material is followed as student to the general approach University, 1942. an integral part of the case study. to analyzing clinical problems of Lawrence W. O'Neal, M.D., At regular intervals the students surgery in the laboratory and Washington University, 1946. meet with residents and attend- familiarizes him with some of the ing staff in informal conferences, investigative methods in surgery. William D. Schieber, M.D., In general, the student gains more Washington University, 1953. when questions which have arisen during the day are discussed and experience by working with an James M. Stokes, M.D., Washington various aspects of the care of the established investigator on a cur- University, 1948. patient considered. In addition, rent project. The student is en- George L. Tucker, A.B., Columbia the material is presented to stu- couraged, however, to plan and University, 1952; M.D., Harvard dents in small discussion groups execute a laboratory solution to University, 1956. with their preceptors. They follow a specific problem within the Willard B. Walker, M.D., Washington their patients after discharge in limitations of his elective time. University, 1946. the postoperative and outpatient The student participates in the clinic. Particular effort is made to weekly departmental research see that students have some expe- seminars, where investigators describe a wide range of current Assistant Professors rience with the more frequent and important surgical lesions, and topics. (Dr. Jaffee and Staff) Kenneth J. Arnold, B.A., Notre that the assigned cases are suffi- Dame University, 1964; M.D., Pediatric Surgery Elective ciently diversified to afford an Washington University, 1968. Emphasis is placed on the dif- accurate perspective of surgery. ferent problems this age group Lawrence Cheung, M.D., National Students are encouraged to con- presents in respect to type of Defense Medical Center, 1968. sult the library frequently in the surgical diseases and their care. (St. Louis V.A. Hospitals.) solution of problems concerning In addition to the daily ward patients. One afternoon a week rounds, conferences are arranged Thomas H. Covey, Jr., A.B., West students participate in the tumor twice a week to discuss the Virginia University, 1957; M.D., clinic and attend a tumor con- etiology, diagnosis, and treat- Harvard University, 1961. ference held jointly by the De- ment of disorders that have not Robert C. Donaldson, A.B., University partments of Surgery, Pathology, been encountered on the ward. of Missouri, 1941; M.D., Washington and Radiology. Students may The student also attends the gen- University, 1944. (St. Louis V.A. attend a variety of other scheduled eral surgery pediatric clinc, Hospitals.) conferences conducted by the where he participates in po t- various divisions of the Depart- operative follow-up of patien s. Edward E. Etheredge, B.A., Yale ment. Finally, by rotation, stu- Once a week the student attends College, 1961; M.D., Yale University, dents spend time in the emer- the pediatric oncology clinc. 1965; Ph.D., University of gency room, where they function Pertinent pediatric X-ray films Minnesota, 1974. (See Division of under the supervision of house are reviewed regularly. 108 Health Care Research.) staff and attend ings. (Dr. Ternberg and Sta'O

M Sll TV Principles of Thoracic and tissue repair to a variety of sur- Cardiac Surgery gical conditions, including burns Two avenues are available and other forms of trauma, and which may be mixed. The first major soft tissue injury associated involves a clinical rotation on with cancer surgery. There is a cardiothoracic surgical service constant personal relationship where the student will be assigned between the student and the duties comparable to that of an attending staff during the period. intern. They will share night call (Dr. Weeks and Staff) under supervision of the first- Orthopedic Surgery Elective and second-year residents in Clinical clerkship electives are rotation with the ward interns. available for six weeks, during They will have the prerogative which time the student attends of selection of operative cases on conferences and outpatient clinics Jo! i D. Halverson, B.A., Hamilton which to scrub and are at liberty and serves in the various ortho- College, 1963; M.D., State University to spend time within the cardiac pedic clinical divisions. It is also of New York, 1967. catheterization laboratory, with possible to establish a research James M. Holcroft, B.S., members of the cardiopulmonary elective in the Orthopedic Re- Massachusetts Institute of bypass team, or on any particular search Laboratory under the Technology, 1963; M.D., Case problem of acute pulmonary or guidance of Dr. David Simmons Western Reserve University, 1969. hemodynamic nature in the In- and Dr. Leo Whiteside. Students David W. Scharp, M.D., Washington tensive Care Unit. The second on the clinical elective become University, 1970. alternative is six weeks in the lab- an active part of the orthopedic oratory working on ongoing proj- Michael J. Verta, B.S., Northwestern team and may spend part of their ects having to do with ischemic University, 1969; M.D., 1971. time at the Shriners Hospital heart disease and a myocardial for Crippled Children, Veterans Marc K. Wallack, B.S., Albright infarction model, prosthetic heart Hospital and Barnes Hospital, College, 1966; M.D., University of valves, perfusion techniques for the exact program to be worked Pittsburgh, 1970. (Head, Section of infants and the studies of the out on an individual basis with Surgical Oncology. Barnes Hospital.) pulmonary micro-circulation. In- the Chairman of the Division. dividual meetings with Drs. (Dr. Whiteside and Staff) Assistant Professors (Clinical) Weldon and Clark or both are Urology Elective Kenneth J. Bennett, M.D., Tulane available on a weekly basis. A six-week clinical clerkship University, 1965. (Dr. Weldon and Staff) offers the interested student an Richard V. Bradley, M.D.. Washington Plastic and Reconstructive adequate knowledge of the type University, 1952. Surgery Preceptorship of problems with which the clin- Cyril J. Costello, B.S., University The aim of this elective is to ical urologist deals. The student of Texas, 1935; M.D., 1939. familiarize the student with some is taught the basic diagnostic of the problems in plastic and procedures and the management Richard H. Fallon, B.S., Boston reconstructive surgery. The stu- of surgical and nonsurgical pa- College, 1952; M.D., Harvard dent has an opportunity to discuss tients on both the private and University, 1956; A.M., Washington the application of principles of ward services under the super- University, 1971. Alvin Goldfarb, A.B., Washington University, 1940; M.D., 1943. Jerome F. Levy, A.B., Washington University, 1954; M.D., 1958. Stanley L. London, M.D., Washington University, 1949. Robert H. Lund, B.S., Miami University, 1945; M.D., Washington University, 1949. Jerry R. Meyers, B.A., University of Texas, 1962; M.D., Washington University, 1966. Shale Rifkin, M.D., Washington University, 1948. Leo A. Sachar, A.B., Washington University, 1936; M.D., 1940. Sam F. Schneider, A.B., Washington University, 1932; M.D., 1936. Richard G. Sisson, A.B., Harvard University, 1943; M.D., Yale University, 1946. Andrew D. Spencer, A.B., Indiana University, 1951; M.D., 1954. 109 m vision of the attending staff and (c) Head and Neck Cancer. house officers. The experience (Dr. Ogura) involves direct care of patients (d) Radiation Therapy of Neo- in the clinics, as well as the plasms. (Dr. Perez) urologic admissions to the hos- (e) Hematologic Neoplastic pital. Daily morning and even- Disease. (Dr. Reinhard) ing rounds of all patients on a (f) Chemotherapy of Solid particular service arc conducted Tumors. (Dr. Philpott) by the responsible resident. Two additional teaching rounds for All students attending the the house staff and students are oncology elective will be ex- held weekly. In addition, the pected to attend the tumor, student attends daily X-ray con- gynecologic cancer, ENT tumor, ferences, the weekly stall and neoplastic hematology con- Instructor conference, and the pathology ferences, as well as the cancer Gregorio Sicard, B.S.. St. Louis conference and journal club con- workshop. University, 1965; M.D., University of ducted every other week. The Each student taking an elec- Puerto Rico. 1972. student is given an opportunity tive in oncology must select (or to assist in open and endoscopic be assigned) a problem for study surgery, as well as in the various in this field. Each student is ex- Instructors Emeriti (Clinical) diagnostic procedures performed pected to report to his peers and Virgil O. Fish, M.I).. Washington in the cystoscopy and urography instructors on the selected sub- University. 1930. section. (Dr. Fair and Staff) ject at the end of the elective George C. Wee, MIX. University of period. Members of the Tumoi Louisville. 1931. Oncology Elective Committee evaluate the report, Students electing to study the as well as the student's perfor- theoretical and practical aspects mance during the elective. Instructors (Clinical) of the epidemiology, diagnosis, (Drs. Bauer, Philpott. and Staff) Robert R. Anschuetz, M.D.. treatment, and prognosis of neo- Washington University. 1940. plastic diseases in man may se- John B. Buettner, A.B.. Dartmouth lect a program (subject to the Transplantation Elective College. 1963; M.D.. Washington approval of the Tumor Com- This orientation course is University. 1967. mittee) which includes inter- designed to offer the student an departmental experience in Arthur R. Dalton, B.S.. University of overview of the entire field of Missouri. 1938; B.S.Med.. several of the following areas organ transplantation. The stu- Northwestern University. 1940: of knowledge: dent is an integral part of the M.D., 1941. (Jewish Hospital.) (a) Surgical Pathology of Neo- renal transplantation team and Ronald J. Ciaskin, B.A.. Washington plasms. (Dr. Bauer) assumes appropriate responsi- University. 1966; Ml).. 1970. (b) Neoplasms in Children. bilities under supervision. Fleming B. Harper, M.D.. Medical (Dr. Vietti) (Dr. Anderson and Staff) College of Virginia. 1947. Robert J. Kingsbury, A.B.. Asbury College. 1956: M.D.. University of Michigan. I960. Ira .1. Kodner. A.B.. Washington University. 1963; Ml).. 1967. David Krajcouic, A.B.. Washington University. 1965; M.D.. 1969. G. Lynn Krause. Jr., A.B.. Amherst College. 1950; M.D.. University of Pennsylvania. 1954. Alan M. Londe, A.B.. Washington University. 1957; M.D.. 1961.

Sherwin H. Malt, A.B.. Washington University. 1962: M.D.. University of Missouri. 1966. Charles I. Mannis, A.B., Washington University. 1965; M.D.. University of Missouri. 1969. Eugene N. Mitchell, B.S.. St. Louis University. 1955: M.D., University of Missouri. 1960. Julian C. Mosley, Jr., B.S.. St. Louis ■ v J University, 1966; M.D., Washington Ill) University. 1972. hi Surgery Robert Rainey, B.S.. Yale University. Associate Professors (Clinical) 1944; M.D.. Washington University, Morris Abrams, B.S., University of 1947. Illinois. 1934: M.D.. 1937. William T. Bowles, M.D., Stanford CARDIOTHORACIC SURGERY University, 1955. Professors Richard E. Clark, B.S.E.. Princeton Assistant Professors University, 1956; M.D.. Cornell David B. Crane, M.D., University of University, I960; M.S.. University of Rochester. 1968. Virginia. 1962. Lloyd Peterson, B.A.. Northwestern Clarence S. Weldon, A.B.. University University, 1965; M.D.. 1969. of Michigan. 1951; M.D., Johns Hopkins University. 1955. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Research Assistant Professors tieorge A. Oliver, A.B.. Washington 1 Diversity. 1948; M.D., 1952. Professor (Clinical) Warren D. Heston, Ph.D., University of Colorado. 1972. Charles L. Parks, B.A.. University of Thomas B. Ferguson, B.S.. Duke North Dakota, 1967; M.D.. University. 1947; M.D.. 1947. Franz U. Steinberg, M.D.. University Washington University. 1969. of Berne. 1938. (See Departments of Medicine and Preventive Medicine Joseph C. Peden, Jr., B.S., Harvard Associate Professor and Public Health.) University. 1940; M.D.. 1943. John P. Connors, A.B.. Holy Cross College. 1961; M.D., Georgetown Mather Pfeiffenberger, Jr., A.B.. Assistant Professors (Clinical) Vale University. 1941; M.D.. Harvard University, 1965. (Jewish Hospital.) James G. Bucy, B.S., Haverford University. 1944. Associate Professors (Clinical) College. 1958; M.D.. Northwestern (ieorge B. Rader. M.D.. Washington University. 1962. University. 1951. Martin Bergman, A.B.. Washington University. 1942; M.D.. 1945. M. Richard C nrlin, B.A.. Dartmouth Frank 0. Richards, A.B.. Talladega College, 1944; M.D.. Yale Charles I„ Roper, A.B.. Colorado College. 1944; M.D.. Howard University, 1947. University. 1947. College, 1949: M.D., University of Colorado, 1953. Richard P. Parsons, B.S., Missouri Donald C. Sauer, A.B.. Washington Valley College, 1954; M.D.. University, 1956; M.D., I960. Washington University. 1958. Assistant Professors Belmont R. Thiele, M.D.. St. Louis Joseph G. Sandza, M.D.. University University, 1948. (St. Louis County Instructors (Clinical) of Puerto Rico, 1969. Hospital.) J. Byron Beare, B.S.. St. Louis Richard C. Shaw, B.A.. State University, 1936; M.D.. 1939: M.S.. University of Iowa. 1963; M.D., University of Minnesota. 1947. Washington University. 1967. Saul Klein, M.D.. Syracuse University Assistants (Clinical) Medical Center. 1959. Arthur I. Auer, B.S.. Massachusetts GENITOURINARY SURGERY Herbert Sunshine, A.B., Washington Institute of Technology. 1952: M.D.. Professor Emeritus University, 1950; M.D., 1954. Washington University, 1956. Justin J. Cordonnier, B.S.. Washington Leslie F. Bond, A.B., University of University, 1926; M.D., 1928. Research Associate Illinois. 1948; M.D., Meharry Medical (Also Lecturer.) Rose E. Boyarsky, B.S., University of College, 1952. Vermont, 1944; M.A.. Columbia Katherine J. Crawford, B.S., Professor University, 1946; Ph.D.. Duke Michigan State College, 1942; M.D., Saul Boyarsky, B.S.. University of University, 1969. Woman's Medical College of Vermont, 1943; M.D., 1946. Pennsylvania, 1946. James R. Criscione, B.S., Youngstown ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY University, 1943; M.D.. St. Louis Associate Professors University. 1951. William Catalona, B.S.. Otterbein Professor Emeritus Samuel Lugo, B.S.. St. Louis College, 1964; M.D., Yale Medical Fred C. Reynolds, A.B.. Washington University. 1954; M.D., 1958. School, 1968. University. 1931; M.D.. 1934. (Also Raj N. Mohapatra, I.Sc, Utkal Charles B. Manley, Jr., A.B.. Lecturer.) University, 1953; M.B.B.S.. 1958; University of Missouri. 1955; M.D.. F.R.C.S., Royal College of Surgeons. 1958. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Professor (Clinical) 1%7. (St. Louis V.A. Hospitals.) Gerald Sufrin, B.S.. University of Arthur H. Stein, Jr., A.B., Amherst Lester J. Nathan, B.A.. University of Pennsylvania, I960; M.D.. State College, 1946; M.D.. Washington Omaha, 1949; M.D.. University of University of New York, Upstate University, 1948. Nebraska, 1952. Medical Center, 1966. Meredith J. Payne, A.B.. Washington Research Associate Professor University, 1947; M.D.. 1950. Associate Professor Emeritus David J. Simmons, B.A.. Boston Keith E. Pipes, A.B.. Fresno State (Clinical) University. 1954; M.A.. Clark College. 1950; M.D., Washington Rogers Deakin, M.D.. Washington University. 1956: Ph.D.. University University, 1954. University, 1922. of Chicago, 1959. Ill PLASTIC AND RECONSTRUCTIVE Instructors (Clinical) SURGERY Vilray P. Blair, Jr., M.D.. Washington University. 1939. Professor William S. Costen, A.B.. Princeton Paul M. Weeks, A.B.. Duke University, 1950; M.D.. Washington University. 1954; M.D.. University University. 1954. of North Carolina, 1958. (Sec Ronald C. Hertel, A.B., Washington Department of Preventive Medicine University. 1952; M.D.. 1956. and Public Health and Irene Walter W. Edward Lansche, A.B.. Washington Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation.) University. 1948: M.D.. 1952. Alan H. Morris, M.D., University of Professor (Clinical) Illinois. 1963. Minot P. Fryer, A.B.. Brown Neal Neuman, M.D.. St. Louis University. 1936; M.D.. Johns Associate Professors (Clinical) Hopkins University. 1940: D.S.C., University. 1971. Marshall B. Conrad, A.B.. Brown University. 1972. Michael H. Winer, A.B.. Washington Westminster College. 1942: M.D., University. 1964; M.D.. University Washington University. 1945. Associate Professor of Illinois. 1968. Lee T. Ford, Jr., M.D.. University of Robert C. Wray, Jr., B.S.. Tennessee. 1940. University of Arkansas, 1961; M.D.. Assistant Professors Harry C. Morgan, B.A.. University Washington University. 1963. John J. Delfino, B.S.. Holy Cross of Missouri. 1949: B.S.. 1951; M.D., College. I960; D.D.S., Temple Harvard University. 1953. University. 1967. Assistant Professors Barbel Holtmann, B.S.Ed., A.B.. Research Associates Paul R. Manske, B.A.. Valparaiso University of Missouri, 1964; M.D.. Peggy A. Lcsker, B.S.. Illinois University. 1960; M.D.. Washington 1968. College. 1965. University. 1964. Jeffery L. Marsh, B.A.. Johns Cary D. Rosenberg, B.S.. University Perry L. Schoenecker, B.S.. University Hopkins University. 1967; M.D.. 1970. of Wisconsin. 1966: Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1964; M.D.. 1968. Stephen J. Mathes, B.S.. Louisiana of California, Los Angeles. 1972. State University, 1964: M.D., 1968. Leo A. Whiteside, B.S.. University of Oklahoma. 1965; M.D.. University of Texas. 1969. (See Irene Walter Assistants (Clinical) Assistant Professors (Clinical) Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation.) John P. Arnot, B.A.. Rice University. Joseph W. Eades, A.B., Amherst 1954; M.D.. Yale University. I95S. College, 1952; M.D.. Washington University, 1960. Kyu Sop Cho, M.D.. Yon-Sei Assistant Professor Emeritus University. 1954. (Clinical) Marcy A. Goldstein, M.D., Washington University. 1951. Herman K. Russell, B.A.. New York J. Otto Lottes, Ph.B.. St. Louis University. 1950: M.D.. University of College of Pharmacy. 1926; Ph.G.. George H. Zografakis, M.S.. Rutgers Geneva. 1956. 1928: A.B.. University of Missouri. University. 1955; M.D.. State 1934; B.S.. 1935; M.D.. University University of New York, Upstate George R. Schoedinger HI, M.D.. of Louisville. 1937. Medical College, 1959. University of Oregon. 1962.

Assistant Professors (Clinical) Instructors (Clinical) PEDIATRIC SURGERY James C. Ellsasser, B.A.. Duke University. I960; M.D.. Washington Henry Ollinger, A.B., University of Professor University. 1964. Missouri. 1967; M.D.. 1971. Jessie L. Ternberg, A.B.. Grinnell Jerome J. Gilden, A.B.. Washington Richard Shut/. B.A.. University of College. 1946; Ph.D.. University of University. 1948; M.D.. 1952. Missouri, 1968; M.D.. St. Louis Texas. 1950; M.D.. Washington Earl P. Holt. Jr., B.A., Duke University, 1972. University. 1953. (See Department of University. 1942; M.D., 1945. Bruce I. White, M.D., Washington Pediatrics.) Robert E. Kuhlman, A. B., Washington University, 1964. University. 1953; M.D., 1956. Associate Professor Consultant in Oral Surgery Marvin R. Mishkin, M.D., University Martin J. Bell, B.A.. New York of Illinois. 1955. Leroy W. Peterson, D.D.S., Universitv University. 1959; M.D.. State of Michigan, 1940. (Also School of George E. Scheer, A.B., Municipal University of New York. Downstate Dental Medicine.) University of Wichita, 1940; M.D., Medical Center, 1963. (See Washington University, 1943. Department of Pediatrics.)

Assistant Professor Instructor Richard J. Bower, B.S., Northern Jordan H. Ginsberg, A.B., University Illinois University, 1965; M.D., of Michigan, 1948; M.D., University University of Virginia, 1969. of Illinois, 1972. (See Irene Walter 112 (See Department of Pediatrics.) Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation.) Teaching and Research Divisions

BIOMEDICAL COMPUTER LABORATORY The Biomedical Computer Laboratory collaborates with research investigators at the Medical Center in the application of modern information processing techniques to problems in biology and medicine. The laboratory currently has active programs in electrocardiographic rhythm analysis, monitoring the critically ill in a surgical Intensive Care Unit, cardiac catheterization data pro- Associate Professor and Director cessing, regional tracer kinetics in nuclear medicine, clinical research Lewis J. Thomas, Jr., B.S., Haverford and diagnosis using mass spectrometry, speech synthesis and models College, 1953; M.D., Washington of cochlear function, and patient-based medical information systems. University, 1957. (See Departments Research and training are offered to medical and graduate of Anesthesiology and Physiology students in mathematical techniques, digital system design, and and Biophysics.) advanced programming techniques applied to the biomedical problems described above. Externships in biomedical computing of two Professor and Senior to three months' duration are offered during the summer for students Research Associate who have completed the first year of the medical school curriculum. Opportunities to cany out research are also available to graduate Jerome R. Cox, Jr., S.B., students on a year-round basis. A number of assistantships are Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1947; S.M., 1949; Sc.D., available. The Laboratory participates in the interdepartmental 1954. (See Department of Physiology programs in Biomedical Engineering and Health Care Technology. and Biophysics and Division of The Biomedical Computer Laboratory is affiliated with the Health Care Research.) (Also School Computer Systems Laboratory located in nearby quarters at the of Engineering and Applied Science.) School of Medicine. The mission of the Computer Systems Laboratory is the design and development of advanced computer systems with a current focus on the development of a compatible set of "macro- Assistant Directors modules" for which arbitrary large, complex, or specialized computer G. James Blaine III, B.S.. Washington systems can be assembled. These systems are being applied to molec- University, 1959; M.S., 1961; D.Sc, ular and neural modeling, electrocardiographic rhythm analysis, 1974. speech synthesis, and ventricular dynamics. Vernon W. Gerth, Jr., BE., Vanderbilt University, 1960; M.S., 1964.

Professors G. Charles Oliver, A.B., Harvard University, 1953; M.D., 1957. (See Department of Medicine.) Donald L. Snyder, B.S., University of Southern California, 1961; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1963; Ph.D., 1966. (Also School of Engineering and Applied Science.)

Associate Professors R. Martin Arthur, B.A., Rice University, 1962; B.S., 1963; M.S., 1964; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1968. (Also School of Engineering and Applied Science.) William F. Holmes, A.B., Princeton University, 1953; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960. (See Department of Biological Chemistry.)

Research Associates Robert J. Arnzen, B.S., Washington University, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., 1969. (Also Computer Systems Laboratory.) 113 • Elective Courses Introduction to Programming a Bio 530. Digital Computers for Laboratory Computer Laboratory Use A generalized description of Methods of using small digital digital computers, octal and computers with laboratory in- binary number systems, struc- struments. Basic programming, tured programming techniques, data collection and conversion, assembly language for the PC data processing, digital control, (Programmed Console), and in- output techniques. Credit 3 units. troduction to higher level lan- (Dr. Holmes) guages (FORTRAN). Three hours of class work plus laboratory each week for six weeks. BMed 693. Physical and (Mr. Garfield) Mathematical Principles of Survey of Biomedical Computer A. Maynard Engebretson, B.S.. Tracer Kinetics Techniques University of Minnesota, 1958; Theoretical foundations of This course is directed toward M.S., Washington University. 1963; tracer-kinetic methods. Topics biological scientists who seek D.Sc., 1970. (Also Central Institute covered are differential equa- an appreciation of the capabil- for the Deaf.) tions for conservation of tracer ities and limitations of digital Kenneth B. Larson, Met.E., Colorado mass, applications of elementary computers as applied to bio- School of Mines, 1954; S.M., linear systems theory, stochastic medical problems. Only a mini- Massachusetts Institute of and compartmental models, mal background in mathematics Technology, 1958; Ph.D., 1964. methods of accounting for tracer and electrical theory will be as- Bruce F. Spenner, B.S., Washington recirculation. and methods of sumed. Topics include elements University, 1969; M.S., 1971; D.Sc, data-processing. (Dr. Larson) of sampling theory relevant to 1976. computer processing of biological Joan Zimmerman, B.S., Leeds Programming for Medical signals, architectures of com- University, 1966; Ph.D., Oxford Information Systems puters and computer systems, University, 1970. An interpretive language de- pertinent number systems, logical signed for medical information design of digital computers, Assistant Professors systems is described, with pro- programming techniques in- Rexford L. Hill, B.S., University of gramming examples from hos- cluding elements of machine, Cincinnati, 1964; M.S., 1966. (See pital and ambulatory care set- assembler, and higher level lan- Department of Radiology.) tings. The language used is guages, input and output devices. John W. Lewis III, B.S., Georgia MUMPS (MGH Utility Multi- Three class hours each week. Programming System). Three Institute of Technology, 1966: M.S.. Demonstrations and laboratory 1968; Ph.D., 1971. (See Department hours of class work plus labora- exercises provide an opportunity tory each week for six weeks. of Pathology.) for "hands-on" experience. (Dr. Greenfield) (Dr. Blaine and Staff) Thomas F. Martin, B.S., St. Louis University, 1961; M.D., 1965. (See Department of Medicine.)

Assistant Professor J. Philip Miller, A.B., Washington University, 1965. (See Department of Preventive Medicine and Puhhc Health.)

Research Assistant Professor Robert H. Greenfield, B.S.. New York University, 1966; M.S., 1967; D.Sc, Washington University, 1976. (See Department of Ophthalmology.)

114

• Health Care Research

Director DIVISION OF HEALTH CARE RESEARCH Gerald T. Perkoff, M.D., Washington University, 1948. (See Departments The Division of Health Care Research is an extradepartmental of Medicine and Preventive Medicine unit of the School, directly responsible to the Dean. Staff members and Public Health.) hold appointments in a variety of departments of the School of Medicine and the University; indeed, broad multidisciplinary staffing is considered appropriate for address to the complicated sociomedical Associates and economic problems of health care and education. The primary Marion H. Baker, R.N., St. John's function of the divisional staff is to contribute to the solution of such Hospital, 1946; P.N.P., Cardinal problems. Its responsibilities include: Glennon Memorial Hospital for Children, 1973. (See Department of Pediatrics.) The Medical Care Group of Washington University (MCG) MCG is a teaching and research prepaid group practice which Lee Benham, B.A., Knox College, is operated as an integral part of the medical school. The practice 1962; Ph.D., Stanford University, is the site of a Primary Care Option for Medicine and Pediatrics 1970. (See Department of Preventive Residents, electives for medical students and is a source of data Medicine and Public Health.) (Also for various health services and clinical research projects. It has over Faculty of Arts and Sciences.) 20,000 enrollees from over 160 employed groups and provides more than 80,000 visits per year. The practice is staffed by physicians who Clifford A. Birge, A.B., Amherst are full-time faculty members of the Departments of Internal Medicine College, 1956; M.D., Washington and Pediatrics, and by pediatric nurse practitioners, physician's University, 1961. (See Department assistants, adult nurse practitioners, psychiatric social workers, of Medicine.) optometrists and a nutritionist. Specialty care is provided all en- Max H. Burgdorf, Jr., A.B., rollees by the members of the full-time faculty in the various clinical Washington University, 1970; M.D., specialty departments of the medical school. 1974. (See Department of Pediatrics.)

Jerome R. Cox, Jr., S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Research in Health Care 1947; S.M., 1949; Sc.D., 1954. (See Studies of several broad areas are conducted by the staff of the Biomedical Computer Laboratory Division, including investigations into effects of various methods of and Department of Physiology and practice on medical care costs, factors in the organization of medical Biophysics.) (Also School of care, studies of triage in emergency rooms, sociologic and economic Engineering and Applied Science.) aspects of medical care, and methods of education for comprehensive Wendell R. Drew, B.A., DePauw care. University, 1967; M.S.W., Washington University. 1969. (See Department of Preventive Medicine Medical and Paramedical Education and Public Health.) The Division is responsible for a first-year course titled "Intro- duction to Social Medicine and Medical Ethics," a series of 18 two- Edward E. Etheredge, B.A., Yale hour lecture discussion periods dealing with health care utilization, College, 1961; M.D., Yale University, medical care organization, health maintenance, costs of medical 1965; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, care, allocation of scarce resources, and medical philosophy and 1974. (See Department of Surgery.) ethics. An attempt is made throughout to relate basic health ser- Martha Fenger, B.A., Texas vices, economic, sociologic and philosophic theory to practical problems in the covered fields. The Division also sponsors senior Christian University, 1962; M.S.W., electives in Family Practice, Primary Care, Health Services Re- Louisiana State University, 1964. (See Department of Pediatrics.) search and Clinical Bioethics (see Preventive Medicine and Public Health for further description of the medical student electives). Robert L. Fletcher, B.A., University In addition the Washington University Program for Pediatric Nurse of Kansas, 1974; B.S., Johns Hopkins Practitioners (PNP) is based in the Division (see page 135 for University, 1976. (See Department further description of the PNP program and page 134 for a description of Medicine.) of the interinstitutional program for physician's assistants). 115 Connie M. Pollock, B.S.. Indiana Paul S. Simons, B.A.. University of University. 1972; O.D., 1974. (Sec Texas, 1963; M.D., Washington Department of Ophthalmology.) University, 1967. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Kathleen Potts, R.N.. St. Louis Kongsak Tanphaichitr, M.D.. University. 1969; B.S.. 1969; M.S.. Siriraj Hospital Medical School. Boston University. 1970. (See 1970. (See Department of Medicine.) Department of Pediatrics.) James K. Turner, A.B.. Washington University. 1949; M.D.. 1953. Maureen M. Prange, R.N.. Mt. (See Department of Pediatrics.) Sinai Hospital. 1966: M.N.P., Starkloff Hospital. 1975. (See John D. Vavra, B.A.. University of Department of Medicine.) Colorado. 1950; M.D., Washington University. 1954. (See Administration Calixto A. Romero, B.A.. University Carol E. Giblin, B.S., Fonthonne and Departments of Medicine and of Pennsylvania. 1942; M.D.. 1945. College, 1957; M.P.H.. University of Preventive Medicine and Public (See Department of Medicine.) California, 1966. (See Department of Health.) Preventive Medicine and Public Frederick J. Schwartz, M.D., Patricia Wirth, B.A., University of Health.) Washington University, 1974. Nebraska. 1971. (See Department Barbara A. Gross, R.N.. Massachusetts (See Department of Medicine.) of Preventive Medicine.) General Hospital School of Nursing, 1971; M.N.P., St. Louis Municipal Hospitals Medical Nurse Practitioner Program, 1974. (See Department of Medicine.) Guner B. Gulmen, M.D., Hacettepe University Medical School, 1969. (See Department of Medicine.) Carl G. Harford, A.B.. Amherst College, 1928; M.D., Washington University, 1933. Janet D. Hoy, B.S., Carroll College, 1975; P.A., St. Louis University, 1977. (See Department of Medicine.)

Clemens H. Jacques, B.S., University of California, 1949; O.D., 1949. (See Department of Ophthalmology.) Dorothy J. Jones, A.B., Oberlin College, 1930; M.D., Washington University, 1934. (See Department of Pediatrics.)

Lawrence I. Kahn, A.B.. University of Alabama, 1941; M.D.. Louisiana State University, 1945. (See Department of Pediatrics.) (Also Pediatric Nurse Practitioners Program.

A. Donna King, B.A., Western Maryland College, I960; M.S.W.. Washington University, 1966. (See Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health.) Donald K. King, A.B., Fairfield University, 1966; M.D.. Johns Hopkins University. 1970. (See Department of Medicine.) Larry S. Kurz, B.A.. Washington University, 1966; M.D., 1970. (See Department of Medicine.) Edward G. Peskin, B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1970; M.M.S.. Rutgers University, 1972; M.D., Washington University, 1974. (See Department of 116 Obstetrics and Gynecology.) Tunv Services c^WIMt^^

ffi. ■?.'» •yf" ■ • '**£**&%& aSH

liOTM V \ v v •

J«S^BHP?

Cancer Coordinator, Director of DIVISION OF TUMOR SERVICES Division, and Chairman of Executive The Division of Tumor Services was organized by the coordinat- Committee ing committee for the cancer education program. Cancer, like many Gordon W. Philpott other subjects in the medical curriculum, is taught in an interdepartmental manner. In the sophomore year, a six-week interdepart- Executive Committee mental course in hematology and oncology is taught as part of the Anesthesiology pathophysiology course by members of all clinical departments which William D. Owens participate in the Division. In the junior year, students are assigned Internal Medicine to the tumor clinics of the various services, where they gain firsthand Stuart A. Kornfeld experience with cancer. Neurology and Neurological Surgery Interdepartmental tumor conferences, held each week for William S. Coxe members of the junior class, postgraduate students, visitors, and Obstetrics and Gynecology staff, serve as a forum to demonstrate some of the complex problems H. Marvin Camel in diagnosis and therapy which arise in patients with malignant Ming-Shian Kao disease. Other tumor conferences are held at regular intervals by Ophthalmology the various clinical departments. In the senior year, students may elect periods of study which Morton E. Smith expose them to the theoretical and practical aspects of the epi- Ololaryngology demiology, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of various human Joseph H. Ogura neoplasms. This program is tailored to the particular interests of Donald G. Sessions each student with the approval of the executive committee of the Pathology Division of Tumor Services. The oncological electives available to Walter C. Bauer seniors include studies in any of the following fields: surgical path- Heschel J. Kaskas ology, neoplasms in children, surgical oncology, radiation therapy, Pediatrics hematologic neoplasms, and epidemiology of cancer. Teresa J. Vietti BEAUMONT-MAY INSTITUTE OF NEUROLOGY Radiology Fransiska I.ee The Beaumont-May Institute of Neurology was established in Carlos A. Perez 1955 by gifts from the Louis D. Beaumont Foundation, Mrs. Charles M. Rice, and Morton J. May. It is the purpose of the Institute to Surgery foster basic and clinical research in neurology, with special reference Harvey R. Butcher, Jr. to defects in the structure of the nerve cell which occasion important Gordon W. Philpott neurological disorders having a high incidence of prolonged disability.

117 Director Marvin A. Fishman, B.A., University of Illinois, 1959; M.D., 1961. (See Departments of Neurology and Neurological Surgery. Pediatrics, and Preventive Medicine and Public Health.)

Associate Director for Education anil A dministration Lorraine F. Lake, B.S.. Washington University, 1950; M.A., 1954: Ph.D.. 1962. (See Departments of Anatomy and Neurobiology. Preventive Medicine and Public Health, and Program in Physical Therapy.)

Associate Medical Director John O. Holloszy, M.D., Washington University, 1957. (See Departments of Medicine and Preventive Medicine and Public Health.) THE IRENE WALTER JOHNSON INSTITUTE OF Director of Milliken Hand REHABILITATION Rehabilitation Center The teaching of rehabilitation is conducted by the Department Paul M. Weeks, A.B., Duke of Preventive Medicine and Public Health in collaboration with University, 1954; M.D., University of various specialty services. The Irene Walter Johnson Institute of North Carolina, 1958. (See Rehabilitation is a modern, five-story facility that is air-conditioned Departments of Surgery and and well equipped for the care of disabled patients. Students of Preventive Medicine and Public medicine, house officers, and students of paramedical services have Health.) an opportunity to affiliate with the Institute. Traineeship Elective Co-Directors of Moore Traineeships in Physical Disability and Rehabilitation of eight Orthopedic Center weeks' duration may be elected during the interval between the end Jordon H. Ginsburg, A.B., of the spring semester and beginning of the fall semester by up to University of Michigan, 1968; M.D.. six students who have completed the first year of the medical school University of Illinois, 1972. (See curriculum. Specific instruction is given by means of informal lectures, Department of Surgery.) demonstrations, and seminars. Part of the time will be spent in the Leo A. Whiteside, B.S.. University Department of Rehabilitation Medicine at Jewish Hospital. of Oklahoma, 1965; M.D., University Senior Elective of Texas, 1969. (See Department of Surgery.) In the six-week elective in physical disability and rehabilitation, the student becomes familiar at first hand with the techniques for defining the extent of physical disability and with various approaches to its treatment. Emphasis is placed on methods used in physical occupational, and speech therapy, and on the specialized contributions to be made by rehabilitation, social work, nursing, and vocational testing and counseling. Opportunity is made available for specia emphasis on the rehabilitation of hand injuries and for participating in research activities of the Rehabilitation Engineering Unit. Interests of the students will be met by arranging experience in rehabilitation medicine at extramural facilities, including Jewish Hos ItaL 118 P (Dr. Fishman Graduate Training

DIVISION OF BIOLOGY AND BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

The Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences, formed in the summer of 1973, was established because of the realization that training and research in modern biology transcends the limits of departmental structure, and scientists interested in related areas of investigation are distributed among many departments in the School of Medicine, as well as the Department of Biology in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. The faculty consists of members of preclinical departments of the School of Medicine: Anatomy and Neurobiology, Biological Chemistry, Genetics, Microbiology and Immunology, Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Biophysics; and of the Department of Biology of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. For purposes of graduate training, the Division is divided into the following programs: Developmental, Cellular, and Systemic Biology, Evolutionary Biology and Ecology, Molecular Biology, Neural Sciences and Plant Biology. The faculty in each of these programs participates in the presentation of divisional courses and sets the requirements for the Ph.D. degree within the programs. These courses are also available to medical students as senior electives. The Ph.D. requirements in all programs are highly flexible. They include courses which are adjusted to the student's background and interest, a qualifying examination to be taken in the second year, execution of original research suitable for a dissertation, and defense of the thesis. Graduate students are admitted to the Division as students-at-large for the first year of their training. During the first year, advisers are appointed to assist students in selecting courses and to help them become acquainted with the various research programs in the Division. At the conclusion of the first year, it is expected that students will make a decision as to which program they wish to join and, by choosing a research adviser, will be located in one of the departments which comprise the Division. Graduate students may also select training programs within the disciplines represented by the departments. The Ph.D. degree requirements for these students will be determined by the individual departments. In order to obtain expertise in teaching as well as research, all students serve as teaching assistants for two semesters during their graduate training.

119 Students in the Ph.D. program will receive full tuition remission and stipends at the level of $3,900. In many cases the award is made from an N1H training grant and is subject to the payback agreement and taxability provisions appropriate to such awards. Applications for admission are due no later than January 31 of the academic year preceding that in which study is to begin. Admis- sion is based solely on ability and the number of openings currently available. In general, a student should have completed at a high scholastic level undergraduate training in biology, chemistry, or physics, and have completed most of the following courses: biology, genetics, chemistry (general, analytical, organic and physical), physics and calculus. It is possible for the student, in exceptional cases, to fill some lack of basic entrance requirements for the specific program by electing these courses in the beginning year of graduate study. It is strongly recommended that the applicant take the Graduate Record Examination, both the aptitude and advanced portions. Additional information and the application for admission may be obtained by writing directly to the Office of Graduate Student Affairs, Box 8072, Washington University School of Medicine, 660 South Euclid Avenue, St. Louis, Missouri 63110.

For the 1978-79 academic year, the tuition in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences will be $2212 a semester for full-time study. For students enrolled for fewer than twelve units, the rate is $180 a unit. Graduate students who are enrolled for more than six units per semester in courses at the Medical Center are required to participate in the Medical Center Student Health Service. The health fee m JP is payable each semester at the time of registration.

The following graduate courses are offered by the Division of Biology and Biomedical Sciences. Those courses which are particularly relevant to any given department are cross-listed under that department in this Bulletin. The faculty member in charge of the course and his departmental affiliation are shown at the end of each course.

Bio 401. Vertebrate Physiology are actually performed. Resting Lectures on general physiology and action potentials, excitation of muscles and comparative phys- transmission, sound- and photo- iology of respiratory, cardiovas- reception, organized activity of cular, renal-osmoregulatory and motoneurons, analysis of human temperature regulating systems. and animal sounds, and psycho- Endocrinology and neurobiology logical phenomena will be ex- discussed in the context of these amined. Credit 3 units. systems. Equal emphasis on basic (Suga [Biology]) physiological mechanisms and physiological adaptations to the environment. Laboratory includes Bio 405. Physiological Basis of mechanics and pharmacology of Acoustic Communication muscles, control of heart rate, blood pressure, ventilation rate, Lectures and seminars in hear- oxygen consumption and body ing of various species of animals, temperature. Prerequisite, one from invertebrates to humans. year of college biology. Credit Structural and functional adapta- 4 units. (Lang [Physiology]) tion to the environment in which their acoustic communication is Bio 404. Laboratory of performed is considered. Not only Neurophysiology auditory physiology, but also sound production, acoustic com- Elements of the nervous system, munication, echolocation in bats, neural analysis of sensory infor- and electroreception by lateral mation and organization of neural line organs of fishes will be dis- activity will be electrophysiologi- cussed. Demonstrations of neural cally studied by students to find responses to acoustic stimuli will out how some of the interesting be included. Credit 2 units. 120 experiments in neurophysiology (Suga [Biology]) Bio 412. Experimental Aquatic Bio 428. Developmental Bi and Biomedical Sciences Biology Neurobiology Studies of current research Lectures, demonstrations, and problems and research techniques discussions presenting a survey devoted to aquatic flora and fauna. of the major features of neuroem- The course will include group or bryology (induction of neural tis- individual participation in a re- sue, cell proliferation, migration, search problem or problems deal- and specification) and the contri- ing with individual aquatic com- butions of tissue culture (cellular ponents of the aquatic environ- and organotypic) to the under- ment or their interaction. Credit standing of neural development. 4 units. (Nichols [Biology]) Credit 2 units. (Bunge [Anatomy and Neurobiology], Bio 413. Structure and Function Cowan, Hamburger) Bio 406. Experimental Approaches of Plants: Development in Embryology The formation of gametes, fertilization, embryogenesis, growth Bio 429. General and A lecture-laboratory course in Comparative Endocrinology which classical analytical studies and continuing developmental processes, hormonal control and Lecture course dealing first ol embryonic development and with neuroendocrine integration cellular differentiation are re^ responses to the environment. Credit 3 units. (Varner [Biology]) in insects and vertebrates fol- examined in an attempt to eluci- lowed by detailed consideration date underlying mechanisms at of one or two endocrine systems the molecular level. The labora- Bio 414. Structure and Function of Plants: Physiology of vertebrates, including bio- tory will include morphological chemical actions of hormones and biochemical studies of se- The daily metabolic activities of the mature green plant. Credit and their role in physiology and lected developmental systems in development. Last phase of the intact embryos and cultured organs 3 units. (Varner [Biology], Walbot) course is devoted to in-depth and tissues. Credit 4 units. treatment of selected topics in (Kirk [Biology]) Bio 416. Evolutionary Biology current research. A term paper Individual areas of evolutionary will be assigned. Credit 3 units. biology will be discussed in depth. (Moog [Biology]) Bio 407. Developmental Genetics Topics will include the Biological Species concept, the hypothesis Following a brief review of key Bio 431. Principles of Cellular of selective neutrality of enzyme concepts derived from classical Physiology polymorphism, modern concepts investigations, a few selected A course in basic physiological in systematics, molecular ap- systems will be analyzed in detail principles with emphasis on cell- proaches to the study of adapta- in an attempt to discern the mole- ular mechanisms. Four major tion, the coevolution of insects cular mechanisms underlying topics are considered: (1) ex- and plants, and other topics of the spatial and temporal control change of oxygen and carbon current evolutionary interest. of gene expression in developing dioxide between cells and en- Credit 3 units. eukaryotes. Credit 3 units. vironment, (2) membrane func- (Johnson [Biology], Stalker) (Kirk [Biology]) tion in the regulation of cell vol- Bio 423. Physiology of ume and composition, (3) prop- Development erties of excitable and contractile cells, and (4) the role of cellular Bio 408. Human Evolution Special topics in modern de- and subcellular organization in The fossil evidence for human velopmental biology, including cell function. Credit 3 units. and nonhuman primate evolution. fertilization and early develop- (Roos [Physiology]) Classification and genetics in ment, morphogenesis, tissue interactions, synthesis of new evolutionary perspectives, rela- Bio 432. Tropical Botany substances, and hormonal control tions between biology and cul- Lectures and/or outside read- of developmental events. Credit ture in ancient and modern ing on a variety of subjects with 3 units. (Moog [Biology]) populations. emphasis on pollination biology, (Sussman [Anthropology]) phenology and reproductive Bio 424. Immunology capacity of tropical plants, ac- The basic molecular and cellular companying three weeks of inten- aspects of the vertebrate immune sive field work in Panama. En- Bio 411. Phycology response, emphasizing the speci- rollment limited. Credit 3 units. A systematic treatment of the ficity of antibody reactions, the (Croat [Biology]) freshwater and marine algae. molecular structure of antibodies, Emphasis primarily on morphol- the genetic origin of their diversity, ogy, physiology, taxonomy, and and the cellular basis of their for- Bio 439. History of Scientific genetics of the major and minor mation. Other topics will include Thought to Newton algal groups. Certain aspects of tolerance, autoimmunity, allergy, Mainstreams of cosmological, recent research and present prob- blood groups, and tissue trans- physical, chemical, and biological lems in phycology will be con- plantation. Credit 3 units. thought from the pre-Socratics sidered. Credit 4 units. (Fleischman [Microbiology to Newton. Credit 3 units. (Nichols [Biology]) and Immunology]) (Hall [Biology]) 121 fungi, electrophoretic survey of seminar (weeks 1-7) will be de- enzyme polymorphism, mark- voted to exploration of specific release-recapture analysis, cyto- topics (with primary and second- genetic analysis in plants, and ary source readings) such as: the karyotype analysis in humans background development of will be included. Each experiment Mendel's work, cytology (1860- will be taught by a faculty mem- 1930); the biometrical movement, ber experienced in the experi- heredity and evolution (1860- mental approach. Credit 3 units. 1900); the rediscovery of Mendel, (Johnson [Biology], Staff) the chromosome theory and the Bio 446. Biology of the Fungi Morgan school, Mendelism and General aspects of the biology Darwinism (1900-1940); biochem- of the major fungal groups, in- ical genetics, molecular genetics, cluding their development, gen- the Eugenics Movement (1890- Bio 440. History of Scientific etics, cytology, metabolism and 1940). The second part of the Thought Since Newton ecology. Roles these micoorgan- course will be devoted to presen- A chronological continuation of isms play in nature, research, tation and discussion of student Bio 439, the course covers the medicine, and agriculture. Credit research papers. Credit 3 units. period 1700 to the present. It 3 units. (Maniotis [Biology]) (Allen [Biology]) begins with a historical analysis Bio 457. Somatosensory System of the origins of the scientific, Bio 448. Plant Systematics This course is designed to cor- political, and industrial revolu- Workshop relate anatomical, physiological tions of the seventeenth century; A series of workshops, each and psychophysical information it proceeds to discuss Newtonian- consisting of laboratories and on tactile sensation, propriocep- ism in the eighteenth century, tutorials for advanced undergrad- tion, thermal and pain sensation. the chemical revolution, German uates and graduates contemplat- Emphasis will be placed on pe- "nature-philosophy" in the early ing careers in systematics, ecology ripheral receptor mechanisms nineteenth century, Darwinism, or natural history: Section 1 — as well as central nervous sys- thermodynamics, quantum and monographic studies; Section 2— tem processing of afferent inputs relativity theory in the middle and cytotaxonomy; Section 3—paly- in each somesthestic system. late 1900's. The rise of genetics, nology; Section 4—microtech- Credit 2 units. social Darwinism, and eugenics nique; Section 5—chemosystem- (Burton [Anatomy], will form the focus of develop- atics. Credit 1 unit for each Hunt, Jones) ments in the early twentieth section. Bio 459. Vision century. The course will focus (Lewis [Biology]) A course designed to bring to- on the interrelationships between Bio 450. Topics in the History gether the anatomy, physiology, economics, science, politics, of Eugenics and psychology of vision to provide philosophy and art as interpreted A research seminar in which an understanding of function. from a Marxist view of history. students will carry out in-depth Properties of light and receptors Credit 3 units. (Allen [Biology], research projects on eugenics will be covered, and analysis of Hall) movements in the United States form, movement, color and depth or Europe (1890-1960). Topics in the vertebrate visual system, Bio 442. Advanced Genetics can include: genetic basis of with some material on inverte- A general genetics course de- eugenic theories, funding of the brates. Credit 3 units. signed for graduate and advanced Eugenics Movement, connections (Daw [Physiology and undergraduate students. Content between U.S. and other (e.g., Biophysics], Cohen, will vary from year to year and Nazi) eugenics movements, etc. Miller, Pearlman) Credit 3 units. (Allen [Biology]) will include such topics as: tech- Bio 467 and Bio 468. Seminar in niques in genetic analysis, the Bio 451. General Biochemistry Floristic Taxonomy nature of mutation, mapping and (See Department of Biological A survey of angiosperm fami- recombination, genetics of regu- Chemistry.) lies, their morphology, cytology, lation, genetics of indispensible Bio 452. Biochemistry Laboratory anatomy, palynology, chemistry cellular processes, genetics of An experimental approach to and evolution. Credit 1 unit. organelles, Drosophila fate maps a number of topical biochemical (Gentry [Biology]) and genetic engineering. Credit problems, with emphasis on the Bio 470. Ethology 3 units. (Apirion [Microbiology isolation and purification of bio- and Immunology], Staff) Identical with Psych 470. Ad- logical macromolecules, studies vanced course dealing with se- on their biosynthesis and degrada- lected in-depth topics: social Bio 444. Experimental Genetics tion, and mechanisms by which organization and social ecology; Laboratory their concentration and activity behavior genetics; evolution; A laboratory course introduc- are regulated. Credit 4 units. human behavior and developing experimental approaches (Brown [Biochemistry], Staff) ment; neural and endocrine employed in major areas of genet- Bio 454. History of Genetics models. A Gestalt approach to ics. Experiments such as genetic A seminar dealing with selected the intrinsic complexities of cross analysis in ' Drosophila, topics in the history of genetics, organism-environment interaction mutagenesis in bacteriophage, focusing largely on the period will be made. Credit 3 units. 122 biochemical pathway analysis in since 1900. The first part of the (Lockwood [Psychology]) Biology and Biomedical Sciences pesticide usage, transportation Bio 514. Cardiovascular and urban living and noise. Credit Pharmacology and Physiology: 2 units. (Kuhn [Pathology]) Advanced Concepts and Methods Bio 506. Microscopic Anatomy The course is designed to cover (See Department of Anatomy the background, essential aspects, and Neurobiology.) methodology, and most recent Bio 507 and Bio 508. advances in cardiovascular re- Pharmacology search, including: (1) chemistry (See Department of Pharma- and biology of vasoactive sub- cology.) stances (prostaglandins, angio- Bio 509 and Bio 510. Current tensins and kinins); (2) pharma- Topics in Pharmacology cological and biochemical assess- Topics of current interest will ment of sympathectomy; (3) mor- be presented and discussed. phological analysis of central Bio 471. Phytogeography Critical evaluation will be made neuronal pathways; and (4) elec- An introduction to the current of recent articles in the scientific trophysiological and biochemical and past geographical distribu- literature. Credit 2 units for the mechanisms in vascular smooth tions of plants, emphasizing year. (Needleman muscle and in the action of digi- ecological, geological, and histori- [Pharmacology], Staff) talis. Credit 2 units. cal factors. Credit 3 units. Bio 512. Selected Topics in (Needleman [Pharmacology]) (Gentry [Biology], Developmental Biology D'Arcy, and Staff) A lecture-seminar course de- Bio 515 and Bio 516. General Bio 481. Ecology and the voted to an in-depth analysis of Pathology Environment: Feeding a Hungry a restricted number of topics of (See Department of Pathology.) World major current interest in devel- This course will examine se- opmental biology. A series of guest Bio 517. General Immunology lected elements of modern agri- lecturers whose research is at the A general introduction to hu- culture and the relationships forefront of the area of interest moral and cellular immunity. among the food supply, popula- will be invited to the campus to Lectures and laboratory in the tion size and hunger. Lecture discuss their research activities first nine weeks of the fall se- topics will include: the N-cycle with the class. These guest lec- mester. Credit 2 units. (Davie and the use of fertilizer N: pests, tures will be supplemented by [Microbiology & Immunology]) pesticides and pest control; the extensive readings from the cur- Green Revolution, its advocates rent literature, lectures by local and its technical, social and eco- faculty and informal discussions. Bio 518 and Bio 519. Pathology nomic influences on population Students will be evaluated on the Research Seminar growth rates. Credit 2 units. basis of two research proposals Study of current and reported (Sexton [Biology]) they will prepare during the research in experimental pathol- semester. Credit 2 units. ogy. Credit 2 units. (Williamson Bio 484. Techniques in Field (Kirk [Biology]) [Pathology], Staff) Biology A survey of field and laboratory techniques as applied to specific problems in population biology. Emphasis on both theory and application. Credit 3 units. (Sexton [Biology]) Bio 501. Human Anatomy (See Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology.) Bio 502. General Physiology (See Department of Physiology and Biophysics.)

Bio 504. Environmental Pathology Lectures and siminars discussing the effect of modern industrial environment on man's health. The adaptability of man, his ability to manipulate his environment and the effects of these manipulations in regard to health and disease will be discussed. Topics include acute and chronic diseases associated with air and water pollution, waste disposal. 123 Bio 524. Radiation Biology Bio 526. Advanced Topics in the The action of ionizing radia- Physiology and Biophysics of tion at the biochemical, cellular, Cell Membranes tissue, and whole organism levels A seminar course devoted to will be discussed. A cellular ap- in-depth analysis of selected proach will be taken for a num- readings. Topics to be covered ber of topics such as the target include ionophorous antibiotics for lethality, the biological basis and artificial membranes; move- of radiation therapy, and radia- ments of salt and water across tion effects on specific tissues in organelle and cell membranes mammals. Credit 2 units. and epithelia; kinetics of carrier (Valierote [Cancer Biology]) mechanisms; and the chemistry and kinetics of the sodium pump. Credit 3 units. (Blaustein Bio 520. Methods in Experimental Bio 525. Fundamental Concepts [Physiology and Biophysics], Pathology in Cell Membrane Physiology De Weer) and Biophysics Discussions and demonstra- Bio 527. Reproductive A lecture course devoted to tion of routine and special micro- Endocrinology the theoretical principles under- scopic techniques (light, phase, This course will present current lying the physiological proper- fluorescent, transmission, and concepts of the molecular me- ties of biological membranes. scanning electron microscopy); chanisms of hormone action Topics to be covered include (1) other techniques (bio- and im- directly related to the endocrinol- a review of aqueous solution munoassay, various physiologic ogy of mammalian male and fe- thermodynamics, (2) properties correlates). Design of experi- male reproduction, including of electrolyte solutions, (3) diffu- ments using laboratory animals hypothalamic, pituitary, ovarian sion and osmosis, (4) electro- and autopsy specimens will be and testicular hormones. Con- diffusion, with applications to emphasized. Students will be sideration of the mechanism of membranes, (5) membrane po- expected to do a short research hormone action will be directed tentials and interfacial potentials, project of interest to them. Credit toward the function of mobile (6) kinetics and thermodynamics 2 units. (Hartroft [Pathology], and fixed receptors, second mes- of carrier-mediated transport. Grieder) sengers, nuclear acceptors and Credit 3 units. (De Weer translational processes. Credit 3 Bio 521. Cellular Aspects of the [Physiology and Biophysics], Blaustein) units. (Wiest [Biochemistry], Immune Response Staff) The mechanisms of regulation Bio 528. Cell Development in of immune responses by antigen, Animals and in Culture macrophages, T cells, B cells, and Lectures and student seminars their products will be discussed. on the fate of individual cell types The material covered will vary in animals and in cell culture. in emphasis from year to year and Principles of cell renewal exem- will stress critical analysis of the plified by exocrine and endocrine literature. Credit 2 units. pancreas and hemopoiesis. Gen- (Pierce [Pathology]) eral cell culture, including growth factors, hormonal factors, cyclic Bio 522. Immunogenetics nucleotide effects, and genetics Offered in spring semester only. of cultured cells. Programmed Lectures on selected examples of cell death discussed along with application of immunologic tech- the relation of differentiation to niques to detection of genetic cell division, the role of cell-cell variations in macromolecules interactions, and studies of tera- (blood groups, allotypes, lympho- tomas. Credit 3 units. cyte antigens), genetic dissection (D. Schlessinger of immune mechanisms (immune response genes immuno-deficien- [Microbiology & Immunology], Lieberman) cies), and genetics and immunology of transplantation and of Bio 529. Animal Virology neoplasia. Credit 2 units. A general introduction to bac- (Shreffler [Genetics]) terial, animal and human viruses. Lectures in the second nine weeks Bio 523. Microbial Physiology of the fall semester. Credit 1 and Genetics unit. (S. Schlesinger Molecular and cellular aspects [Microbiology and Immunology]) of microbial growth and reproduction. Lectures and laboratory Bio 530. Digital Computers for in the first nine weeks of the fall Laboratory Use semester. Credit l'unit. Methods of using small digital (D. Schlessinger computers with laboratory instru- 1 124 [Microbiology and Immunology]) ments. Basic programming, data Bio v and Biomedical Sciences brane structure as revealed by electron microscopy, X-ray analysis, etc.; physical properties of lipids and membrane proteins; model membranes and their applications; permeability and active transport in mammalian and bacterial systems; cell recognition, contact inhibition, and transformation; immunological characteristics of membranes. Credit 3 units. (Silbert [Biochemistry]) Bio 539. Molecular Biology of collection and conversion, data nucleolus turnover and proces- Animal Viruses processing, digital control, out- sing of RNA in the nucleus and Molecular biology of DNA and put techniques. Credit 3 units. cytoplasm, expression of the RNA animal viruses, with em- (Holmes [Biochemistry]) globin genes and genes induced phasis on viral replication and Bio 531. Advanced Biochemistry by steriod hormone teratomas, transformation in animal cell (See Department of Biological somatic cell genetics, nuclear culture. Credit 3 units. Chemistry.) cytoplasmic relationships, plas- (M. Schlesinger, S. Schlesinger mids and cloning of eukaryotic [Microbiology and Immunology]) Bio 532. Biochemistry of the genes in bacteria. Credit 3 units. Bio 540. Cell Surface Receptors Extracellular Matrix (Apirion Course will consist of discus- An in-depth survey of the [Microbiology and Immunology]) sion of cell surface components chemistry and metabolism of the Bio 535. Physical-Chemical which allow cells to interact principal components of the extra- Basis of Techniques in specifically with a variety of en- cellular matrix, principally col- Molecular Biology vironmental substances such as lagen, elastin and the glycosamino The following techniques will drugs, neurotransmitters, protein glycans. Chemical and physical be discussed from a physical- hormones, toxins and other cells. properties of these molecules will chemical viewpoint: sedimenta- This course will include a con- be discussed, as well as aspects tion, viscosity, electrophoresis, sideration of cell-cell interactions, of their biosynthesis and degrada- chromatography, radioactivity macromolecule receptors and tion. Emphasis will be placed on counting, electron microscopy, small molecule receptors. Credit the relationships between struc- spectrophotometry, X-ray dif- 2 units. tural features and metabolic fraction, nuclear magnetic res- (Needleman [Pharmacology], events involving these complex onance and electron spin reso- Bradshaw, Frazier) molecules and their physiologic nance. Credit 2 units. Bio 541. Molecular Biology of function: the maintenance of the (Thach [Biochemistry]) stable three-dimensional archi- Prokaryotes tecture of animal tissues. Credit About 15 hours of lecture fol- 2 units. (Jeffrey [Biochemistry]) Bio 536. Physical Chemistry of lowed by seminar presentations Macromolecules on selected topics by each stu- Bio 533. Pathogenic Microbiology Application of physical chem- dent. Growth, metabolism and A survey of the major genera istry to the study of proteins, genetics of the bacterial cell in- of pathogenic bacteria, fungi nucleic acids and other natural cluding transport mechanisms, and parasites. Lectures and lab- and synthetic polymers. The the regulation of gene expression oratory in the second nine weeks thermodynamics of macromo- and protein synthesis and the of the fall semester. Credit 2 units. lecular solutions and the use of molecular biology of virus in- (Simms [Microbiology osmotic pressure, light scattering, fection by virulent and temperate and Immunology]) viscosity, ultraccntrifugation, dif- bacteriophages. The conceptual fusion, and birefringence experi- and experimental bases for pres- Bio 534. Gene Expression and ments in the determination of ent knowledge, as well as major Differentiation in Eukaryotic the molecular structures of these problems to be solved, will be Cells substances. Credit 3 units. emphasized. Credit 2 units. Emphasis will be on nuclear (Holtzer [Chemistry]) (Kennell [Microbiology events which are relevant to gene and Immunology]) expression. Material covered will Bio 537. Protein Chemistry and include examples mainly from Enzyme Mechanisms Drosophila, mouse, chicken, and Protein chemistry; peptide syn- Bio 543. Molecular Biology of cells in tissue culture. We shall thesis; sequence analysis; develop- Bacterial Viruses cover the cell cycle, mitosis, mei- ment of enzyme kinetic theory, in- (See Department of Micro- osis, organization of chromatin cluding concepts of regulatory biology and Immunology.) and chromosomes, the content of enzymes. Credit 3 units. Bio 544. Mechanisms of Disease the nucleus, chromosomal pro- (Bradshaw [Biochemistry]) (Cancer) teins, nuclear RNA, polytenic Bio 538. Structure and Function This course embodies a multi- chromosomes, the transcription of Cell Membranes and Surfaces disciplinary approach to cancer. machinery, expression of rRNA Topics include contemporary Experimental results from basic genes in pro- and eukaryotes, cell membrane models; mem- research on tissue culture cells 125 Bio 553. Seminar in Cellular Basis Bio 558. Long-term Changes in of Behavior the Nervous System Weekly meetings will consider This course will cover those theoretical and experimental work interactions between excitable with neuronal networks. Empha- cells that take place over long sis will be placed on systems con- periods (days to months or more). trolling motor behavior. Credit Beginning with trophic interac- 2 units. (Stein [Biology]) tions between nerve and muscle cells, the extent to which the neuromuscular junction serves as Bio 554. Neural Sciences a model for neuronal interactions (See Departments of Anatomy will be explored. Finally, long- and Neurobiology and Physiology term changes in simple central and Biophysics.) nervous systems and in the visual and animal tumors will be corre- system of higher animals will be lated with clinical observations Bio 555. Neurological examined. Credit 2 units. on human cancer. Lectures will Pharmacology (Purves. [Physiology and contain some background ma- Basic neuropharmacology for Biophysics], Cowan. Daw. terial, but will be primarily de- graduate students. The course Pearlman) voted to explicating current covers the principles of general Bio 559. Nerve, Muscle and trends and ideas in research. Sub- pharmacology, drug metabolism, Synapse ject areas dealt with include and autonomic and neuromuscu- The ionic basis of the resting biochemical and regulatory lar pharmacology. Credit 3 units. and action potentials and the aspects of the cancer cell, causa- May be taken without laboratory mechanisms of synaptic trans- tive agents, host-tumor interac- for 2 units of credit. mission. Students will be expected tions, and modes of treatment of (Ferrendelli [Pharmacology], to present two to live one-hour human cancer. Credit 2 units. Staff) seminars based on assigned origi- (Thach [Biochemistry], Staff) nal papers. Credit 2 units. Bio 545. Conformational Analysis Bio 556. Biochemistry of the (Rovainen [Physiology and Structure of macromolecules. Nervous System Biophysics], Staff) Emphasis on CD, ORD, fluores- Topics covered include carbo- Bio 560. Pharmacology of the cence, ESR, NMR, fiber and hydrates; energy metabolism re- Nervous System single crystal X-ray analysis, lated to different functional states: Topics covered include bio- theoretical energy calculations. amino acid metabolism in relation chemistry of neurotransmitters, Credit 3 units. (Marshall to protein and transmitter synthe- mechanisms of neurotransmission. [Physiology and Biophysics]) sis; cerebral lipids, membranes, and mechanisms of action of lipid metabolism; cerebral blood Bio 546. Antibodies: Structure, neuroactive and psychoactive brain barrier. Credit 2 units. Function, and Formation agents. Credit 2 units. (See Department of Micro- (McDougal [Pharmacology], (McDougal [Pharmacology]. biology and Immunology.) Moore) Moore) Bio 548. Nucleic Acids and Protein Biosynthesis This course will cover fundamental aspects of the structure, biosynthesis and function of nucleic acids and the biosynthesis of proteins in eukaryotes, prokaryotes and their viruses. Emphasis will be placed on mechanisms involved in the biosyn- thetic processes and the regulation thereof. Special topics relevant to these processes will also be discussed. Credit 3 units. (Roeder [Biochemistry], Boime) Bio 551 and Bio 552. Topics in Neurobiology A weekly seminar series on selected topics of current interest in neurobiology, such as synaptic and neuromuscular transmission, plasticity in the nervous system, the structure and function of re- 1! ceptors, etc. No credit. (Cowan [Anatomy and Neurobiology], 126 Staff)

. Biol-. and Biomedical Sciences

Bio 561. Topics in Molecular Neurobiology The course will consist of lectures and seminars on selected areas in which the function of the nervous system is being studied at the molecular level. Among topics considered will be: behavior in simple organisms, continuous neuronal lines, intraxonal transport, transmitter receptors, transmitter biosynthesis, cell recognition, filamentous proteins of the nervous system. Credit 2 units. (D. Gottlieb [Anatomy and Neurobiology], Willard)

Bio 562. Neural Control of Posture and Movement Advanced seminar course. Part 1—Sensory and motor innervation of muscle. Spinal reflex growth, and development. Credit embryology, nomenclature, paly- organization. Part II Supraspinal 2 units. (Varner [Biology]) nology, phytogeography and control. Cerebral cortex, cere- Bio 574. Systematics and Ecology bibliography. Credit I unit. bellum, basal ganglia, brain stem. of Monocotyledoneae (Lewis [Biology]) Credit 2 units. The course will survey all mono- Bio 580. Seminar in Population Part I—(Hunt [Physiology and cotyledonous groups of plants Biology: Evolution Biophysics]) with systematic emphasis given This weekly seminar, covering Part II—(Thach [Anatomy and to the familial level. A review of topics in both population genetics Neurobiology]) modern evolutionary theories for and ecology, will be taken by the class Monocotyledoneae will graduate students in this program be presented. The course outline each semester. Research and lit- Bio 563 and Bio 564. Techniques will follow the system of Cronquist. erature reports will be given by in Neural Sciences Particular emphasis will be given staff, visitors and graduate stu- A laboratory course for first- to the families Cyperaceae, dents. Credit 2 or 3 units. year graduate students in the Gramineac. Bromeliaceae, Zingi- (Johnson [Biology], Raven, Neural Sciences program includ- beraceae, Marantaceae, Palmae, Staff) ing intracellular recordings from Cyclanthaceae, Araceae, Liliaceae muscle fibers; growth of nerve Bio 581. Seminar in Techniques and Iridaceae, for which instruc- tissue culture and electron micro- in Field Biology tors have a special interest. The scopy of it; recording of synaptic Planning and presentation of morphology systematics and potentials in crayfish muscle; techniques in selected areas of ecology of each family will be extracellular recording in lateral population biology. Credit 3 units. discussed, with special emphasis geniculate and visual cortex; (Sexton [Biology]) given to their phenological be- tracing of thalamo-cortical path- havior, pollination and fruit dis- Bio 590. Research ways by an autoradiographic persal biology when sufficient Credit to be arranged. (Staff) technique; and biochemical analy- information is available. Credit sis of proteins transported down 2 units. (Gentry [Biology]) an axon. (Jones [Anatomy and Neurobiology]. Staff) Bio 575. Advanced Studies in Bio 572. Seminar in Plant Biology: Plant Systematics Note—The number preceding the Plant Biochemistry Seminars in specific topics in- course title indicates that the Discussion of current research cluding anatomy, chemotaxon- course carries credit in the Grad- and concepts of morphogenesis. omy, cytology, ecotaxonomy. uate School of Arts and Sciences. 127 m

PROGRAM IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

This course of graduate study is designed to provide education and training for students wishing to apply principles of modern engineering and mathematics to theoretical and practical problems in biology and medicine. Students and faculty of both the School of Engineering and Applied Science and the School of Medicine participate in the program. Every student seeking an advanced degree in engineering must be admitted to one of the participating departments of the Sever Institute of Technology, the graduate division of the School of En- gineering and Applied Science. The program permits the student to earn a certificate in biomedical engineering or health care technology in addition to the M.S. or D.Sc. degree in a chosen engineering field. Professor and Chairman of Students not candidates for a degree are welcome to take courses Executive Committee as electives. Robert E. Sparks Graduate study plans are tailored to the individual's needs and Professors interests, and provide essential background in the related areas of life and medical sciences. Students with diverse undergraduate back- Saul Boyarsky grounds may be admitted provided they have adequate preparation W. Maxwell Cowan and experience in mathematics and the physical sciences. Areas of Jerome R. Cox, Jr. , specialization include sensory communications, electrocardiography. Philip L. Gould flow and diffusion in biological systems, electrobiology, technology in Robert M. Hochmuth health care, biomedical statistics, modeling of biological systems, engineering of artificial organs, drug concentration control, urody- Charles E. Molnar namics, and applications of advanced computer techniques to biology William F. Pickard and medicine. Research facilities available to the program are located Salvatore P. Sutera in the School of Engineering and Applied Science, the School of Medi- Michel M. Ter-Pogossian cine, and the Washington University Computer Laboratories. The Curt Thies faculty includes representatives from the Biomedical Computer Laboratory, the Departments of Biological Chemistry, Physiology Donald F. Wann and Biophysics, Preventive Medicine and Public Health, Radiology. Reimut Wette Surgery, and Anatomy and Neurobiology in the School of Medicine; and the Departments of Computer Science, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Associate Professors and Mechanical Engineering, and Systems Science and Mathematics R. Martin Arthur in the School of Engineering and Applied Science. Richard E. Clark Complete course listings and information about application and William F. Holmes degree requirements may be found in the Bulletin of the School of Marcus E. Raichle Engineering and Applied Science. Lewis J. Thomas, Jr. Donald Walkup Biomedical Engineering course BMed 611. Clinical Engineering George I. Zahalak offerings: Practicum II EE 481. Foundations of (For Technology in Health Care Research Associate Professor Bioengineering students only.) Peregrina Labay EE 490. Biomedical BMed 612. Clinical Engineering Measurements and Practicum III Assistant Professors Instrumentation (For Technology in Health Care Stuart Boxerman BMed 545. Hospital Electrical students only.) John W. Lewis Systems and Instrumentation BMed 651. Science of Synthetic Michael L. McCartney and Biological Polymers BMed 547. Biological Mass and BMed 660. Biomedical Senior Research Associate Momentum Transfer Applications of Small Digital Norbert S. Mason BMed 549. Engineering Aspects of Health Care Delivery Computers BMed 675. Mathematical Research Associate BMed 560. Biomechanics Methods in Physiology Kenneth B. Larson BMed 573. Electrobiology BMed 576. Sensory For additional related courses, Communications see Biomedical Computer Labora- BMed 600. Research for tory in this Bulletin and the Doctoral Dissertation Bulletin of the School of Engineer- BMed 610. Clinical Engineering ing and Applied Science. Practicum I (For Technology in Health Care 128 students only.)

. Allied Health Professions

Programs are conducted by the School of Medicine in health care administration, occupational therapy, physical therapy, radiologic technology, and pediatric nursing practice. All courses are approved by the American Medical Association of other certifying agencies, and graduates qualify for certifying examinations. For further information, write to the director or educational director listed under the particular program, 660 South Euclid Avenue, St. Louis, Missouri 63110. Associate Professor and Director James 0. Hepner, B.A., University HEALTH ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING of Iowa, 1955; M.H.A., Washington PROGRAM University, 1959; Ph.D., University The Philosophy of Iowa, 1964. The faculty of the Health Administration and Planning Program of Washington University believes that administrative personnel in Associate Professor and health organizations require not only a solid foundation in manage- Deputy Director ment but also in understanding of those aspects of finance, regulation, and planning unique to the health care field. Additionally, since its Donald J. Horsh, B.S.B.A., University inception in 1946, the Program has acted on the premise that health of Nebraska, 1941; M.H.A., administration students would benefit from exposure to the environ- Washington University, 1951; J.D., ment in which they will ultimately be involved. To this end the St. Louis University. 1953. Program has maintained an organizational structure consisting of a core faculty located within the School of Medicine, augmented Associate Professor by faculty from other schools and departments within the University, David A. Gee, B.A., DePauw as well as affiliated institutions and agencies. This multidisciplinary University, 1949; M.H.A.. approach enables the student to acquire not only specific manage- Washington University, 1951. ment skills but an understanding of the many complexities unique to the health care sector. Assistant Professors Curriculum and Sequence of Study Stuart B. Boxerman, B.S.E.E., Required courses constitute 65 percent of the course sequence Washington University, 1963; for the Master of Health Administration degree offering vital ex- M.S.E.E., 1965; D.Sc, 1970. posure to the generic knowledge in the health administration and Mary Jane Budenstein, B.A., planning area. In addition to the elective courses available within University of Montevallo, 1973; the Health Administration and Planning Program (HAPP), students M.A., Washington University, 1975; may take up to 15 semester hours of graduate work in other units of Ph.D., 1977. Washington University. The HAPP student's faculty adviser must Virginia D. Hennelly, B.S., Maryville approve the selection of courses and is responsible for the balance of College, 1966; M.H.A., Washington the generalist/specialist viewpoints in the student's curriculum. University, 1971; Ph.D., 1977. The student's previous academic work, employment experience, and ultimate performance goals enter into the individual's personalized Roberts. Woodward, B.A., Haverford curriculum. College, 1965; Ph.D., Washington As a means of furthering interdisciplinary study, up to fifteen University, 1972. semester hours of HAPP courses are open to interested graduate ! —- Assistant Professors (Adjunct) Ted Bowen, B.S., Austin College, 1941; M.H.A., Washington University, 1948. James A. Canedy, B.A., Hastings College, 1950; M.H.A., Washington University, 1952. Donald W. Cordes, A.B., Hope College, 1940; M.A., University of Michigan, 1941. Robert E. Frank, B.S., St. Louis University, 1950; M.A., 1962. Frank S. Groner, A.B., Baylor University, 1934; LL.D., East Texas Baptist College, 1946; Union University, 1952; Baylor University, 1969. 129 students from other areas of Washington University. There is also a joint M.H.A.-J.D. degree between the Health Administration and Planning Program and the School of Law. In addition, there are joint degrees that are under discussion and development between the Health Administration and Planning Program and the graduate schools of Business, Technology in Health Care and Social Work. The sequence of study requires two years, each consisting of a fall and spring semester. There is an option of completing an independent study during the summer between the first and second year. Upon completion of the four semesters, or a total of 60 units which includes the required thesis, the student will receive a Master of Health Administration (M.H.A.) degree conferred by Washington University. The Statute of Limitations is five years from the date of matriculation to complete all requirements for the M.H.A. degree. James D. Harvey, B.A., University Contingent upon graduation the student has the option of pursuing of South Dakota, 1950; M.H.A., a 12-month postgraduate administrative residency. A certificate will University of Minnesota, 1952. be awarded by Washington University School of Medicine and the Robert J. Hickok, B.S., Washington affiliated residency organization upon completion of the residency. University, 1953; M.H.A., 1971. (See Program in Physical Therapy.) Administrative Residency David H. Hitt, B.S., University of The twelve-month optional postgraduate administrative residency Alabama, 1949; M.Sc, 1950; M.H.A., will be served in a hospital, health agency, or health organization University of Minnesota, 1952. which has been recommended and approved by the full-time faculty. This option is available only to those persons who have the M.H.A. Roy C. House, A.B., Evansville degree conferred upon them by Washington University. The purpose College, 1939; M.S.H.A., Northwestern of the residency is to provide the graduate with an opportunity to University, 1949. observe and practice those concepts and principles learned during the didactic on-campus exposure. The administrative residency is Linn B. Perkins, A.B., Amherst most strongly recommended, as this postgraduate clinical exposure College, 1949; M.H.A., Washington is deemed necessary for adequate professional career preparation. University, 1951. The residency is completed under the direction of a well-qualified Boone Powell, LL.D., Baylor and experienced hospital administrator who is given an annual University, 1958. adjunct faculty appointment at Washington University School of Medicine. Mary Roch Rocklage, B.S., St. The full-time faculty maintains close liaison with the adminis- Xavier College, 1961; M.H.A., St. trative resident and the preceptor. An educational plan which out- Louis University, 1963. lines the resident's activities for the coming year must be filed by the Robert F. Scates, B.A., Baylor preceptor. The preceptor also sends two evaluation reports to the University, 1939. Director of the HAPP and shares the responsibility for recommending awarding of the certificate by Washington University School of Glenn N. Scott, B.A., Oklahoma Medicine and the residency site organization. Baptist University, 1956; M.H.A., Within available resources an on-campus faculty member visits Washington University, 1962. the residency site to meet with the preceptor and resident. The HAPP Gail L. Warden, A.B., Dartmouth also sponsors an annual preceptors conference at Washington College, 1960; M.H.A., University University. Interaction of these site and campus visits enables joint of Michigan. 1962. review of the resident's progress, as well as evaluation and refinement of the administrative residency experience. Instructors (A djunct) Admission Requirements Donald H. Ayers, B.S., Muskingum Washington University's Health Administration and Planning College, 1962; M.H.A., George Program is committed to nondiscriminatory practices in selection of Washington University, 1965. applicants regarding race, sex, age, religion, or national origin. The Richard W. Brown, B.A., Philips faculty and staff are affirmatively committed to recruiting, en- University, 1968: M.H.A., Washington rolling, and educating students from minority groups who have the University, 1970. potential for graduate study. L. Gerald Bryant, B.B.A., University A minimum of a bachelor's degree from an accredited university of Oklahoma, 1964; M.H.A., or college acceptable to Washington University School of Medicine Washington University, 1968. is required, as is completion of the Graduate Record Examination Henry J. Buhrmann, B.S., Loyola (Aptitude Test), the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Manage- University, 1964; M.H.A., Washington ment Aptitude Test. No specific undergraduate major field of stud} University, 1970. is required for admission into the Program; however, introductory courses to accounting, economics, statistics (or their equivalents), Sarah G. Burtram, B.A., Dominican and mathematics through college algebra are very strongl College, 1970; M.H.A.. Washington recommended. University, 1972. Tuition per semester, effective 1977 $2,20!! Howard M. Chase, B.S., Lewis and (Four semesters $8800 Clark College, 1959; M.H.A., Books and supplies (per semester) $80-100 1.10 University of Minnesota, 1966. Application fee (nonrefundable) [[ ,, $15 ■ Health Administration and Planning

Arthurline Clingman, B.S., University Dunne T. Houtz, B.A., University of Bryan A. Rogers, B.A., University of of Houston, 1957; M.H.A., Washington Kansas, 1955; M.H.A.. Washington Akron, 1949; M.H.A., Washington University 1959. University, 1960. University, 1954. Dan L. Dearen, B.S., Texas Mabel P. Howell, B.Ed., Southern Mark R. Russell, B.S., Marquette Technological University. 1958; Illinois University, 1941; M.H.A., University, 1971; M.H.A., Washington M.A.. Arizona State University, Washington University, 1966. University, 1973. 1962; Ed.D., 1968. James B. Humphreys, B.A., Charles B. Stearns, B.S., Northwestern Paul F. Detrick, B.A., Kansas State Westminster College, 1963; University, 1960; M.H.A., Teachers College, 1949; M.H.A., M.S.H.A., Trinity University, 1969. Washington University, 1962. Northwestern University, 1951. Jeffrey J. Lefko, B.S., University of Gerald C. Slewart, B. Comm., Charles M. Edwards, B.S., Central Nebraska, 1967; M.H.A., University of Saskatchewan, 1948; Missouri State University. 1952; Washington University, 1969. Diploma in Hospital Administration, M.H.A., Washington University, 1956. Joseph B. Mackey, A.B.. University University of Toronto, 1949. Ivan L. Fawley, B.S., Northwestern of Missouri, 1951; M.H.A., St. Louis Richard C. Suchenski, B.S., Fordham University, 1954; M.H.A., 1956. University, 1954. University, 1953; M.H.A., Virginia Robert D. Finncy, B.S., University Joseph C. Mackney Commonwealth University, 1961. of Utah, 1962; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Richard H. Malone, B.S., Louisiana James H. Sullivan, B.A., Michigan 1969; M.S.W., Washington State University, 1950; M.H.A., State University, 1950; M.H.A., University, 1971. University of Chicago, 1958. University of Michigan, 1957. Thomas W. Fourqurean, B.B.A., Edgar O. Mansfield, B.S., Hugh R. Vickerstaff, B.S., Iowa Texas College of Arts and Industries, Northwestern University, 1950; State College, 1949; M.H.A., Washington University, 1951. 1939; M.B.A., University of Chicago, M.H.A., 1952, Ph.D., Ohio Northern 1949. University, 1956. Thomas C. Winston, B.S.. Memphis Aladino A. Gavazzi, B.S., Columbia Charles Mason, Jr., B.S., Washington State University, 1965; M.H.A., Washington University, 1967. University, 1953; M.S.H.A., 1955. University, 1963; M.H.A., 1965. Alvin W. Washington, B.S., Lincoln Larry L. Mathis, B.S., Kansas State Phillip H. Goodwin, B.A., Hendrix University, 1950; M.S., Ohio State College, 1965; M.H.A., Washington College; 1943; M.H.A., Washington University, 1958; M.S., George University, 1972. University, 1968. Washington University, 1969. Beverly B. Monical, B.S.. Washington Paul H. Wunderlich, B.A., Valparaiso H. Richard Grisham, B.S., University University, 1960; M.H.A., 1972. University, 1962; M.H.A., Washington of Oklahoma, 1968; M.H.A., Stephen M. Morris, B.S., South- University, 1967. Washington University, 1974. western University, 1952; M.H.A., Jack A. L. Harm, B.A., Evansville Washington University, 1954. College, 1943; M.H.A., Northwestern Lecturers University, 1948; LL.D., Evansville Donald D. Nesbit, B.S., University Harold Hinderer, B.A., College of College, 1958. of California, 1947. St. Thomas, 1952. Elwood A. Opstad, B.S., State Thomas J. Hartford, Jr., B.A., Merlin E. Lickhalter, B.A.. University of Iowa, 1947; M.H.A., George Washington University, Massachusetts Institute of Washington University, 1949. 1950; M.H.A., Washington University, Technology, 1957. 1958. David S. Ramsey, B.S., University Henry Mandro, B.S., Temple Howard L. Hays, B.S., University of of Michigan, 1953; M.S., 1954; University, 1960. Omaha, 1957; M.H.A., Washington M.H.A., 1962. Harry E. Panhorst, B.S., University University, 1959. of Missouri, 1938; M.H.A., Benjamin F. Holland, B.S., Howard John M. Rayburn, B.S., University Washington University, 1949. University, 1953; M.H.A., Washington of Tennessee, 1962, M.B.A., Memphis Kenneth W. Peters, B.A., Luther University, 1971. State University, 1972; M.H.A., College, 1950; M.H.A., Baylor Washington University, 1973. University, 1958. William Hope, B.S., University of Tennessee, 1960; M.S., 1962; M.P.H., J. Larry Read, B.S., Lamar University, Colin C. Rorrie, Jr., B.A., Beloit Johns Hopkins University, 1968; 1968; M.H.A., Washington College, 1964; M.A., University of Sc.D., 1971. University, 1974. Iowa, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 131 PROGRAM IN PHYSICAL THERAPY ' The program of instruction in physical therapy in the School of Medicine consists of the junior and senior years of a four-year college curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. Students entering this program must have satisfactorily completed sixty semester hours in an accredited college or university. Required are courses in English, psychology, biology, physics, chemistry, and social sciences. The program includes courses in the basic medical sciences, medical and surgical lectures as applied to the practice of physical therapy, theory and application of physical therapy procedures, and a minimum of 800 hours of clinical experience. The aim of the program is the development of competent physical Assistant Professor and therapists whose broad cultural backgrounds and thorough professional Acting Director training prepare them to accept appropriate responsibilities in the Isabelle M. Bohman, B.S.. Skidmore comprehensive care program of modern medicine. College, 1951; M.S., University of Tuition (three semesters), per semester $2,125 Illinois, 1954. Tuition, final clinical semester 1,425 Assistant Professors Further information may be secured by direct correspondence Lorraine F. Lake, B.S., Washington with the Program in Physical Therapy, Box 8083, 660 South Euclid University, 1950; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., Avenue, St. Louis, Missouri 63110. 1962. (See Departments of Anatomy and Neurobiology and Preventive Medicine and Public Health, and Irene Walter Johnson Institute of Rehabilitation.) Barbara Nash, B.S.. Washington University, 1950; M.Ed., University of Florida, 1973. Instructors Robert J. Hiekok, B.S., Washington University, 1953; M.H.A., 1971. (See Administration and Program in Health Care Administration.) Elizabeth J. Walker, B.P.T., McGill University, 1971.

Instructors (Clinical) Susan A. Bourque Deborah J. Clemens Carole L. Coleman Rhonda L. Daniel Patricia ML Ellis Elvera C. Guebert Kathryn M. Halbrook Carolyn Halstcad Sandra G. Heimerl Nancy Hodel Helen M. Holzum Kathleen M. Keller Sandra A. Lake Judith L. Ligman Sean E. Maloney Linda L. Muller Richard F. Roettger David A. Rohe Suzanne B. Rutledge Mary A. Smith George E. Soper Maureen P. Wulf 132 Edith K. Youens Oc ational Therapy PROGRAM IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY The efforts of the Program in Occupational Therapy are directed toward providing students with a thorough background in occupational therapy in preparation as practitioners in a rapidly developing field. The primary focus of occupational therapy is the development of adaptive skills and improved performance, not only in the realm of working for a living but also in tasks and activities concerned with leisure, daily living, and avocations. It follows that the occupational therapist must be concerned with external and environmental barriers as well as biological or psychological problems which inhibit occupational performance. The therapist must be equally alert to factors which enhance performance. Within this context of concerns, occupational therapists work with individuals whose abilities to cope with tasks of living are threatened Professor and Elias Michael Director or impaired by such problems as the aging process, physical illness or Jerry A. Johnson, B.S.O.T., Texas injury, psychological and/or social disability, chronic conditions, pov- Woman's University, 1953; MB.A., erty and cultural differences, or deficits in perceptual-sensory-motor Harvard University, 1961; Ed.D., control or in cognitive, emotional, or social development. Boston University, 1970.

Undergraduate Program Assistant Professor and Associate Director The curriculum consists of the junior and senior years of a four- Ellen T. Tyson, B.S., Syracuse year baccalaureate degree program. Applicants for transfer must University, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ctf. present a minimum of sixty semester hours (including required pre- in O.T., University of Pennsylvania requisites) from an accredited college or university. Students wishing 1952. to enroll at Washington University may enter the program as freshmen. Upon completion of four academic semesters at the School of Assistant Professors Medicine, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy is conferred. Six months of supervised field work experience is required Reba L. Anderson, B.S.O.T., following graduation. Richmond Professional Institute, 1959; M.A., University of Florida, Tuition, per semester $2,125 1970; Ph.D., 1976. Fee, field work experience 500 Ruthan B. Kannegieter, A.B., For further information, contact the Office of Admissions, University of California, 1950; Ctf. Washington University, Lindell and Skinker Boulevards, St. Louis, in O.T., U.S. Army School of Missouri 63130, or the Program in Occupational Therapy, 4567 Scott Occupational Therapy, 1954; M.A., Avenue, St. Louis, Missouri 63110. Phone: (314) 454-2564. San Francisco State University, 1958; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1968. Graduate Program Garth D. Tubbs, B.S.. Wisconsin The Graduate Program in Occupational Therapy prepares stu- State College, 1953; Ctf. in O.T., dents to become clinical specialists, researchers or educators in one of Washington University, 1955. the major areas of current practice: Sensori-motor Integration, Psy- chiatry or Physical Dysfunction. By selectively ordering their studies, Instructors students may orient their specialization toward service delivery in Harry G. Baum, B.S., University of community, medical or educational settings. Kansas, 1967; M.S., 1973. M. Carolyn Baum, B.S., University Curriculum of Kansas, 1966. (See Department of Preventive Medicine and Public All candidates for the Master of Science degree complete a core Health and Irene Walter Johnson program consisting of advanced courses and seminars in occupational Institute of Rehabilitation.) therapy theory; clinical, research and teaching practica; research procedures; tests and measurements; and strategies of scientific Mary L. Rath, B.S.O.T., Tufts practice. Students' interests and needs determine the selection of University, 1969; M.S., University of electives to complement core courses and to create individual pro- Hartford, 1972. grams of study leading to clinical specialization. Occupational Therapy Dixie M. Sleight, B.S., University students have access to the extensive resources of the medical school, of Kansas, 1959; M.A.T., Webster the patients and clinics of the University hospitals and to the resources College, 1977. of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences located on the Lindell Diane E. Ward, B.S.O.T., Kansas and Skinker campus. Electives applicable to area specialization may University, 1972; M.Ed., University include courses offered throughout Washington University. All stu- of Missouri, 1976. dents are required to submit and defend a research thesis in their area of concentration. Students without professional certification must complete basic Instructors (Clinical) courses in occupational therapy and biological sciences before begin- Mercedes Abella ning the graduate core-course sequence. These students must also Evelyn Bloch complete six months of clinical internship in preparation for the na- Theresa C. Burmeister tional certification examination. 133 '

Marilyn K. Dicn Kathleen H. Garrity Barbara Giambalvo Barbara N. Goldsmith La Verne W. Grady Michelle Isserman Kathleen M. Kniepmann Nelwyn P. Longfield Susan Lowrey-Flaherty Bettie Lumpkin Patricia J. Melechen Mary K. Murphy Els Nieuwenhuijsen Jo Anne Powers Carla Schnewerk Ruth K. Schwartz The program of study normally requires four academic semesters Joanne Silhavy for completion. Students without professional certification may expect Mary Brendon Smith their course of study to require an additional calendar year. Marlene R. Swan Admission Sallie Taylor Persons with a baccalaureate degree, evidence of a strong aca- Martha Van Sweden demic record and satisfactory Graduate Record Examination scores Jane VendeBogert are encouraged to apply. Marion S. Warack Tuition, per semester $2,200 Janet Williamson Administrative fee for scheduling clinical internships for students without professional certification 250 Lecturer For further information, contact the Graduate Program in Susan M. Kusama, B.S.O.T.. Occupational Therapy, 4567 Scott Avenue, St. Louis, Missouri 63110. Washington University. 1965. Phone: (314)454-2933.

ST. LOUIS INTERINSTITLJTIONAL PHYSICIAN'S ASSISTANT PROGRAM Washington University, in conjunction with St. Louis University and the St. Louis Veterans Administration Hospital, participates in the St. Louis Interinstitutional Physician's Assistant Program administered through the St. Louis University School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions. This A.M.A.-accredited 24-month program consists of three phases: basic sciences, clinical inpatient and outpatient rotations, and a twenty-week community preceptorship Students are trained to collect historical and physical data and to perform various diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. The goal is to produce individuals capable of assisting the primary care physician and extending the effectiveness of his/her medical practice. For application forms and further information, contact: Director Physician's Assistant Program 1504 South Grand Boulevard 134 St. Louis, Missouri 63104 N, Anesthesia PROGRAM IN NURSE ANESTHESIA Barnes Hospital School of Nurse Anesthesia, established in 1929, offers an accredited two-year program to registered nurses. Applicants for admission must have graduated from an accredited nursing school in which they have maintained an outstanding academic and clinical performance. The purpose of the Program is to provide a correlated academic and clinical background to enable the student to administer anesthesia with competence and confidence. Approximately 400 didactic hours are presented to the students in anatomy, physiology, chemistry, physics, anesthestic agents, and all subjects related to the field of anesthesia. Approximately 850 anes- thestics are administered by each student under supervision. Clinical experience is received in all types of anesthetic techniques. Director After graduation, the student is required to take the National Helen A. Ogle, R.N., C.R.N.A., Qualifying Examination of the American Association of Nurse Anes- B.A.. Barnes Hospital School of thetists. Upon successful completion of this examination, the student Anesthesia, 1962. becomes a Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist (C.R.N.A.). Educational Director Tuition (for entire 24-month program) $200 Louise S. Grove, R.N., C.R.N.A., Stipend and maintenance B.A., Barnes Hospital School of First year (per month) 325 Anesthesia, 1962. Second year (per month) 385 Clinical Instructors Robert Ayres, R.N., C.R.N.A., B.A. Ann Bailey, R.N., C.R.N.A. PEDIATRIC NURSE PRACTITIONER PROGRAM June Crafton, R.N., C.R.N.A. James D. Cuddeford, R.N., C.R.N.A., The School of Medicine through the Department of Pediatrics B.A. and the Division of Health Care Research offers a program for pre- Margaret Eilerman, R.N., C.R.N.A. paring Pediatric Nurse Practitioners in collaboration with the De- partment of Nursing of Maryville College. In addition to providing Donald Flacke, R.N., C.R.N.A. certification, the Program provides the opportunity to obtain aca- Norman Hampton, R.N., C.R.N.A., demic credit through Maryville College toward a baccalaureate B.A. degree in nursing. Florence Hess, R.N., C.R.N.A. The Program was developed to help meet the challenge of needed Patricia Klump, R.N., C.R.N.A. health services in the pediatric community by preparing registered Beverly Krause, R.N., C.R.N.A., B.A. nurses to deliver primary pediatric health care. The Pediatric Nurse Practitioner (PNP) is a registered nurse Evelyn Maylath, C.R.N.A. whose special training enables her to play a larger role in pediatric Timothy Piontek, R.N., C.R.N.A. health care. She obtains histories, performs physical examinations, Germaine Rheaume, R.N., C.R.N.A., and appraises physical, psychological, and intellectual growth and B.S. development. The pediatric nurse practitioner is competent to counsel LaVerne J. Will, R.N., C.R.N.A. families in matters concerning nutrition, accident prevention, and Carmen Wright, R.N., C.R.N.A. child-rearing. With the physician, she participates in the management of acute and chronic illnesses. The Program curriculum covers a nine-month period divided into a sixteen-week didactic portion followed by a seventeen-week practicum. The practicum may be obtained through the facilities of the program or, by special arrangement, at the site of future employment for those nurses who are sponsored by an employer or agency guaranteeing an appropriate position upon the completion of the Program. The instruction is centered at the St. Louis Children's Hospital and the Division of Health Care Research. Supervised clinical practice is scheduled in a variety of settings, including public health clinics, neighborhood health centers, and private pediatricians' offices. Instruction is shared by medical and nursing faculty of Maryville College. Applicants must be registered nurses with at least one year of nursing experience, preferably in pediatric nursing or public health nursing. On completion of the Program, the PNP is qualified to serve wherever pediatric services are needed. The Program has been accredited by the American Nurses Association, and complies with the guidelines for such programs as proposed by the American Academy of Pediatrics and the American Nurses Association.

Tuition $2,625.00 [35 PROGRAMS IN RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

The Department of Radiology, which has its headquarters in the Edward Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology, offers a basic course in X-ray technology and two one-year postgraduate courses. Each course leads to a certificate awarded by the Washington University School of Medicine, Department of Radiology.

X-ray Technology This two-year program is approved by the American Society of Radiologic Technologists, the American College of Radiology, the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology, the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical As- Radiologic Technology sociation, and the Veterans Administration. It includes the following Lecturer and Educational Director courses: radiation protection, professional ethics, anatomy and Armand Diaz, R.N., R.T., Havana physiology, nursing procedures, radiation physics, medical ter- University School of Medicine, 1948. minology, survey of medical and surgical diseases, radiographic (See Department of Radiology.) positioning, darkroom processing procedures, radiation therapy, radiation biology, nuclear medicine, special procedure radiography, room design and selection of equipment, and introduction to business administration and personnel management. Course work totals approximately 600 hours. During the first six months, a student is on probation. Upon satisfactory completion of this work, he will be paid a monthly stipend of $50 for the next six months. This stipend increases to $75 for the third six months and $100 for the last six months. During the twenty- four months, the student is assigned tours of duty in various diagnostic and therapeutic areas for practical experience, amounting to a total of 30 contact hours a week.

Candidates for admission must be graduates of an accredited secondary school and should rank in the upper third of their class. Special consideration is given to graduates of schools of nursing that are recognized by the State Board of Nurse Examiners and to students who have passed a college entrance examination. A one-year postgraduate course is offered in the fields of therapy and nuclear medicine.

Nuclear Medicine Technology

This course covers twelve consecutive months, divided between didactic course material (319 hours) and practical experience. The student receives a monthly stipend of $300. Candidates for admission must be registered technologists (A.R.R.T.) or registered nurses with two years of college or with a baccalaureate degree. Medical technologists or persons having a B.S. degree with a major in biology, chemistry, or physics may also be considered if they have completed basic courses in human anatomy and physiology of at least 60 class hours.

Graduate Course in Radiation Therapy Technology

The Division of Radiation Oncology offers a twelve-month postgraduate course in radiation therapy technology. This course consists of 260 hours of didactic material plus extensive practical experience and training in the clinical application and dosimetry procedures of radiation therapy. Approximately 1,400 new patients are treated each year. The equipment includes a 35 MeV linear accelerator, a 4 MeV linear accelerator, a 25 MeV betatron, a cobalt unit, and a superficial ortho-voltage machine. Students obtain experience on each of the therapy machines, as well as in the dosimetry and treatment planning area, and in nursing procedures. Two on-site computer are used for dosimetry and treatment planning computations. Ii addition, a simulator is available for treatment planning and the U<> students are assigned to this area for a portion of their training. R:: 4ogic Technology

137 Administration

The Board of Trustees John M. Olin Officers of the School of Medicine Maurice R. Chambers Spencer T. Olin William H. Danforth, A.B., M.D. Chairman George E. Pake Chancellor George H. Capps Kendall Perkins Merle Kling, Ph.D. Vice Chairman Samuel C. Sachs Provost W. L. Hadley Griffin Edward J. Schnuck Samuel B. Guze, M.D. Vice Chairman Vice Chancellor for Warren McK. Shapleigh Edwin S. Jones Medical Affairs Vice Chairman Robert B. Smith M. Kenton King, B.A., M.D. Merl M. Huntsinger Armand C. Stalnaker Dean Treasurer and Secretary Beulah S. Stamper John C. Herweg, B.S., M.D. Elliot H. Stein Associate Dean William M. Akin William K. Y. Tao Elmer B. Brown, Jr., A.B., M.D. Zane E. Barnes Associate Dean for Continuing Harold E Thayer August A. Busch III Medical Education Charles A. Thomas Robert J. Hickok, B.S., M.H.A. Clark M. Clifford William H. Webster Assistant Vice Chancellor for Sam B. Cook Richard K. Weil Medical Affairs William H. Danforth Raymond H. Wittcoff Robert Lee, M.Ed. Frederick L. Deming Assistant Dean for Minority Darryl R. Francis Student Affairs Paul A. Freund Hugh Morrison, B.S. Officers of the University Associate Dean and H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr. Administration Chief Financial Officer and John W. Hanley Associate Vice Chancellor for W. Alfred Hayes William H. Danforth, A.B., M.D. Medical Affairs Chancellor John H. Hayward Mabel L. Purkerson, A.B., M.D. Assistant Dean for Curriculum James Lee Johnson, Jr. Merle Kling, Ph.D. Provost George E. Kassabaum John L. Schultz, B.S., B.S.Ed., Charles F. Knight John H. Biggs, A.B. M.S., Ed.S., Ph.D. Vice Chancellor for Assistant Dean in Academic John H. Knowles Financial Affairs Administration, Registrar, and Donald E. Lasater Secretary to the Executive Faculty Gladys W. Levis Samuel B. Guze, M.D. Vice Chancellor for Morton E. Smith, B.S., M.D. David S. Lewis Medical Affairs Assistant Dean Lee M. Liberman John D. Vavra, B.A., M.D. Herbert F Hitzeman, B.F.A. Charles Lipton Assistant Dean for Post-Graduaw Vice Chancellor for Training John F Lynch University Relations John F. Walters, B.A., M.A. John P. MacCarthy David S. Luecke, Ph.D. Assistant Dean for Student Affairs Morton D. May Vice Chancellor for Estelle Brodman, Ph.D. John F. McDonnell University Services Librarian of the School of Medicine Sanford N. McDonnell Leon A. Gottfried, Ph.D. Theodore D. McNeal Dean of the Faculty of Mary L. Parker, B.S., M.S., M.f Director of University Health Robert H. McRoberts Arts and Sciences Services Stanley R. Miller Merl M. Huntsinger, B.S.B.A. John L. Midkiff, B.S.B.A. 138 1. E. Millstone Treasurer and Secretary Business Manager Virginia V. Weldon, A.B., M.D. The Board of Directors Assistant Vice Chancellor for Charles A. Thomas Medical Affairs Chairman Georgana P. Buehler, A.B. Harold E. Thayer Associate Registrar Vice Chairman Muriel L. Koch Samuel B. Guze Administrative Assistant to President the Dean M. Kenton King Dorothy T. Rinderer Vice President Administrative Assistant to the Lee M. Liberman Vice Chancellor Secretary Thomas Kenton, Jr. THE MEDICAL CENTER Treasurer The Washington University W. Maxwell Cowan Medical Center comprises six William H. Danforth institutions. They are: Barnard John L. Davidson, Jr. Free Skin and Cancer Hospital. Barnes Hospital, Central Institute William L. Edwards for the Deaf, Jewish Hospital of Edward B. Greensfelder St. Louis, St. Louis Children's Richard S. Jones Hospital, and the Washington University School of Medicine. Raymond E. Rowland Edward J. Schnuck Ethan A. H. Shepley. Jr. Raymond H. Wittcolf

139 ■ Officers and Committees of the Faculty

EXECUTIVE FACULTY FACULTY COUNCIL STANDING COMMITTEES' William H. Danforth The faculty Council consists of Committee on Student Chancellor all full-time members of the faculty Financial Aid with the rank of professor, associ- Merle Kling John C. Herweg ate professor, assistant professor, Provost Chairman and those instructors who have M. Kenton King been on the faculty for at least Sven G. Eliasson Dean three years. The officers and ex- Robert Lee Samuel B. Guze ecutive committee are: John L. Schultz Vice Chancellor for John F. Walters Medical Affairs James P. Keating 1 Walter C. Bauer Chairman Committee on Academic Review and Promotions I Bernard Becker : Penelope G. Shackleford Selected faculty members Leonard Berg Vice Chairman Committee on Academic Review W. Maxwell Cowan Estelle Brodman and Promotions II Joseph M. Davie Secretary Selected faculty members Philip R. Dodge Ernest Simms Committee on Academic Review Ronald G. Evens Preclinical Representative to the and Promotions III William R. Fair Executive Committee of the Selected faculty members Luis Glaser Faculty Council Committee on Admissions Sidney Goldring Barbara R. Cole John C. Herweg Clinical Representative to the John C. Herweg Chairman Carlton C. Hunt Executive Committee of the Faculty Council Charles B. Anderson David M. Kipnis Dennis M. Bier Paul E. Lacy David 1. Gottlieb Preclinical Representative to the Joan Blondin William M. Landau Executive Committee of the Irving Boime James S. McDonnell1 Faculty Council George R. Drysdale Philip Needleman William Cox Sven G. Eliasson Joseph H. Ogura Clinical Representative to the David M. Geller Milton J. Schlesinger1 Executive Committee of the Phyllis M. Hartroft Robert E. Shank Faculty Council Charles P. Hughes Donald C. Shreffler Gerald Medoff Robert Lee C. Ronald Stephen Clinical Representative to the Executive Committee of the David N. Menton James C. Warren Faculty Council Julian C. Mosley, Jr. John L. Schultz Recording Secretary Alan L. Pearlman Mary Parker Representative to the Senate John L. Schultz Council of Washington University Ernest S. Simms Walter Bauer Peter G. Tuteur Clinical Representative to the John F. Walters Executive Committee of the 'Representing the Faculty Council Faculty Council Thomas A. Wollsey during 1978-79. Harold Zarkowsky 2Part-time faculty representative to the Milton J. Schlesinger Executive Faculty during 1977-78. Preclinical Representative to the 'The Dean is ex officio a member o 140 'Honorary member. Executive Faculty all standing committees. Medical Science Training Phyllis M. Hartroft Placement and Curriculum Joseph E. Harvey Committee (MSTPCC) Franz M. Matschinsky Mabel L. Purkerson J. Neal Middelkamp Chairman, ex officio Alan L. Pearlman David H. Alpers Roy R. Peterson John C. Herweg ex officio Mabel L. Purkerson Richard E. Hillman Robert E. Shank Roy R. Peterson Ernest S. Simms John L. Schultz Leslie Wise ex officio Committee for the Beaumont-May Teaching Program Coordination Committee on Medical Education Institute of Neurology Committee Philip Needleman William M. Landau Roy R. Peterson Chairman Chairman Chairman Margaret Cheadle W. Maxwell Cowan Richard D. Aach Student Representative Irwin Levy Georgana P. Buehler Oliver H. Lowry ex officio John Clark Student Representative Henry G. Schwartz Lawrence A. Coben Joseph M. Davie Faculty Rights Committee Nigel W. Daw ex officio Philip R. Dodge H. Marvin Camel John C. Herweg Luis Glaser David Goldring ex officio John C. Herweg George S. Kobayashi Mabel L. Purkerson ex officio Paul Packman ex officio David E. Kipnis Alternate John L. Schultz Robert Lee Committee on Fellowships ex officio ex officio and Awards Robert E. Thach Steven Littman-Perlmutter George R. Drysdale Committee for Laboratory Student Representative Chairman Animal Care Mabel L. Purkerson David Apirion M. Kenton King Harvey R. Butcher Chairman John L. Schultz ex officio William H. Daughaday David H. Brown James C. Warren Alan L. Pearlman Marguerite A. Constant Frank Witkowski Human Studies Committee Arpad I. Csapo Student Representative John D. Vavra Chairman Kenneth Arnold Harvey R. Butcher Lawrence A. Cohen Leonard W. Fabian David Goldring Herschel R. Harter Dorothy J. Jones David W. Keller Fransiska Lee Harvey Liebhaber Philip R. Ludbrook Douglas Meeks George E. Murphy Eli Robins Peter H. Ruger Leo A. Whiteside Gary R. Zuckerman 141 Register of Students

DOCTOR OF MEDICINE Albert, Moses Kadranel, B.S.. Brewer, Keith Frederic, A.B., Indiana DEGREE Georgetown University. '74 George University. '74 North Carolina Washington University Hospitals. Memorial Hospital. Chapel Hill, Graduating Class— Washington. D.C. North Carolina

August 19, 1977 Alexander, Victor, A.B.. Harvard Brim, John Anthony, A.B.. Residency 1977-78 College.'72; M.M.S.. Rutgers Washington University. '62: A.M.. Medical School. '74; M.P. H.. Harvard '64; Ph.D., Stanford University. Bischoff, Marshall Burnicc, B.S.. School of Public Health. '76; M.I.H., '70—Fresno County Department of University of Illinois, '60; M.S., '76 Occupational Safety and Health Health. Fresno. California '62—U.S. Army Hospital, Administration, U.S. Department of San Antonio, Texas Labor, Washington, D.C. Burzlaff, Diane Claire, B.S.. University Khoades, Daniel Jay, Jr., A.B.. Amusa, Kweli Johara, B.S.. of Nebraska, '73; B.S.Med.Tech.. Stanford University. University of Illinois, '73 Mount '74—Barnes Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri '73 Undetermined Sinai Medical Center, Chicago. Illinois C'antrell, Cathy Jo, B.S.. University Graduating Class— Auffenberg, Robert John, Colorado of Nevada. '74 -William A. Shands December 23, 1977 State University- St. Louis University Teaching Hospital and Clinics. Residency 1978-79 Group Hospitals. St. Louis. Missouri Gainesville. Florida Baird. John Robert, B.S.. North Capps, Robert James, B.S.. Mayers, Douglas Bruce, A.B., Dakota State University '74; B.S.. Stanford University. '74 University Washington University, '71 Case North Dakota Medical School. of Kentucky Medical Center, Western Reserve University Affiliated '76—University of North Dakota Lexington. Kentucky Hospitals, Cleveland. Ohio Affiliated Hospitals, Grand Forks. Robinson. Margaret Lynn, B.S.. North Dakota Clark, Howard Brent, B.A.. Macalester College, '70—Barnes Stanford University. '73 Duke Bastian, Robert Wilfred, B.S., Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri University Medical Center. Durham. Greenville College, '74 Jewish North Carolina Hospital. St. Louis, Missouri Clayburgh, Robert Henry, B.A.. Spoon, Donald Ray, B.S.. United Blaufuss, Mark Charles, B.S.. St. Olaf College, '74 —Mayo Graduate States Air Force Academy. University of North Dakota. School of Medicine, Rochester. '64—United States Air Force '74—St. Louis Children's Hospital. Minnesota Hospital. Elgin Air Force Base St. Louis. Missouri Colter, Kim David, B.S., University Stricklin, George Putnam, B.A.. Boies, Eyla Glee, B.S., College of of Missouri at Rolla, '73: M.S., 1 )a\ id I ipscomb College. Idaho, '74—St. Louis Children's University of California, '74— '71 William A. Shands Teaching Hospital. St. Louis, Missouri University of Missouri Medical Hospital and Clinics. Gainesville. Center, Columbia. Missouri Florida Wincek, Thomas John, B-.S.. University Couper, Nicholas Beemer, B.A.. of Minnesota. '70; Ph.D.. University University of Virginia, '74—Medical of Utah. '74 Barnes Hospital. College of Wisconsin Affiliated St. Louis. Missouri Hospitals. Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Graduating Class—May 19, 1978 Crump, Nathaniel Lloyd, B.S., Howard University, '74 —University of Chicago Clinics. Chicago. Illinois Residency 1978-79 David, Laura Jean, B.A.. Grinnell Abensohn-l.ee Meryl Kaye, A.B., College. '74—Case Western Reserve Washington University. University Affiliated Hospitals, '72—Undetermined Cleveland, Ohio Ackerman, Rollie Sue, B.A., University Davidson, Raymond Pearson, II, of Minnesota, '70: M.S.. University B.S., Washington and Lee University. of Chicago, '72—Northwestern '74—Barnes Hospital. St. Louis, 142 Hospital. Minneapolis. Minnesota Missouri

I Cluck, Charles Arthur, Emory Kirk, Scott Harold, B.S., University University — University of Miami of Illinois, '75 Carraway Methodist Affiliated Hospitals. Miami. Florida Hospital. Birmingham. Alabama Goldstein. Carl Samuel, A.B.. Cornell Kleyman. Thomas Ralph, B.S.. University. '73 University of Syracuse University.'73 Presbyterian Minnesota Hospitals. Minneapolis. Hospital, New York, New York Minnesota Koller, Hermann Michael, B.S., Goran, Daniel David, A.B.. Stanford University. '74 University Washington University. '73— of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas University of Southern Florida City, Kansas Affiliated Hospitals, Tampa. Florida Koppenol, Carolyn Sue, B.A., Grand Gunn, Debra Clark, B.A.. Fisk Valley State College, '69 Washington University. '72 Baylor College of University Affiliated Hospitals. Dickler, Andrew C'ronson, B.A.. St. Louis, Missouri University of Hawaii. '74 Jewish Medicine Affiliated Hospitals. Houston. Texas Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri Kreiss, Joan Kathryn, B.A.. Reed Hartley-Brewer, Valerie Forbes, College, '73 -University Hospital. Duty, Jeffrey Edward, B.A.. University of Birmingham — San Diego. California Stanford University, '74 University England Kurlan, Roger Mark, B.A.. University of California Hospital at Los Angeles. Henry, Ann Katherine, B.S.. of Rochester. '74—Jewish Hospital. l.us Angeles. California University of Nebraska. St. Louis, Missouri I Herman, Joseph, A.B.. Washington '74—University of Virginia Hospital. Kurnik, Brenda Rosalind C'hinn, University. '74 St. Mary's Hospital. Charlottesville. Virginia B.S., Massachusetts Institute of St. Louis. Missouri Hochreiter, Margaret Campbell, Technology, '74 —Syracuse Medical B.S., Maryville College. '66: Ph.D.. Fnglehardt, Sister Jeffrey, B.A.. Center. Syracuse. New York Johns Hopkins University. Briarcliff College. '63 Siouxland '70 —Jewish Hospital. St. Louis. Kurnik, Peter Barry, B.S.. Medical Educational Foundation. Missouri Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Sioux City. Iowa Holers, Vernon Michael, B.S.. '74; M.S.. '74—Syracuse Medical Kttelson, Charles David, A.B.. Purdue University. '73 Barnes Center. Syracuse, New York Oberlin College. '74 Washington Hospital, St. Louis. Missouri University Affiliated Hospitals. Kwong, Kwong-F'ai, B.S.Ch.E., Hoover, Richard Glenn. B.S.. St. Louis, Missouri Washington University. '74; A.B.. University of Notre Dame, '74 Veterans Administration Center. '74—Barnes Hospital. St. Louis. Farr, Barry Miller, B.A.. University of Los Angeles. California Mississippi,'75 — University of Virginia Missouri Leavitt, Randi Yvette, B.S.. Brooklyn Hospital. Charlottesville. Virginia Horn, Mary O'Flaherty, B.A., College. '72 -Yale New Haven University of Idaho, '74—St. Luke's Finkel. Richard Sanford, B.A.. Medical Center. New Haven. Hospital. St. Louis. Missouri Washington and Jefferson College. Connecticut '74-Children's Hospital. Boston. Huck, Robert Love, A.B.. Levinson, Mark Allen, A. B.. University Massachusetts Middlebury College, '74 —Duke of Missouri at Columbia. '73 Jewish Foster, Carol Marvel, B.S.. Purdue University Medical Center, Durham. Hospital, St. Louis. Missouri University, '74—University of Utah North Carolina Ley, Timothy James, B.A.. Drake Jenson, David Richard, B.S., Affiliated Hospitals, Salt Lake University, '74 —Massachusetts City, Utah Brigham Young University, General Hospital, Boston. '75—Los Angeles County-University Frisse, Mark Edwin, B.S.. University Massachusetts of Southern California Medical of Notre Dame, '74—Barnes Lincoln, Michael Allen, B.A.. Harvard Center, Los Angeles, California Hospital, St. Louis. Missouri College, '74—Georgetown University Gallin, Pamela Frances, A.B., Johnson, Denise Lynn, Northwestern Hospital, Washington. D.C. University; B.S.Med., Northwestern Washington University. '74; B.S.. '74 Malan, Scott Lynn, B.S.. Brigham University School of Medicine, Young University, '71 — University of Galloway, Anthony, B.S.. Southern '76—Jewish Hospital. St. Louis. California at Davis Affiliated Illinois University at Edwardsville, Missouri Hospitals, Redding. California '73—Southern Illinois University Juergens, Andrew Louis, Montana Affiliated Hospitals. Springfield. State College—University of Utah Marchetta, Joseph Peter, B.A., Illinois Affiliated Hospitals, Salt Lake City, University of Wisconsin. Geggel, Harry Steven, A.B., Utah '74 Brookdale Hospital Center, Brooklyn, New York Princeton University, '74—University Kent, Harold Lee, B.A., Kansas of California Hospital at Los Angeles, State College of Pittsburgh. Margulies, Thomas Daniel, B.S.. Los Angeles, California '74—U.S. Naval Medical Center. University of Iowa, '74—St. John's Mercy Hospital, St. Louis. Missouri Gibb, Marcy Lynn, B.S., Washington San Diego, California State University, '72; M.H.A., King, Frances Allene, B.S., McQueen, Charles Edward, B.S., University of Washington, University of Oklahoma. University of Illinois, '74—Mayo '74— University of Colorado Affiliated '66—University of Texas Affiliated Graduate School of Medicine. Hospitals, Denver, Colorado Hospitals, Houston, Texas Rochester, Minnesota 143 ' Meldi, Dominic Matthew, B.S.. Nowak. Felicia V., A.B.. Trinity Rubin. Eugene Harold, B.A.. University of Illinois. '74 Barnes College. '70; Ph.D.. University of University of Rochester. Hospital. St. Louis. Missouri Wisconsin. '75 Jewish Hospital. '71 Washington University Affiliated St. Louis. Missouri Hospitals. St. Louis. Missouri Melnyk, Larysa Maria, A.B., Douglass Schmitz, Robert Lowell, A.B., College.'74; M.S.. Rutgers University. O'Connor, John James, B.A., Stanford University. '74 Duke '74 Syracuse Medical Center. University of Missouri at St. Louis. University Medical Center. Durham. Syracuse, New York '74—St. Francis Hospital. Peoria, North Carolina Merrill, Charles Robert, B.S.. Illinois Schwartz, Bruce Mitchell, B.A., University of Southern California. Oldham, John Timothy, A.B.. Johns Hopkins University, '74 St. Louis Children's Hospital. Washington University. '74 Jewish '74—Washington University St. Louis. Missouri Hospital. St. Louis. Missouri Affiliated Hospitals. St. Louis. Orlowski, Richard, B.A.. Southern Michalski. Martha Caroline, B.A.. Missouri Oakland University. '71 George Illinois University at Carbondale, Schwartz, Mary Rebecca, A.B.. Washington University Hospital. '74 Barnes Hospital. St. Louis. Stanford University. '74 -Baylor Washington. D.C. Missouri College of Medicine Affiliated Ozanich. Katherine Mary, B.S.. Milbrandt, Jeffrey Dean, B.S., Hospitals. Houston. Texas University of Nebraska, '74 University of Pittsburgh. '71 St. Schweitzer, John Butler, B.S.E.E.. University of Virginia Hospital. John's Mercy Hospital. St. Louis. Washington University. '74—Barnes Charlottesville. Virginia Missouri Hospital. St. Louis. Missouri Mirikitani, Nola Tamayo. B.A., Palmer, Ronald Lee, B.S.. University Wellesley College, '71 Medical of Florida. "73 Jewish Hospital. Sedman, Allen Jeffry, B.S.Ch.E.. College of Wisconsin Affiliated St. Louis. Missouri University of Michigan. '69: B.S.. '69; Hospitals. Milwaukee. Wisconsin Parenti. Dennis Louis, B.S.. Rutgers M.S.. '73; Ph.D.. '74—University of University. '73—Temple University Colorado Affiliated Hospitals, Denver. Montana, Margaret Anne, IS.A.. Hospitals. Philadelphia. Pennsylvania Colorado Colorado College. '74 Presbyterian Shega, John Francis, B.S.E.E., Medical Center. Denver. Colorado Pearse, Carlton Sherman, B.S.Ch.E., University of Colorado at Boulder. University of Pittsburgh. '74—U.S. Mooney, Ellen, B.S., University of '73—Case Western Reserve University Naval Medical Center, Utah, '74 University of Iceland Affiliated Hospitals. Cleveland. Ohio San Diego, California Affiliated Hospitals, Reykjavik, Poindexter, Theresa Parker, B.A.. Silverman, Robert Eliot, B.A., Iceland Pomona College. '73 Northwestern University of Pennsylvania, '72— Moran, Stanford Mark, B.S., Hospital. Minneapolis. Minnesota Yale-New Haven Medical Center. University of Oklahoma. New Haven, Connecticut Portnoff, Lee Stuart, B.S.. Purdue '70—University of Oklahoma University, '72; M.A.. University of Sisk, Clark Edmund, A.B.. Stanford Hospitals. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma California at Berkeley. '74 Stanford University, '74 St. Vincent's Hospital. Morgan, Ross Eric, B.S.. Colorado University Hospitals. Stanford, Portland. Oregon State University. '72: B.S., California Spaulding, Sandra Louise, B.A.. '74—University of Utah Affiliated Reed, Barbara Diane, Purdue Montana State University, '74— Hospitals, Salt Lake City, Utah University—University of Utah University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California Mullenger, Keith Lee, B.S.. Iowa Affiliated Hospitals. Salt Lake City, State University. '74 Washington Utah Spellen, Carol Denise, B.S.. Duke University Affiliated Hospitals. Regenstein, Frederic Gary, B.A.. University, '74—Washington St. Louis. Missouri Rutgers College. '74—Barnes University Affiliated Hospitals. Hospital. St. Louis. Missouri St. Louis, Missouri Murphy, Thomas Aquinas, B.S.. Strieker, Charles X„ A.B.. University of University of Notre Dame, '74— Case Renie, William Andrew, A.B.. Missouri at Columbia. '73 -Duke Western Reserve University Affiliated Washington University, '73 Johns University Medical Center, Durham. Hospitals. Cleveland. Ohio Hopkins Hospital. Baltimore, North Carolina Maryland Mustin, Henry Dutton, B.A.. Stuart, Mary Hamilton, A.B.. Grinneli Haverford College. '73—Group Rhinehart, Kenneth Bernard, B.S.. College,'72—Iowa Methodist Hospital. Health Co-op of Puget Sound. Duke University. '74—North Carolina Des Moines, Iowa Memorial Hospital. Chapel Hill. Seattle. Washington Stull, Carol Crammer, B.S., Duke North Carolina Nasca, David, A.B.. Stanford University, '74 -Cincinnati General Rich, Andrew Adam, B.A., Yale University. '73 Geisinger Medical Hospital, Cincinnati. Ohio University, '74—Milton S. Hershey Center. Danville. Pennsylvania Stull, John Davis, B.S., University ol Medical Center. Hershey. Pennsylvania Nelson, Carol Jane, B.A., Concordia Illinois, '74—Cincinnati General College. '74; B.S., University of Robinette, Charles Leonard, Jr., BE., Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio North Dakota Medical School. Vanderbilt University, '65 Vanderbilt Thaler, Bruce Jay, A.B., Hamilton '76—Barnes Hospital. St. Louis. University Affiliated Hospitals. College, '74 —Washington University Nashville. Tennessee Missouri Affiliated Hospitals, St. Louis, Nelson, Susan Jorden, A.B.. Oberlin Roes, William Frederick, B.A.. Missouri College. '69; A.M.. '71 St. Louis University of Washington. Toth, Joseph Karnly, B.S., Stanford Children's Hospital, St. Louis. '73—Virginia Mason Hospital, University, '68—St. Louis Children's 144 Missouri Seattle. Washington Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri m Register of Students Third-Year Class 1977-78 Clark, John Ross, B.S., Brown University. '75 Philadelphia, Allen, Brent Terry, B.S., Utah State Pennsylvania University, '75—Reno. Nevada C'oe, Jeffrey Dean, B.S.E.E., University Anderson, Dale Johnson, A.B., of Notre Dame, '75—San Antonio. Oberlin College, '75—St. Louis. Texas Missouri Connor, Robert Emmet, B.S., Armbruster, Thomas John, B.A., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Adelphi University, '75—Rockville '75—Ossining. New York Centre, New York Cook, Debra Lynn, B.S., Denison Attiah, Augustine Kwadno, B.S., University, '75 —Park Ridge, Illinois University of Chicago, '75—Ghana, Graver, Jeffrey Lloyd, A.B., Cornell Africa University, '75—Pelham Manor. Turner, Donn Martin, B.A., Colorado Babcock, Susan Kay, B.A., Augsburg New York College, '74—University of Iowa College, '75—Anoka, Minnesota Dambro, Mark Richard, B.S., Hospitals, Iowa City, Iowa University of Arizona, '72—Las Barber, Frank Ernest, B.A.S.. Vegas. Nevada Vander Woude, John Cecil, Jr., B.A., University of Pennsylvania, '75 — Augustana College, '74; B.S., Woodcliffe Lake, New Jersey- Dann, John Joseph, III, B.A., College University of South Dakota School of Holy Cross, '69; D.M.D., Harvard Barker, Kendall Howard, A.B.. Oberlin of Medicine, '76—Washington School of Dental Medicine, '73 College, '75—Grosse Pointe Farms, University Affiliated Hospitals, Forney, Texas Michigan St. Louis, Missouri Darrah, Lee Bryan, B.S., University Bartmess, John Edgar, B.A.. of Utah, '75—Las Vegas, Nevada Wahl, Richard Leo, B.A.. Wartberg Vanderbilt University. '74—Sheffield. College, '74—University Hospital. Alabama Demers, Renee Carol, B.A., Northwestern University, '74; M.S., San Diego, California Beatie, William Edward, B.S.. '74—West Orange, New Jersey Walker, Gaylord Tenold, B.A., Northwestern University, '74— University of the South, '74— Chicago, Illinois Derechin, Neil Mark, B.A., Brown University of Southern Alabama University, '75—St. Paul, Minnesota Bechtold, Robert Edmond, B.A.. Medical Center. Mobile, Alabama Duke University, '72; M.S.. Florida DiMarco, Jack Peter, B.S., St. John's Warren, Robert Wells, B.A., Yale State University, '76—Tallahassee, University, '75—Jackson Heights. College, '72—Duke University Medical Florida New York Center, Durham, North Carolina Bell, Richard Edwin, B.S., Utah Doan, Nancy Grace, B.A., St. Olaf Watkins, David Lynn, A.B.. University State University, '75—Reno. Nevada College. '75 - Minnetonka, Minnesota of Missouri at Columbia, '74— Dooley, David Patrick, B.S., University Blodi, Christopher Frederick, B.A., University of Texas Medical of Notre Dame. '75—Sharonville, University of Iowa, '75; B.S., '75—Iowa Branch Hospital, Galveston, Texas Ohio City, Iowa Webber, Paul Michael, B.S., U.S. Dumler, Thomas Lee, B.A., Colorado Bradley, Stephen Kent, B.A., Duke Military Academy, '74—William College, '74—Denver, Colorado University, '75—Lenexa. Kansas Beaumont Army Hospital, El Paso, Ferguson, Thomas Bruce, Jr., B.A.. Texas Brotherson, Kurt Jeffrey, A.B.. Williams College. '75—St. Louis. Weber, Rochelle, B.A., Wellesley Washington University. '75 — Missouri College.'74—University of Connecticut Springfield, Illinois Fillingame, Ralph Alan, B.S., Affiliated Hospitals, Farmington, University of California at Davis. Brown, Stephanie Cordell, B.A.. Connecticut '75—Red Bluff, California Williams College, '76—Brooklyn. White, John Robert, B.S., University of New York Findlay, Robert Frank, B.S., North Kentucky. '74—University of Kentucky Brusven, David Duane, B.A., North Dakota State University, '74— Medical Center, Lexington, Kentucky Dakota State University, '75—West Williston, North Dakota Wilkenson, Robin Ann, B.A., Fargo, North Dakota Fishman, Leslie E., B.S., University University of Texas at Austin, '74— of Michigan, '75—Pittsburgh. St. Luke's Hospital, St. Louis, Burger, Gerald Arthur, Jr., B.S., Pennsylvania Missouri U.S. Naval Academy, '75—Overland Fitts, William Elton, B.A., Boise Park, Kansas Witkowski, Francis Xavier, B.S.E.E., State University, '75—Boise, Idaho Manhattan College, '69; M.S., Burroughs, Kim D., B.A., University Northeastern University, '72—Barnes of Colorado, '75—Littleton, Colorado Fogel, Sandy Lewis, A.B., Washington Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri University, '75—Monsey, New York Camuto, Alice Ackerman, A.B., Young, Stephen Grain ilk'. A.B., Sarah Lawrence College, '75—New Forstate, William Jacob, B.A., Princeton University, '74—University York, New York Washington and Jefferson College. of California Medical Center, '68—North Miami Beach, Florida Chaitkin, George Alan, B.S., Stanford San Francisco, California University, '74—Skokie, Illinois Frame, John Raymond, University Zazove, Philip Bertram, B.A., of Oklahoma—Mequon, Wisconsin Northwestern University, '73; M.S., Cichon, Jeffrey Peter, B.A.. St. '74—University of Utah Affiliated Louis University, '75—Clifton. Frankel, Scott Jay, A.B., Grinnell Hospitals, Salt Lake City, Utah New Jersey College, '75—St. Louis, Missouri 145 Fricke, William Allen, A.B., King, Gregory Steven, B.A., Mercer, Brian Scott, B.S., Washington University. '71 University of Kansas, '73—Lenexa, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Jacksonville, Illinois Kansas '75—Clifton, New Jersey Friedman, Kenneth Stan, B.A., King, Patrick Holt, B.S., Mount Miller, Edward Charles, B.S.E.E., Kenyon College, '75 —Lawrence. Marty College, '75—Vermillion. University of Missouri at Columbia, New York South Dakota '75—St. Louis, Missouri Games, Arista, University of Kolb, Susan Elizabeth, B.A., Johns Mitchell, Carol Marie, B.S., Chicago—Baltimore, Maryland Hopkins University. '76—La Vale, University of Southern California, Maryland '75—St. Louis, Missouri Georgieff, Michael Kara, B.A., Yale University, '75—St. Louis, Kraemer, Bruce Alan, B.S., Molitoris, Bruce Albert, B.S., Missouri University of Tulsa, '75—Tulsa, University of Illinois, '73; M.S., Oklahoma '75—New Berlin, Illinois Gibson, John Ragan, B.A., Vanderbilt University, '73—Nashville, Tennessee Kunkel, Steve Edward, A.B., Mulroy, John Joseph, Jr., B.S., University of Missouri at Columbia, Ursinus College, '75—Edison, New Goodman, Andrew Kemper, B.A., '75—Mankato. Minnesota Jersey University of Wisconsin, '72—West Langguth, Steven David, A.B.. Drury New, Nancy Beth, University of Orange, New Jersey College, '75—Overland, Missouri Colorado—Scottsdale, Arizona Grassie, Charles Robert, B.A., Larsen, Robert Allen, B.A., Colorado Swarthmore College, '72; M.S.. Opila, Donald Andrew, B.S., College, '74—Denver, Colorado University of Illinois, '74—Hochessin. Michigan State University, '75— Chicago Heights, Illinois Delaware Leonard, Patrice Ann, B.A.. Owen, James Wilson, III, B.A., Gregorie, Erik Martin, B.A., Lehigh University of Colorado, '74 Boulder, Southern Methodist University, University, '75—Alexandria, Virginia Colorado '75—Bartlesville, Oklahoma Gregory, Donald Wayne, B.A., Liu, Kathy Jung-Mei, A.B., Pacific College of Fresno, '75—Fresno, Washington University, '74—St. Patton, Timothy John, B.S., University California Louis, Missouri of Washington, '75—Seattle, Washington Hanson, John Stephen, B.A., Lloyd, Frances Ann, B.A., Millsaps University of Missouri at St. Louis, College, '74—Jackson, Mississippi Piercy, Stephen Lester, B.A., Greenville College, '74—Ellery, '74—St. Louis, Missouri Lowenstein, Gail Irene, B.S., Fordham Illinois Hoffman, Kenneth Robert, B.S.. University, '75—New York, New York Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, Ratcliffe, Stephen Douglas, B.S., Lowy, Richard Gabriel, B.S., '73; B.S., '73—Trenton, New Jersey Bethany College, '74—New University of California at Los Martinsville, West Virginia Holliman, Cecil James, B.S.. Duke Angeles, '74—Las Vegas, Nevada Robinson, David Edward, B.S., Duke University, '75—Blackburg, Virginia Lund, Robert Herluf, Jr., B.A., University, '74—Bethesda, Maryland Hoover, Richard Glenn, B.S., Williams College, '75—St. Louis, University of Notre Dame. '74— Missouri Roden, Raymond Alan, B.S., Northern Ramsey, New Jersey Maret, Christopher Richard, A.B., Illinois University, '74—South Hu, David Chung Kuen, B.S., Washington University,'75—St. Louis, Holland, Illinois University of Minnesota. '75— Missouri Rosenberg, Robert David, B.S., Kowloon, Hong Kong Marquardt, Diana Lee, B.A., David University of California at Riverside, Jacobs, Danny Odell, A.B., Harvard Lipscomb College, '75—Vail, Colorado '75—Encino, California College, '75—Camden, Arkansas McKenzie, Douglas Bruce, B.S., Rowell, David Paul, B.S.. Oregon State University, '75—Salem, Oregon James, Arthur Ruebin, B.A.. Stanford Stanford University. '72—Reno, Nevada University. '74—Los Angeles. Rudloff, Mary Anne, B.A., University California Melman, Kenneth Howard, A.B., of North Carolina,'71—Elgin Air Force Jemison, Ada Sue, Wesleyan University of Michigan, '75—St. Base, Florida Louis, Missouri University—Chicago, Illinois Sando, William Craig, B.S.E., Duke Johnson, Bruce Robert, B.S., Oregon University, '75—Kettering, Ohio State University. '70, M.S., Colorado Sanofsky, Stephen Jay, B.A., State University. '75—Crystal, Northwestern University, '75—St. North Dakota Louis, Missouri Johnston, Kathryn Joyce, B.S.. Sayre, Robert Lynn, B.S., Colorado University of California at Davis, State University, '75—Delta, Colorado '75—Oakdale, California Schmitt, Philip John, B.S.Ch.E., Kaczmar, Theodore, Jr., A.B., Washington University, '75—Kansas Princeton University, '75— City, Missouri Cheltenham, Pennsylvania Schuh, Marlys Eileen, B.S., Karwoski, Gene Gary, Colorado University of North Dakota, '73; State University—St. Paul, Minnesota B.S., 77—Lakota, North Dakota Kinimey, Michael Bryant, A.B., Scissors, Kenneth Neil, A.B., Washington University, '75—Grand Washington University, '75—St. Louis, 146 Junction, Colorado Missouri Register of Students

king ywr roommate

*pti> 1/ ,«7,- *■„.„„., J

Sccor, Mark Richard, B.A., Johns Thalgott, John Stanley, B.S.. Second-Year Class 1977-78 Hopkins University, '75—Omaha, University of Illinois, '75—Las Vegas, Nebraska Nevada Adams, Ava Marie, B.S., Loyola University, '75—Chicago, Illinois Shapiro, Martin Robert, A.B., Thompson, Jimmie Lee, B.S., Hamilton College, '75—Sands Point, Tougaloo College, '72—Madison, Adler, Steven Jay, B.A., Swarthmore New York Mississippi College, '76—Spring Valley, New York Sheffner, Steven Elliott, B.S., Tulane Trout, Anne (aria. A.B., Washington University, '75—Livingston, New Aeder, Mark Irwin, B.S., Bucknell University, '75—Denver, Colorado Jersey University,'76; M.S.,'77—Bergenfield, Shipp, Margaret Ann, B.A., Southern Wehrli, Craig John, B.S., University New Jersey Methodist University, '75—Houston, of Southern California. '73; M.S., Akright, Bruce Donald, B.S., Southern Texas University of California at Davis. Methodist University, '75—Leawood, Shoback, Barbara Rose, A.B., Vassar '75—Los Altos, California Kansas Akright, Laura Elizabeth, B.S., College, '74—New Brunswick, Weinstein, James Barry, A.B., Southern Methodist University. New Jersey Washington University, '74— '76—Phoenix, Arizona Sidorow, Barry Jay, A.B., Washington Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Albi, Joyce Adelle, B.A., Colorado University, '74—Oceanside, New York Weltin, Gregory Gerhardt, B.S.E.E., College, '76—Longmont, Colorado Silverman, Howard Jay, B.A., Washington University, '75—St. Allen, Gregory James, B.S.E.E.. Skidmore College, '75—Massapequa, Louis, Missouri Massachusetts Institute of New York Wershil, Barry Kent, A.B., Technology, '76—Mercer Island. Smith, Gary Mark, B.S., U.S. Air Washington University, '75—East Washington Massapequa, New York Force Academy, '64; M.S.Astr., Aronson, Thomas Alan, B. A.. Amherst Purdue University, '65—Duarte, . Wheeler, Dawn Elaine, B.S., College, '76—St. Louis, Missouri California University of Minnesota, '75—St. Auer, Roy Raymond, Jr., B.S.E.E., Sortwell, Cynthia Gerry, B.A., Boston Paul, Minnesota Washington University, 76—St. Louis, University, '75—Sherborn, White, David Scott, Antioch Missouri Massachusetts College—St. Louis, Missouri Bader, Teddy Fritz, B.S.. Bethany Nazarene College, '76—Colorado Spratt, Lorenzo, B.S., Prairie View Wilier, Gary Alan, A.B., Washington Springs, Colorado A & M College, '69—McCamey, University, '74—St. Louis, Missouri Texas Barshop, Bruce Allen, A.B., Brandeis Stergis, George Nicholas, B.S., Duke Williams, William Turney, B.S., University, '76—Freehold, New Jersey University, '75—Kennett Square, Northern State College, '73; M.S., University of Nebraska at Lincoln. Bell, Patricia Evelyn, B.A., Emory Pennsylvania University, '76—Nashville, Tennessee '75—Rapid City, South Dakota Stiverson, Richard Kent, B.S., Bevan, Herbert Everett, III, B.A., Wilson, Arthur Jewell, III, B.A., Colorado State University, '74— University of Kansas, '76—Wichita, Northglenn, Colorado University of Chicago, '75—Chicago, Kansas Illinois Blair, Harry Colbert, A.B., Stuart, Catherine Hyde, A.B., Cornell Winokur, Thomas Seth, B.S., University, '74—Garden City, Washington University, '76—Boulder, Stanford University, '75—Iowa Colorado New York City, Iowa Bloch, Michelle Helene, B.S., Sundermann, Richard Henry, Jr., Wright, Jeffrey Mason, B.S., B.A., Vanderbilt University, '74—Little Cornell University, '76—Flushing, Vanderbilt University, '75—St. Louis, New York Rock, Arkansas Missouri Bodner, Matthew Scott, A.B., Swensson, Erik Earl, A.B., Drury Yeh, Shirley, B.S., Purdue University, Washington University. '75—Rego College, '75—Springfield, Missouri '75—West Lafayette, Indiana Park, New York Terrell, Wanda Tyronne, A.B., Zakem, James Francis, B.S., Boothby, Mark Robin, B.S., Washington University, '75— University of Michigan, '74—Grosse University of Wisconsin,'76—St. Louis, Memphis, Tennessee Pointe Park, Michigan Missouri 147 '

Brooks, Rodney Wayne, B.S., Goebel, Joel Alan, B.S., University Kono, Donna Aiko, B.S., University Stanford University, '76—Little of Notre Dame, '76—Notre Dame, of California at Davis, '76—Davis, Rock, Arkansas Indiana California Butler, John Cecil, B.S., University Graboyes, Joseph Hillel, B.S., Brown Kowaleski, Kevin Robert, B.A., of Notre Dame, '76 Bluffton, University. '76—Broomall. St. Louis University, '76—Elyria, Ohio Indiana Pennsylvania Kramer. Jeffrey Bruce, B.A., Calvin, Steven Earl, B.A.. Bethel Gregg, Mary Grace, B.S.. University Haverford College, '76—Shawnee College, '76—Tucson, Arizona of Pittsburgh. '75 —Pittsburgh. Mission, Kansas Caras, Marie Alexandra, A.B., Pennsylvania Kuwata, John Hiroshi, B.S., Washington University, '76—St. Grosserode, Robert Stephen, A.B.. University of California at Irvine, Louis, Missouri University of Nebraska, '76—Lincoln, '76—Rolling Hills Estates, Clifton, Devoree Ann, B.S., Regis Nebraska California College, '75—Denver, Colorado Grubbs, David Scott, B.S., Wheaton Laakman, Robert William, B.S., Cooper, Robert Alan, A.B., College, '76—Atlanta, Georgia Indiana University, '76—St. Louis, Washington University, '76—Chicago, Haladay, George Jeffrey, Brown Missouri Illinois University—Brecksville. Ohio Lacy, Stephen Talbot, B.A., Oberlin Cox, Jefferson Dee, B.A.. University Heise, Robin Lee, B.S.. University College. '76—St. Louis, Missouri of Oregon, '70 —Eugene. Oregon of Akron, '76—Akron, Ohio Lage, Janice Marie, B.S., California State University, '73—Clovis, Cutler, John Robert, A. B.. Washington Hempstead, Barbara Louise, B.A., California University, '74—St. Louis, Missouri Tufts University, '76—Andover, Massachusetts Levine, Vicki Joy, B.S., State Dinerman, Harry, B.S.. State Herbst, Timothy John, B.S.. California University of New York at Albany, University of New York at Stony Institute of Technology, '76—Phoenix. '76—Forest Hills, New York Brook, '76—Howard Beach, Arizona Levite, Howard Allan, B.A., Yale New York Holcombe, Faith Hollowell, B.A., University, '76—Brooklyn, New York Droege, Elizabeth Ann, B.A., St. Radcliffe College, '76—Alexandria, Lewis, Karen, B.A., Brigham Young Louis University, '76—St. Louis, Virginia Missouri University, '75—Wilmette, Illinois Hortin, Glen Lee, B.S.. Illinois State Littman-Perlmutter, Steven Barry, Duemler. Bruce Kirby, A.B., University, '76—Zion, Illinois A.B.. Sarah Lawrence College, University of Missouri at Columhia. '76—North Woodmere, New York '76—St. Louis, Missouri Hudlin, Irving Christopher, Jr., B.S., Michigan State University, '76— Loder, Randall Thomas, B.A., Dvorkin, Michael Lewis, B.A., Columbus, Georgia University of Colorado, '76—Golden, University of Chicago, '76 — New York, Ibsen, Mark Stephen, Williams New York Colorado College—Geneva, Illinois Eaton, Charles James, B.S.. Emory Loeb, Thomas Wolf, B.A., University, '76—West Palm Beach, Kane, William Harrison, B.S., Northwestern University, '76— Florida University of Iowa, '76—Iowa City, Birmingham, Alabama Iowa Edelman, Alan Stewart, B.A.. Lovejoy, Bette Anne, B.S., Tufts Swarthmore College. '75 North Bay Kappelman, Michael Porter, B.A., University, '75—Pittsfield, Village. Florida Carleton College, '74—Wichita, Massachusetts Kansas Edmonds, Pamela Ruth, B.A.. Central Mandelbaum, Bert Roland, B.S., Methodist College,'76— Independence, Knight, Shirley Mae, B.A., Dillard State University of New York at Missouri University, '76—Dublin, Georgia Cortland, '75—Baltimore, Maryland Ferry, David Arthur, B.A.. Claremont Men's College, '76— Fullerton, California Finkelstein, Joel Stephen, B.A., Northwestern University, '76; M.S., '76—Columbus, Ohio Fleshman, James Walter, Jr., A.B., Washington University, '75—St. Louis. Missouri Fried, Robert Carey, A.B., Washington University. '75—Short Hills, New Jersey Fyfe, Gwendolyn Ann, A.B., Washington University, '74—Terre Haute. Indiana George, Samuel Everett, A.B., University of California, '76—Menlo Park, California Gibson, Ronald Lyne, Jr., B.S., University of Washington, '75— 14S Seattle, Washington

I Register of Students Press, Gary Allen, B.S., Yale University, '75—New York, New York Prince, Charles Roderick, B.S.. University of Alabama. '75— Birmingham. Alabama Quagliarello, Vincent James, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, '76— Mineola. New York Raish, Robert John, A.B., Washington University. '76— St. Louis. Missouri 1 Rath, Richard, B.A., Yale University, '76—Clearwater, Florida Mark, Stephen David, B.S., Ring, Lisa Brodsky, B.S., Washington Massachusetts Institute of Technology, University, '76—Larchmont. 74 -Baltimore, Maryland New York McGee, Steven Roy, B.S.. Oregon Roberts, Lee Ann Rhudy, B.S.. State University, '75—Portland. University of North Carolina, '76— Steinman, Howard Kenneth, B.A.. Oregon Raleigh, North Carolina Pomona College, '76—Los Angeles. McKinney, Thomas Casey, Jr., B.A., Rothberg, Robert Keith, B.A.. California Illinois Wesleyan University. American University. '73 - St. Louis. Stevens, William Grant, B.S., '76—Chicago. Illinois Missouri University of Oregon, '76—Eugene. Meuleman, John Robert, University Saint. John Gardner, A.B.. Oberlin Oregon of Notre Dame—St. Louis. Missouri College, '76—Winnetka. Illinois Sullivan, Mark Daniel, B.S.. University Saltman, Robert Jon, B.A., Yale of Michigan. '76 —Elmhurst. Illinois Morgan, William Stephen, A.B.. University, '76—Holyoke. Washington University. '76— Taylor, Ellis Reneau, Jr., B.S.. Massachusetts Louisiana. Missouri University of Florida,'76 -Gainesville, Schlafly, Bruce Stewart, B.S.E.E., Florida Morris, Robert Charles, B.S., Washington University, '76—Alton. University of Notre Dame, '76— Thaler, Fred Joseph, B.A.. Wesleyan Illinois Pascagoula, Mississippi University. '76—Laurel Hollow. Schlafly, Edward Frauenhein, Jr., Myers, Maxine Tabas, B.A., New York B.S.. Stanford University. '76 St. Washington University, '76—Cynwyd. Tillinghast, Jeffrey Paul, B.S., Louis, Missouri Pennsylvania State University of New York at Schul, Jeffrey Lynn, B.A.. University Nash, Darryl Harrington, B.A.. Yale Albany, '76—Port Chester, New York of Kansas, '76—Lawrence, Kansas University, '76—El Cerrito, California Tweedt, Kenneth George, B.A.. California State College at Sonoma. Natowicz, Marvin Roy, A.B.. Shapiro, Michael Barry, Emory '75 — Petaluma. California Washington University, '76—Oak University—Oceanside. New York Watts, Ray Lannom, B.S.E.. Park, Michigan Shayman, James Alan, A.B., Cornell University of Alabama at Birmingham. Neely, Claire Suzanne, B.S., University. '76—Highland Park. '76—Birmingham, Alabama University of Illinois, '76—Urbana, Illinois Weaver, Daniel Carl, B.S., Indiana Illinois Siegel, Alan David, B.A., University University, '72—Danville, Indiana Nickol, Thomas Edward, B.A., of Wisconsin, '76—Fox Point, Wheelan, Kevin Robert, University of Carroll College, '76—Ledger, Montana Wisconsin Texas at Austin —Dallas, Texas Silverstein, Barry Owen, A.B.. Olson, David Lewis, B.S., Southern Whitehead, Daniel William, Jr., B.S., Cornell University, '76—East Methodist University, '75—Brookfield, Drexel University. '75 Sharon Hill. Brunswick, New Jersey Wisconsin Pennsylvania Smith, Steve Allen, B.S., University Panullo, Wayne Thomas, B.A., Williams, John, B.A., St. Louis of Southern California, '76—Long Johns Hopkins University, '76— University, '76—St. Louis, Missouri Plainview, New York Beach, California Wilson, Cynthia, B.S.. Pacific Pavlovitz, Gwenn Karen, B.A., Sommer, Rand Washburn, B.S., Lutheran University, '76—Tacoma. Johns Hopkins University, '76; Davidson College, '76—St. Louis, Washington Missouri M.A., '76—Lansdale, Pennsylvania Wolff, Andrew Aloysius, B.A.. Sorokin, Rachel Bernice, B.S., Yale University of Dayton, '76—Dayton. Phillips, Daniel, B.S., Northwestern University, '76—West Hartford, Ohio University, '75—Rego Park, New Connecticut York Spratt, John Arthur, B.A.. University First-Year Class 1977-78 Poindexter, James Milton, Jr., B.A., of Colorado, '75; M.S., University of Northwestern University, '75— Missouri at Columbia, '76—Columbia, Alexander, Kimberley, B.A.. Pomona Chicago, Illinois Missouri College, '77—Northridge, California Pransky, Seth Marc, B.A., University Spurrier, Mark H., B.A., Kansas Anderson, Kurt Morgan, B.A.. of Pennsylvania, '76—Philadelphia. State University. '76—Manhattan, College of St. Thomas, '77—St. Paul, Pennsylvania Kansas Minnesota 14') I . Anschuetz, Sara Louise, A.B., Smith ' College, '76—Alton, Illinois Apple, Bryan Stanley, B.S., Brown University, '77—Detroit, Michigan Armstead, Valerie Elizabeth, B.A., University of Chicago, '77— Moorestown, New Jersey Arnall, Michael Frank, B.A., University of California at La Jolla, '77—Redlands, California Ashton, James Michael, B.S., Michigan State University, '77— Glassport, Pennsylvania Bennett, James Fredrick, B.A., University of Texas at Austin, '76— Conroe, Texas Berman, Michele Rhonda, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, '77— Commack, New York Dial, Mary Elizabeth Benson, B.S., Glasser, Ralph Brian, B.S., University Binder, Ellen Frances, A.B., University of California at Irvine, of Michigan, '77—Oak Park, Illinois University of Michigan. '77— '77—Canoga Park. California St. Louis, Missouri Gluckstein, Daniel Peter, U.S.. Douyon, Karl Emanuel, B.A., State University of Michigan, '77—Detroit, Bolger, Michael Joseph, State University of New York at Buffalo, Michigan University of New York at '74; M.S., State University of Binghamton—Binghamton, New York Goldman, Charles David, B.A., New York at Roswell Park, Graduate Brandeis University, '77—Flushing, Brewer, Arthur Martin, A.B., Colgate Division, '76—New York, New York New York College, '77—Chicago, Illinois Dwyer, Jean Mueller, B.S., Golon, Stanley Walter, B.S., Brown, Yolette Vanyce, B.S., City University of Kansas, '68; M.S.W., Fairfield University, '77—New Britain, College of City University of Washington University, '77— Connecticut St. Louis, Missouri New York, '76—New York, New York Grant, William Thomas, B.S., Eaton, Molly Ellen, B.A., Emory Occidental College, '77—Glendora, Brun, Michael Eugene, U.S.. University, '77—Paducah, Kentucky California University of Notre Dame, '77— Ellis, Wilfred J. G., B.S., University of Leawood, Kansas Greene, Ernest Rinaldo, Jr., B.A., Dayton, '75; M.S., '77—Dayton, Ohio Rice University, '62; B.S., '63; M.A., Budd, Dianne, B.A., Pitzer College, Princeton University, '66; Ph.D., '77—Anaheim, California Emery, Waden Everett, B.S., Bethany Nazarene College, '77; A.B., '68—Birmingham, Alabama Butcher, Jean Elizabeth, B.S., '77—Oklahoma City. Oklahoma Gricoski, Alice Ann, B.S., Chestnut Westminster College, '77—Logan, Utah Engel, Edgar Leo, Jr., B.A., Wabash Hill College, '77—Willow Grove, Cheadle, Margaret Jensen, B.A., College, '72; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Denison University, '74— St. Louis, Tennessee Center for the Health Grobman, Alan Mark, B.A., Stanford Missouri Sciences, '77—Evansville, Indiana University, '77—Woodland Hills, Cheong, Edmund Hung Kei, B.S., Feldman, Susan Florence, B.A., California University of Minnesota, '74; B.S., Radcliffe College, '77—Augusta, Gross, Goldee Hanna, B. A., University University of Southern California, Georgia of the Pacific, '73; M.S., San Diego '77—Hacienda Heights, California Frank, Gary David, B.A., University, '76—Lafayette, California Christiansen, Neal Paul, B.S., Northwestern University, '77— Hall, Leslie Walter, B.S., Bethany Valparaiso University, '77—O'Fallon, Rochester, New York Nazarene College, '77—Blackwell, Missouri Furlong, Lesley Anne, B.Sc, McGill Oklahoma Cobb, Audrey Denise, A.B., Mount University, '75; M.S., University of Harris, David Tab, B.A., Whittier Holyoke College, '76—Boston, Wisconsin at Madison, '77—Dorval, College, '76—Whittier, California Quebec, Canada Massachusetts Hawkins, Roland Benton, B.S., Cosgrove, Daniel Scott, A.B., Gantt, Gerald, B.A., Williams Washington University, '62; Ph.D., University of California at College, '75—Denver, Colorado '67—St. Louis, Missouri Los Angeles, '77—Brea, California Gathe, Joseph Clayton, Jr., Trinity Heinecke, Jay Walter, B.S., Antioch University—Dallas, Texas Denholm, Todd Andrew, B.A., College, '77—St. Louis, Missouri Miami University, '77—Akron, Ohio Gee, William Michael, B.A., Cornell Hinderliter, Alan Lee, B.S., University College, '77—Chesterfield, Missouri of Illinois, '77—Jacksonville, Illinois DeSantola, Joseph Robert, B.A., Gelstein, Laurence David, B.S., University of Rochester, '77— Hofmann, Sandra Lee, B. A., University University of Michigan, '77—Orchard Millwood, New York of Virginia, '77—Monroeville, Lake, Michigan Pennsylvania Dial, Lanyard Kirby, B.S., Ginsberg, Ann Meredith, A.B., Huerta, Christopher Lawrence, B.S., University of California at Irvine. Radcliffe College, '77—New York, Arizona State University, '77—Tempe, 150 '77—Los Angeles, California New York Arizona ■ I .'Bister of Students Malek, Steven Joe, B.A., Carroll Paine, Robert, III, B.A., Amherst College, '77—Conrad, Montana College, '73; B.Phil., Oxford Martinez, Mike, B.A., University of University, '75—St. Louis, Missouri Notre Dame, '77—Tampa, Florida Paraskevas, James George, B.A., University of Notre Dame, '77— Meador, Steven Arthur, B.S.E., Linden, New Jersey Duke University, '77; B.S.E., 77; A.B., '77—Kensington, Maryland Phillips, Raymond Wynne, B.A., Princeton University, '77—Fordyce, Mellis, Scott Jeffrey, B.A., Johns Arizona Hopkins University, '77—West Piro, Lawrence Dominic, B.A., Hempstead, New York University of California at San Moody, Laura Maria, B.A., Carleton Diego, '77—San Diego, California College, '77—Chicago, Illinois Pogwizd, Steven Michael, B.A., Morrison, Beverly Anne, B.A., University of Chicago, '77—Chicago, Hulbert, Laura Ruth, A.B., Webster College, '76—St. Louis, Illinois Washington University, '76— St. Missouri Louis, Missouri Porter, Ross William, B.S., Moskal, Joseph Tuvia, B.A., State University of Oregon, '77—Salem, Hunt, Steven Thomas, B.A., University of New York at Oregon Binghamton, '77—Brooklyn, New York University of California at Los Ray, John Doran, Jr., B.S., Milligan Angeles, '77—Garden Grove, Mosley, Janet Debra, A.B., College, '77—Louisville, Kentucky California Washington University, '77— Rediker, Donald Ellis, U.S.. St. Ann, Missouri Jones, Rex Franklin, B.A., Stanford Massachusetts Institute of University, '77—La Canada, California Neil, Jeffrey Joseph, B.A., Technology, '77; B.S., '77— Washington University, '77—North Kahn, Janis Claire, B.A., Washington Stoneham, Massachusetts Olmsted, Ohio University, '76—Indianapolis, Reeder, Ralph Frederick, Jr., B.S., Indiana Newell, Anthony Maurice, B.A., University of Illinois, '77—Granite Lawrence University, '76—Chicago, Kastan, Michael Barry, B.S., City, Illinois Illinois University of North Carolina, Reitman, Marc Lionel, B.S., Norsoph, Ellis Bradley, A.B., '77—Chapel Hill, North Carolina Massachusetts Institute of Princeton University, '77— Technology, '77; B.S., '77— Kemp, Michele Elsa, B. A., Washington Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Stamford, Connecticut University, '77—St. Louis, Missouri Rothenberg, Paul Louis, B.S., Klearman, Micki, B.S., Stanford O'Quinn, Bancroft, Jr., A.B., Cornell University, '77—Douglaston, University, '77—Palo Alto, California Princeton University, '76— Chicago, Illinois New York Klopf, Fredric Howard, B.A., Organ, Brian Christopher, B.A., Rubin, Jeremy Bennett, B.S., University of Wisconsin, '77— Southern Methodist University, Stanford University, '77—Beverly Madison, Wisconsin '77—Omaha, Nebraska Hills, California Kreisle, Regina Ann, B.A., Ouzounian, Tye Jerome, B.S., Rudloff, Martin Derwin, B.A., Central Kalamazoo College, '77— University of California at Los Methodist College, '77—Crystal South Bend, Indiana Angeles, '77—Los Angeles, California City, Missouri Kurtzman, Gary Jay, B.S., Stanford University, '77—Sherman Oaks, California Kusuda, Leo, B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University, '77—Bethesda, Maryland Lacey, Stephen Ward, B.S., Central Missouri State University, '76— Independence, Missouri Lazarus, Cathy Jane, B.S., University of Michigan, '77—Highland Park, Illinois Lee, Suzanne YooKyung Rhee, B.S., Washington University, '77— St. Louis, Missouri Lenardo, Michael Joseph, B.A., Johns Hopkins University, '77— Park Ridge, Illinois Leong, Ronald Wing, A.B., Washington University, '76— Tehran, Iran Levine, David, B.S.E., Princeton University, '77—Scarsdale, New York Loehr, James Paul, B.S., Stanford University, '75—San Jose, California 151 Sudovsky. Henry F., B.S., University Weinman, Steven Alan, A.B., Harvard Summary of Students in the of Illinois, '77—Skokie, Illinois University, '77—Elmont, New York School of Medicine Saitz, Robert Mark, B.A., Washington Willett, Rita Mary, B.A., Oberlin First-year Class 128 University, '77—St. Louis, Missouri College, '77—Omaha, Nebraska Second-year Class 120 Santmann, John Bryant, B.A., Winston, Jeffrey Victor, B.S., M.S.T.P. Students in Graduate Johns Hopkins University, '77— Washington University, '77—St. Phase of Program 31 Babylon, New York Louis, Missouri Third-year Class 137 Schwob, Valerie Sue Hensley, B.S., Graduating Class— Wisneski, John Thomas, Jr., B.A., University of Iowa, '75—St. Louis, August 1977 2 Johns Hopkins University, '77— Missouri Graduating Class— Prospect, Connecticut Secosan, Craig John, B.A., Emory December 1977 5 University, '77—Cincinnati, Ohio Wright, Delbert Loe, B.S., Utah Graduating Class— State University, '77—Danville, May 1978 131 Seifter, Leonard Stuart, Reed College Total 554 —Far Rockaway, New York California Semenkovich, Clay Farmer, B.A., University of Virginia, '77—Roanoke, Virginia Shaw, Frederick Carl, B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, '77—Clarksdale, Mississippi Spiegel, David Morris, B.A., Washington University, '77—Columbus, Georgia Staros, Eric Bruce, B.A., University of Pennsylvania, '77—Melville, New York Steinmetz, Samuel Edwin, B.S., Eastern Illinois University, '77—Charleston, Illinois Steinmuller, Warren Jay, B.A., Washington University, '77—Baldwin, New York Stewart, William Thomas, B.S., Brigham Young University, '77—Las Vegas, Nevada Stone, Arvey Max, B.S., University of Illinois, '77—Olympia Fields, Illinois

Tait, Jonathan Francis, A.B., Harvard University, '77—Salisbury, Connecticut Tanenbaum, Myron, B.S., Tulane University, '77—Great Neck, New York Tape, Thomas Gerald, B.A., Dartmouth College, '77—Bethesda, Maryland Thompson, David Earl, Mississippi State University—Jackson, Mississippi Tillman, Barry Forrest, B.A., Vanderbilt University, '77—Natchez, Mississippi Townsend, Ronald Ross, B.A., University of California at Irvine, '77; B.S., '77—Anaheim, California Von Essen, Susanna Gertrude, B.A., University of Nebraska, '76—Pender, Nebraska Wald, Carol Jean, B.A., Washington University, '76—Northbrook, Illinois

Wann, Janice Rochelle, B.S., Yale 152 University, '77—St. Louis, Missouri m ister of Students Litchtman, Jeff William, A.B., Schwob, James Edward, B.S., Bowdoin College, '73—Rehoboth, University of Iowa, '75—Iowa City, Massachusetts Iowa Miletich, Joseph Paul, B.S., Tabas, Ira Abram, B.S., Tufts Michigan State University, '72— University, '75—Cheltenham, Akron, Ohio Pennsylvania Perlmutter, Roger Matthew, B.A., Udey, Mark Charles, B.S., University Reed College, '73—Denver, Colorado of Wisconsin at Madison, '75— Salzer, James Lawrence, B.S., Fort Atkinson, Wisconsin Stanford University, '74— Worcester, Massachusetts Whittenberger, Brock Poston, B.A., Amherst College, '73—Grand Rapids. Second-Year Trainees 1977-78 Michigan DOCTOR OF MEDICINE AND Barshop, Bruce Allen, A.B., Brandeis DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY University, '76—Freehold, New Jersey DEGREES Fourth-Year Trainees 1977-78 Bloch, Michelle Helene, B.S., Cornell Brown, Laura Jane, B.A., Vassar Medical Scientist Training University, '76—Flushing, New York College, '74—Madison, Wisconsin Program Boothby, Mark Robin, U.S.. Kennerly, Donald Alan, A.B., University of Wisconsin, '76— Harvard University, '74—Darien, Graduates—December 1977 St. Louis, Missouri Connecticut Gibson, Ronald Lyne, Jr., B.S., Laux, Brian Edward, B.A., University Mayers, Douglas Bruce, A.B., University of Washington, '75— of Delaware, '74; B.S., '74— Washington University, '71—Coral Seattle, Washington Ciables, Florida Wilmington, Delware Hempstead, Barbara Louise, B.A., Li, Ellen, B.S., Stanford University, Stricklin, George Putnam, B.A., Tufts University, '76—Andover, '74—Chicago, Illinois David Lipscomb College, '71'— Massachusetts Palatka, Florida Littman, Dan Rudolf, A.B., Princeton Hortin, Glen Lee, B.S., Illinois University, '74—Wynnewood, State University, '76—Zion, Illinois Pennsylvania Graduates—May 1978 Ludvigsen, Carl William, Jr., B.A., Kane, William Harrison, B.S., University of Colorado at Boulder, University of Iowa, '76—Iowa City, Clark, Howard Brent, B.A., '74—Littleton, Colorado Iowa Macalester College, '70—Truman, Rubin, Jeffrey Steven, A.B., Harvard Natowicz, Marvin Roy, A.B., Minnesota University, '74; A.M., '74—New City, Washington University, '76—Oak Leavitt, Randi Yvette, B.S., New York Park, Michigan Brooklyn College, '72—Brooklyn, Schieber, Marc Hudson, A.B., New York Washington University, '74—Winter First-Year Trainees 1977-78 Rubin, Eugene Harold, B.A., Park, Florida University of Rochester, '71 — Sweeney, Thomas Kevin, A.B., Brookline, Massachusetts Feldman, Susan Florence, B.A., Cornell University, '74—Ithaca, Radcliffe College, '77—Augusta, Silverman, Robert Eliot, B.A., New York Georgia University of Pennsylvania, '72— Silver Spring, Maryland Ginsberg, Ann Meredith, A.B., Third-Year Trainees 1977-78 Radcliffe College, '77—New York, Warren, Robert Wells, B.A., Yale New York University, '72—Athens, Georgia Breitmeyer, James Bradley, A.B., Hofmann, Sandra Lee, B.A., University of California at Santa University of Virginia, '77— Cruz, '75—Atherton, California Sixth-Year Trainees 1977-78 Monroeville, Pennsylvania Bucy, Ralph Patterson, B.A., Austin Kastan, Michael Barry, B.S., College, '75—Sherman, Texas Estridge, Mitchael Gene, B.A., University of North Carolina, Bera College, '72—Berea, Kentucky Freter, Carl Ernest, B.A., University •77_Chapel Hill, North Carolina of California at San Diego, '75— Pischell, Ken Donald, B.S., California San Diego, California Kreisle, Regina Ann, B.A., Kalamazoo Institute of Technology, '72— College, '77—South Bend, Indiana Santa Barbara, California Green, Michael Richard, B.S., University of Wisconsin, '74— Mellis, Scott Jeffrey, B.A., Johns St. Louis, Missouri Hopkins University, '77—Hempstead, Fifth-Year Trainees 1977-78 Gross, Robert Alan, A.B., Harvard New York University, '75—Worcester, Neil, Jeffrey Joseph, B.A.. Chaplin, David Dunbar, A.B., Massachusetts Washington University, '77—North Harvard University, '73—St. Louis, Lebovitz, Russell Martin, University Olmstead, Ohio Missouri of Michigan—Pittsburgh, Reitman, Marc Lionel, B.S., Gorin, Fredric Austin, B.S., Pennsylvania Massachusetts Institute of University of California at Davis, Parker, Keith Langston, Williams Technology, '77; B.S., '77—Stamford, '73—Hillsborough, California College—St. Louis, Missouri Connecticut 153 Rothenberg, Paul Louis, B.S., Gee, Thomas Harold, B.A., DePauw Thigpen, Rosalind Frances, B.A., Cornell University, '77—Douglaston, University, '73—Chesterfield, Missouri Washington University, '76—St. New York Gelb, Randy, B.A., Queens College, Louis, Missouri Tait, Jonathan Francis, A.B., 75_New York City, New York VasQuez, Lloyd John, Jr., B.A., Harvard University, '77—Salisbury, Gilmore, Phillip King, B.S., University of Missouri, St. Louis, Connecticut University of Southern Mississippi, '74—St. Louis, Missouri Townsend, Ronald Ross, B.A., '71; M.S., '73—Lena, Mississippi Wallace, Mark Allen, B.S.H.A., University of California at Irvine, Glosenger, Sister Katherine Marie, Oklahoma Baptist University, '77; B.S., '77—Anaheim, California A.B., Fontbonne College, '71—Fort '75—Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Weinman, Steven Alan, A.B., Harvard Smith, Arkansas College, '77—Elmont, New York Goldberg, Sylvan Lee, B.S., Wells, Wendy Martin, B.S., Washington University, '62; M.B.A., University of Kansas, '76—Leawood, '68—St. Louis, Missouri Kansas Gordon, Robert Steven, B.A.. First-Year Class 1977-78 HEALTH ADMINISTRATION University of Kentucky, '75— AND PLANNING PROGRAM Louisville, Kentucky Abdalian, Carl Frederick, B.A.. Gray, Paul Eugene, B.S., Colorado University of Southern Florida, Second-Year Class 1977-78 State University, '69—Shawnee, '75—Tampa, Florida Kansas Acker, Lawrence Edmonds, B.A., Allen, Richard Lee, Jr., B.A., Drake Holmes, Sandra Johnson, B.S., St. Louis University, '77—St. Louis, University '75—Bloomfield, Iowa Washington University, '76— Missouri Milwaukee, Wisconsin Andersson, Eric Christopher, A.B., Barry, Thomas Francis, B.A., University of California, Berkeley, Kling, Debra Wohlschlager, A.B., University of California, Los Angeles, '75—Walnut Creek, California Washington University,'76—St. Louis, '75—Chicago, Illinois Missouri Barron, Eugene Devine, Jr., B.S., Beste, Donald Eric, B.S., Utah Washington University, '74—Glenview, Lampkin, Steven Bradley, B.S., State University, Logan, '69— Illinois Oklahoma State University, '75— Granger, Utah Broken Arrow, Oklahoma Bezanson, Robert Howard, B.S., Diamond, Larry Dean, B.S., Ithaca University of Maryland, '69— Levitan, Howard Louis, B.S.B.A., College, Ithaca, '74—Creve Coeur, Timonium, Maryland Washington University,'76—St. Louis, Illinois Missouri Bigogno, James Craig, A.B., Erkkila, Raymond Keith, U.S.. Ball Quartier, Michael Joseph, B.S., Washington University, '76—Affton, State University, Muncie, '77— Missouri St. Bonaventure University, Morton, Illinois '75—Syracuse, New York Brown, Patricia Jean, B.A., Falast, Terri Sue, B.A., University University of Missouri, Columbia, Resnick, Lindsay Ross, B.S., of Missouri, Columbia, '77— '71; M.S., '73—St. Louis, Missouri Northeastern University, '76— Columbia, Missouri Oceanside, New Jersey Fried, Jeffrey Michael, B.G.S., Burns, Michael James, B.A., State Ross, James Herschel, B.B.S., University of New York, Cortland, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Memphis State University, '75—Shawnee Mission, Kansas '74—Jamaica, New York '75—Nashville, Tennessee Glim, Sister Catherine, B.A., Cook, LaRue Earl, B.S., Western Smith, Robert Lynn, B.A., University Illinois University, '74—Chicago, Fontbonne College, '54; M.Ed., of Missouri, St. Louis, '73—St. Louis, St. Louis University, '58— Illinois Missouri Zanesville, Ohio Cooper, Galen Morgan, B.S., Ohio Strussion, Martin John, B.S., St. Louis Goldmann, James Allen, A.B., State University, '67—Newark, Ohio University, '69—Shadyside, Ohio Harvard University, '75—Mequon, Dawkins, Jeffrey Hunt, B.A., Eureka Wisconsin College, '75—Hazelcrest, Illinois Gordon, Marcie Gale, B.S., University DeSalvo, Genyth Smith, U.S.. of Connecticut, Storrs, '77— Southwestern at Memphis, '71 — Manchester, Connecticut Natchez, Mississippi Dunn, Sister Mary Edel, B.S.N., Gross, Mark Franklin, A.B., Indiana St. Louis University, '67—Wexford, University, '77—Cherry Hill, New Jersey England Eisele, John Greg, B.S., University of Jackson, Harper Scales, Jr., B.S.B.A., Illinois, '74—Springfield, Illinois University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, '73—Dallas, Texas I link. Thomas Anthony, B.S., Kandel, Madeline Fay, B.A., Ithaca College, '73—Belvidere, Washington University, '77— Illinois Roslyn, New York Fraser, John Martin, B.A., Washington Lehmann, Charlotte, B.S., Washington University, '76—St. Louis, Missouri University, '63—St. Louis, Missouri Friedman, Marc Michael, B.A., Linneberger, Richard Allan, A.B., Wayne State University, '73—Detroit, St. Louis University, '71—St. Louis, 154 Michigan Missouri

• .lister of Students

levy, Keith Jeffrey, A.B., Miami I niversity, Oxford, '77—Skokie, Illinois Mbanugo, Akachukwu Obi, A.B., Washington University, '76—Nigeria McKenna, James Patrick, B.A., King's College, '74—Neptune, New Jersey Flentje, Linda Lorraine, Millikin Cormack, Rona Johnstone, Illinois Patterson, William McRee, B.A., University—Auburn, Illinois Central College—Morton, Illinois Southern Methodist University, '72; Johannsdottir, Solveig Margret, Creighton, Mary Danahay, M.P.A., '76—Memphis, Tennessee Washington University—Akureyri, Nebraska Wesleyan University— Pohlmann, Thomas Edwin, B.A., Iceland St. Louis, Missouri Hamline University, '76— Johnson, Diane Zeta, University of Davis, Danna, Washington Minneapolis, Minnesota Washington—Grandview, Washington University—Mexico, Missouri Prosser, Phillip Edward, B.S., Duhme, Mary Alice, B.A., University Kayhoe, Valle Michelle, University Oklahoma Christian College, '76— of California, San Diego '76— of North Carolina—Kensington, Dallas, Texas Santa Cruz, California Maryland Ramsey, David Lewis, B.A., Eichelkraut, Diana Lynn, Illinois Kingery, Marilyn Dean, Wartburg University of Missouri, St. Louis, Central College—Washington, College—Charles City, Iowa '74; M.S., '77—St. Louis, Missouri Illinois McKibbin, Amy Jo, Wayne State Ryan, Mary Alice Ortmann, B.A., Engle, Susan, Illinois Central Southeast Missouri State Teachers College—Madison, Nebraska College—East Peoria, Illinois College, '72—St. Louis, Missouri Millea, Timothy Patrick, Briar Freund, Deborah Jean, Northern Shircliff, Robert Lee, B.S.C., Cliff College—Graettinger, Iowa Illinois University—McHenry, University of Louisville, '77— Rosenblum, Nancy Ilene, Washington Illinois Louisville, Kentucky University—St. Louis, Missouri Gabel, Joan Mary, B.A., University Whalen, Peter John, B.S., Washington Sattgast, Deborah Rae, Concordia of Minnesota, '69—Glen Carbon, University, '73—Staten Island, College, Portland—Rupert, Idaho Illinois New York Wiener, Mark Seth, B.S., Wagner Strasburg, Debra Mindinger, Jordan, Janine Marie, Washington College, '77—Staten Island, New York Washington University—Jacksonville, University—St. Joseph, Michigan Illinois Martin, Mary Elizabeth, Washington Zsoldos, Phillip Michael, B.A., West Virginia University, '73; M.S., Theel, Karen Lynn, Washington University—Dubuque, Iowa '76—Beckley, West Virginia University—St. Louis, Missouri Mueller, Michael Jeffery, Vanderbilt Travis, Debra Lynn, University of University—St. Louis, Missouri Iowa—Creston, Iowa Olson, Margaret Elaine, Drake PROGRAM IN PHYSICAL Verbrugge, Clarence John, B.A., University—Belvidere, Illinois THERAPY Dort College, '74—Rock Valley, Iowa Rubin, Marilyn Carrol, B.S., York Villars, Patricia Jo, B.S., Nebraska Senior Class 1977-78 College, '75—St. Louis, Missouri Wesleyan University '77—Minden, Samuelson, Karen Margaret, Nebraska Biehler, Sandra Kay, B.S., Eastern Wartburg College—Sheffield, Iowa Weesner, Elizabeth, Olney Central Illinois University, '71—Shelbyville, Sargeant, Linda Louise, Kankakee College—Olney, Illinois Illinois Community College—Cabery, Illinois Zabel, Carolyn Rae, B.S., Nebraska Chinworth, Susan Anette, Showalter, Debra Ann, University of Wesleyan University '77—Cook, Washington University—Forth Worth, Illinois, Champaign—Duquoin, Nebraska Texas Illinois Taylor, Jan, B.A., Washington Cronstein, Frances Beth, Washington Junior Class 1977-78 University—Cincinnati, Ohio University, '77—Baltimore, Maryland Davis, Nancy Jo, Southern Methodist Azbell, Kristina Lynn, Monmouth Weber, Lisa Jo, Millikin University- University—Mt. Vernon, Illinois College—Table Grove, Illinois Newton, Illinois 155 PROGRAM IN Shumow, Amy Beth, Washington Kavan, Cynthia Lynne, Wayne State OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY University—Milwaukee, Wisconsin University—North Bend, Nebraska Solomon, Janet Ellen, Washington Keshner, Cheryl Eilene, Washington Graduate Class 1977-78 University—Washington, Missouri University—St. Louis, Missouri

Bloom, Nancy Jo, B.A., University of Kugman, Susan Shayne, University Junior Class 1977-78 Virginia, '76—St. Louis, Missouri of Missouri—St. Louis, Missouri Dowling, Ann Elizabeth, B.S., Arunski, Sandra Mary, Washington University of Kentucky, '76—St. Louis, Lyman, Beth, Millikin University- Missouri University—St. Louis, Missouri Oak Park, Illinois Brown, Amy Jo, University of Fletcher, Cathy, B.A., Newcomb McGregor, Jane Carol, Wayne State Michigan—Ann Arbor, Michigan College, '70—Boulder, Colorado University—St. Louis, Missouri Danner, Sharon Kay, Washington Naylor, Joan Marie, Southeast Koziol, Catherine, B.A., Rockhurst University—St. Louis, Missouri College, '76—Chicago, Illinois Missouri State University—St. DeJean, Susan Elise, Maryville Louis, Missouri Haffner, Cynthia Kathryn, B.S., College—St. Louis, Missouri Nickol, Mary Rita, Carroll College- Fontbonne College, '76—St. Louis, Ellis, Terry Ann, University of Walla Walla, Washington Missouri Illinois—St. Louis, Missouri Redington, Elizabeth Ann, Meramec Lin, Fen-Min, B.S., National Taiwan Eimer, Deborah Susan, Southwest Community College—St. Louis, University, '76—Kaohsiumg Hsien, Missouri State University—St. Louis, Missouri Taiwan Missouri Rimerman, Natalie, B.A., Saviano, Mary, B.S., Downstate Fox, Mary Susan, University of Washington University, '74—St. Louis. Medical Center. '72—St. Louis. Massachusetts—Cohasset, Missouri Missouri Massachusetts Rowe, Zanetta Theresia, Washington Genetti, Catherine Mary, Northern University—Clearwater, Florida Illinois University—Belleville, Illinois Rutledge, Elizabeth Jolley, B.A., Senior Class 1977-78 Green, Stephanie Robin, Washington Skidmore College, '74—St. Louis, University—Roslyn, New York Missouri Abrams, Cathy Joy, B.A., University Hirsch, Dvorah Thea, Rockland Waidmann, Sharon Rose, B.A., of Missouri, St. Louis, '75—St. Louis, Community College—Orangeburg. Webster College, '73—St. Louis, Missouri New York Missouri Bates, Theresa Marie, University of Jordon, Patricia Ann, Washington Zollinger, Katharina, University of Arizona—Tucson, Arizona University—Little Rock, Arkansas Arkansas—Lincoln, Arkansas Braxton, Sally Barrows, Jr., Emory University—St. Louis, Missouri Bruns, Kathleen Auburn, St. Louis University—St. Louis, Missouri Carnett, Janis Lynell, Southeastern Illinois College—Harrisburg, Illinois

Egan, Anne Marie, Cornell College— Mt. Vernon, Iowa Flavin, Peggy Anne, Meramec Community College—St. Louis, Missouri Formby, Mary Childs, Memphis State University—Hartford, Alabama

HaiTner, Cynthia Kathryn, University of Missouri, St. Louis—St. Louis, Missouri Imboden, Shirley Inez, University of Missouri, St. Louis—St. Louis, Missouri Levit, Jan Alyse, Washington University—Houston, Texas Lidsky, Karen Beth, Purdue University—Beachwood, Ohio

Meier, Lynn Marie, University of Missouri, Columbia—St. Louis, Missouri Rapp, Rebecca Elaine, University 156 of Virginia—Weyers Cave, Virginia Index of Staff Members

Aach, Richard D., 50, 141 Atkinson, John P., 53 Berger, Louetta, 102 Abada, Rolando P., 44 Auer, Arthur I., Ill Berger, Nathan A., 56 Abboud, Nabil, 43 Auguste, Jean M., 88 Berger, Sosamma J., 90 Abdel-Bari,WagihM.,81 Avioli, Louis V., 50 Bergman, Martin, 111 Abel, Charles C 60 Ayata, Sedat M., 44 Bergmann, John F., 100 Abel, Oliver, III, 60 Ayers, Donald H., 130 Bergner, Grace E., 58 Abella, Mercedes, 133 Ayres, Robert, 135 Berman, William, 71 Abrams, Morris, 111 Berry, John W., 58 Abramson, Charles L., 106 Baenziger, Jacques U., 79 Biello, Daniel R., 105 Abrath, Frederick G., 106 Baenziger, Nancy L., 58 Bier, Dennis M., 56,86, 140 Achold, Daniel T., 86 Bagby, James W., 55 Bieri, Michael D., 101 Ackerman, Lauren V., 77 Bagwe, Ranjit M., 59 Biggs, John H., 138 Adams, Roger J., 105 Bahl, Om P., 58 Biggs, John T., Jr., 100 Adler, Benard C, 76 Bailey, Ann, 135 Bilchik, Ronald C, 74 Aff, Helen M., 84 Baker, Marion H., 88,115 Binder, Morton A., 55 Agrawal, Harish C, 67,84 Baker, Richard K., 62 Birenbaum, Aaron, 60 Agress, Harry, 60 Banaszak, Leonard J., 45,92 Birge, Clifford A., 56, 115 Ahumada, Gail A., 56 Banton, William C, II, 94 Birge, Stanley J., Jr., 53 Aitken, Louis F., 60 Bardsley, John L., 106 Bischoff, E. Richard, 40 Akin, William M., 138 Barker, Edward T., 87 Bisno, Daniel, 74 Albert, Ingrid R., 60 Barnes, Wayne M., 47 Black, Joseph T., 68 Alegre, Jorge M., 60 Barnes, Zane E., 138 Blaine, G. James, III, 113 Aleksander, Bernardo G., 101 Barrow, Jack, 58 Blair, Vilray P., Jr., 112 Alex, Morris, 58 Barry, C. David, 92 Blamoville, HuldahC.,87 Alex, Neil S., 102 Bartlett, William W., 107 Blank, William, 79 Alexander, France, 58 Barton, Robert W., 58 Blaustein, Mordecai P., 91 Allen, Hubert L., 72 Bashiti, Mohammed F.,44 Bloch, Evelyn, 133 Allen, Willard M., 69 Bauer, Eugene A., 53 Blondin, Joan, 140 Allen, William E., Jr., 105 Bauer, John D., 81 Bloomberg, Gordon R., 87 Allison, James H., 100 Bauer, Joseph A., 87 Bohigian, George M., 74 Alpers, David H„ 50, 141 Bauer, Spomenko, 44 Bohman, Isabelle M., 132 Alvis, Edmund B., 74 Bauer, Walter C, 77, 117,140 Bohne, Barbara A., 76 Amanat, Ebrahim, 102 Baum, Harry G., 133 Boime, Irving, 70, 89, 140 Ambos, Hans D., 62 Baum, M.Carolyn,95,133 Boles, C. Read, 85 Amin, Nevinkumar J., 74 Baumann, Mary L., 62 Bond, Leslie F., Ill Anderson, Barbara J., 87, 101 Baumgarten, Walter M., Jr., 60 Bondurant, Bryce H., 72 Anderson, Charles B., 107, 140 Bauschard, Frederick D., 60 Boniuk, Isaac, 74 Anderson, John M., 100 Beare, J. Byron, 111 Boonshaft, Benje, 58 Anderson, Reba L., 133 Becker, Bernard, 73, 140 Borowsky, Benjamin A., 58 Anschuetz, Robert R., 110 Becker, Robert L., 72 Bortnick, Arthur R., 71 Anthony, E. James, 102 Becker, Stanley C, 74 Boswell, Dee C, 60 Antoniou, Christos A., 87 Belew, Joe E., 72 Bourque, Susan A., 132 Apirion, David, 63, 141 Bell, C. Elliott, Jr., 53, 79 Bowen, Ted, 129 Aquino, Tomas, 81 Bell, Martin J., 86, 112 Bowen, William G.. 59 Arias, Fernando, 69 Bell, Randy L., 62 Bower, Richard J., 86,112 Arneson, A. Norman, 69, 105 Bell, Robert M„ 101 Bowles, William T., Ill Arnold, Kenneth J., 108,141 Bello-Reuss, Elsa, 58, 92 Boxerman, Stuart B., 128, 129 Arnot, John P., 112 Benham, Lee, 94, 115 Boyarsky, Rose F., Ill Arnzen, Robert J., 113 Bennett, Kenneth J., 109 Boyarsky, Saul, 111, 128 Aronberg, Dixie J., 106 Benoist, Walter F., 87 Bradley, Anna K., 101 Aronberg, Jerome M., 60 Berg, Douglas E., 48, 64 Bradley, Richard V., 109 Arribas, Neva P., 74 Berg, Edward F., 74 Bradshaw, Ralph A., 45 Arthur, R. Martin, 113, 128 Berg, Leonard, 67, 140 Brajtburg, Janina M., 58 Askin, Frederic B., 79 Berger, Edward J., 94 Brennan, Ruth E., 95 157 Bricker, Eugene M.. 107 Chase. Howard M.. 130 Crawford. Katherine.).. Ill Brigham, Fransiska L... 105 Chase, Lewis R.. 53 Crespin. Stephen R., 58 Briles. David E., 65 Cheadle. Margaret. 141 Crimi. Felipe, 101 Brodman. Estelle,40. 138, 140 Chen. Dien-ming. 106 Criscione. James R.. Ill Brooke. Michael H.. 66 Cheung. Lawrence. 108 Croughan. Jack L... 100 Brookes. Robert D.. 100 Chieffi. Margaret, 60 Crowley, David E„ 68 Brown. Barbara I., 45 Chilson. Oscar P.. 46 Crozier. Judith Ann. 76 Brown. David H..45. 141 Chin. Chang-chen, 71 Cryer, Philip E., 53 Brown. Elmer B.. Jr.. 50. 138 Cho, Kyu Sop. 112 Csapo, Arpad I.. 69. 141 Brown, J. Lynne. 49 Choi. Sei Y.. 100 Cubillo. Enrique, 106 Brown, Richard W„ 130 Choi. Sung C. 94 Cuddeford, James D., 135 Brownstone. Jane B„ 100 Chraplyvy, Maria, 81 Cullen, Susan E., 48. 64 Bruce. Robert M.. 56 Christopherson. Howard L.. 62 Currie, W. Bruce, 71 Bryan, James H.. 74 Cibis, Lisa M.. 74 Cutler, Harold M.. 76 Bryan. Marion P., 76 Cicero. Theodore J.. 41.98 Czerwinski. Edmund W.. 92 Bryan. William T. K.. 76 Clare, Margaret H.. 66 Bryant. L. Gerald. 130 Clark. John. 141 Dahlgren. Robert R.. 81 Bucy, James G.. III Clark. Richard E.. 111. 128 Dalton. Arthur R.. 1 10 Budenstein. Mary Jane. 129 Clayton. Paula J.. 98 Danforth. William H.. 50, 138. 139. Buehler. Georgana P.. 139. 141 Clemens. Deborah J.. 132 140 Buerkert. John E.. 57 Clendenin. William W.. 101 Daniel. Rhonda L.. 132 Buettner. John B., I 10 Clifford. Clark M.. 138 Daniels. John S.. 59 Buhrmann. Henry.).. 130 Clingman. Arthurline. 131 Dankner. Arnold. 58 Bunge. Mary B.. 40 Cloninger. C. Robert. 99 Datuin. Alejandro M.. 101 Bunge. Richard P.. 40 Co. Bun Tee. Jr.. 101 Daughaday. William H.. 50. 141 Burch. Helen B., 89 Cobb. Milton L.. 43. 86 Davidenas. Joseph A.. 76 Burch. P. Truehart. 60 Coben. Lawrence A.. 67. 141 Davidson, John. 58 Burde. Ronald M.. 66. 73 Cohen. Adolph I.. 40. 73 Davidson. John L.. Jr., 139 Burgdorf. Max H.,Jr.,87, 115 Cohen. Edward. 106 Davidson. Morris. 76 Burgess. Dean B., 74 Cohen. Frank. 60 Davie, Joseph M., 63. 77. 140. 141 Burks. James K., 59 Cohen. Robert S.. 71 Davis, Gene L., Jr.. 106 Burmeister. Teresa C. 133 Cole, Barbara R.. 86. 140 Davis, Gustave L.. 78 Burstcin. Robert. 70 Coleman. Carole L.. 132 Davis. Hallowell. 75, 91 Burton. Harold. 41. 92 Collins, Isabella S.. 43 Davis, Harmon H., 11, 106 Burtram. Sarah G.. 130 Collins. Robert C. 68 Davis, James E.. 57, 79 Busch. August A.. III. 138 Comegys. Thomas H.. 76 Davis, Mary. 100 Butcher, Harvey R., Jr., 107. 117. Comens. Philip. 61 Davis, Nancy S., 62 141 Cone. Alfred J.. 76 Daw. Nigel W., 73, 91. 141 Byrd. Richard B., 57 Conley. Susan B.. 87 Deakin. Rogers. Ill Byrne. Joseph D., 60 Connelly. Mark A., 42 Dearen. Dan L.. 131 Conners. John P.. Ill Debnam, James W., Jr.. 106 Calodney, Martin. 87 Conrad. Marshall B.. 112 Deitchman, Robert B.. 100 Calvin. Lincoln B.. 100 Constant, Marguerite A., 141 Delfino. John J., 112 Camel. Greta. 59 Cook. Sam B.. 138 Delmez. James A., 59 Camel. H. Marvin,70, 117. 141 Cooper. Dorothy G.. 74 deMello, Vincent R., 57 Campbell. Edward J.. 59 Copp. Ralph. Jr.. 61 Deming. Frederick L... 138 Canaan. Samuel A..Jr.. 74 Cordes. Donald W., 129 DeSchryvcr, Katherine, 79 Canedy. James A.. 129 Cordonnier. Justin J.. 111 Detrick, Paul F.. 131 Cannady, Edward W., 60 Cori, Carl F., 45 Deuel, Ruthmary K., 68, 86 Cannon. Marguerite. 101 Corr. Peter B.. 57. 89 Deuel, Thomas F., 47, 53 Capps. George II.. 138 Corry. James M.. 87 Deutch, Max. 84 Carl. Juanita L„ 101 Corvalan, Juan C. 100 DeVivo, Darryl C, 66. 82 Carlin. M. Richard. Ill Costello, Cyril J.. 109 Dew, Thomas A., 61 Carlson, Elaine M., 60 Costen. William S.. 112 De Weer, Paul J.. 92 Carmody. Sharon E., 62 Costrini, Nicholas V.. 59 Deza, Plaridel C. 100 Carr. Charles D., 76 Courtney, John, 65 Diaz, Armand. 106, 137 Carroll, James E.. 68, 86 Covey, Douglas F., 89 Dickler, Donald J., 43 Cary, John M., 60 Covey, Thomas H.. Jr.. 108 Dien, Marilyn K.. 134 Cass, Loretta K.., 102 Cowan. W. Maxwell, 40, 128 139 Dietzler, David N„ 84, 91 Caston. Nancy J., 106 140, 141 Dodge. Philip R., 66. 82. 140. 141 Catalona, William. Ill Cox. Jerome R.. Jr., 91, 113, 115. 128 Dodson, W. Edwin, 68. 86 Catanzaro, Francis J.. 58 Cox, Mary E., 100 Donaldson, Robert C. 108 Chambers. Maurice R.. 138 Coxe. William S.. 68. 117. 140 Dooley. Joseph M.. Jr., 68 Chang. Charles S.C.. 68.87 Cozart, Duane E.. 61 Dornbush, Rhea L.. 101 Chang. Katherine. 81 Crafton. June. 135 Doucette. Raymond C, 71 Chang. Margan J.. 87 Crane, David B., Ill Dougherty, Charles H.. 87 Chaplin, Hugh Jr., 50. 93 Crane. James P., 70 Dowell, George H.. 101 I 5S Charles. Benjamin H., 60 Crawford. Charles E„ Jr., 88 Drew, Wendell R., 95, 115 itaff Index Fiete, Dorothy J.. 81 Ghani, Mohammed F.. 57 Figueroa. Edduyn A.. 102 Giambalvo, Barbara. 134 Finger, Donald H.. 55 Giblin, Carol E., 96. 115 Fingert, Hyman H.. 100 Gildea, Margaret C. L.. 99 Finke. Edward H„ 81 Gilden, Jerome J., 112 Finney, Robert D., 131 Gieselman, Ralph V., 53 Fischer. Keith C. 106 Gilpen, Clifford, 101 Fish. Virgil O.. 110 Gilpin, Doris C. 102 Fishman, Marvin A.. 66. 82. 93. 118 Gilson, Arthur S.. Jr., 91 Fishman, Philip M.. 100 Gilster, John, 87 Fisk, David E., 61 Gilula. Louis A., 104 Flacke. Donald. 135 Ginsberg, Jordon H., 112, 118 Fiance. I. J.. 53 Glaser, Luis, 45. 140. 141 Fleishman, Alfred. 61 Glasgow, Glen P., 106 Drews, Robert C, 74 Fleishman. Julian B., 64 Glew, Richard H., 57 Drexler, Andrew J.. 59 Fletcher. Anthony P.. 53 Glover, John N., 61 Drey, Norman W.. 61 Fletcher, Norma A.. 55 Goell. Robert S., 72 Druck, Norman S.. 76 Fletcher. Robert I... 62. 115 Goldberg, Andrew P., 57, 95 Diysdale. George R., 45. 140. 141 Florence, Julaine, 68 Goldfarb. Alvin, 109 Duckro, Paul N.. 101 Ford, Lee T„ Jr.. 112 Goldman. Arnold M., 61 Ducmler, Robert H.. 72 Forsyth, B. Todd. 61 Goldman, Gordon M., 72 Duffy, Francis G.. 44 Fourqurean, Thomas W., 131 Goldman, Melvin L., 58 Duling, Gerald J., 87 Francis, Darryl R., 138 Goldring, David. 82, 141 Dumadag, Virgilio P., XI Frank, Robert E.. 129 Goldring, Sidney, 66. 68. 140 Dy, Pacita C, 101 Frazier. William A.. 41. 47 Goldstein, Benjamin M.. 58 Freedman. Howard I... 74 Goldstein, Marcy A., I 12 Eades, Joseph W., 112 Freedman, Ruth S.. 74 Goldstein, Milton N„ 41, 78 Eagleton, Mark D., Jr., 105 Freeman, David M.. 74 Goldsmith. Barbara N., 134 Eaton, Royal J.. 61 Freeman. Sandra K., 81 Gollub, Samuel W., 87 Edmond, Beauvoir H.. 106 Freiman. S. Michael, 71 Gonzalez, Alicia D., 102 Goodwin, Phillip H.. 131 Edwards, Charles M.. 131 Freund. Paul A.. 138 Frieden. Carl. 45 Gordon, James M.. 74 Edwards, Isaac A.. 68 Friedman, Ira J.. 87 Edwards. Joseph C 58 Gottfried, Leon A.. 138 Friedman. Paul L.. 44 Gottlieb. Charlene C. 41 Edwards, William L., 139 Friedman. Robert H., 85 Gottlieb. David I., 41, 47. 140 Ehrlich. Carl F.. 76 Friedrich, Ernst R.. 70 Ehrhardt. Gary J.. 106 Gould, Philip L., 128 Fryer, Minot P.. 112 Gowda. Siddhesh, 57 Ehsani, Ali Akbar. 57. 95 Fukami, Yasushi, 92 Eichling, John O.. 103 Grabau, Gene H.. 85 Fuller, Philip S. B., 61 Grady. La Verne W.. 134 Eilerman. Margaret, 135 Fuller, Terry A.. 101 Grady, Ronald K., 61 Eisen, Arthur Z.. 50 Furlow, Leonard T.. 68 Graff, Ralph J., 48, 108 Eisen, Seth A.. 57 Grant. John M., 58 Eldridge, Donald H.. 75 Grant, Neville, 55 Eliasson. Sven G., 66. 97. 140 Gado, Mokhtar. 103 Grant, Samuel B., 58 Eller, C. Howe. 93 Galakatos. Andrew. 72 Greenfield, Robert H.. 74. 114 Ellis, Patricia M.. 132 Gale, Arthur H.. 58 Ellsasser. James C. 112 Gall, Ira C, 72 Greenman. Marshall B.. 85 Greensfelder, Edward B., 139 El-Mofty, Samir K... 80 Gallagher. William J.. 44 Greenwalt, Allen D., 62 Elson, Julius. 60 Garcia. Florentina U., 88 Gregory, Walter T., 62 Emerson. William A.. 57 Garcia-Ferrer, Eduardo A.. 101 Greider. Marie H.. 78 Engebretson. A. Maynard, 114 Gardner. Morey, 59 Griffin. W. L. Hadley. 138 Engelhardt, Robert C, 44 Gardner. Tessa D., 86 Griffith, Rogers, 81 Entis, Gregory N„ 87 Garfinkel, Bernard T., 53 Grisham. H. Richard. 131 Erlanger. Margaret W.. 62 Garrity. Kathleen H.. 134 Grodzki, Walter J.. 74 Escoffery, Richard F.. 74 Gaskin, Fred W., 101 Gronau. Axel R.. 61 Esslinger. Arthur T., 71 Gaskin, Ronald J.. 1 10 Groner, Frank S., 129 Etheredge, Edward E„ 108. 115 Gavazzi, Aladino A., 131 Gross, Barbara B.. 62, 116 Evens, Ronald G., 103. 140 Gavin, James R., Ill, 57 Grove, Louise S., 44, 135 Gearhart, Wilbur H.. 100 Grubb, Robert L.. Jr.. 68, 104 Fabian. Leonard W., 43, 141 Gee, David A., 129 Guebart, Elvera C 132 Fair, William, 107. 140 Geisse, Guillermo C 106 Gulick, C. Richard, 72 Fallon, Richard H.. 109 Gelb, Lawrence D.. 57. 64 Gulick. Charles R.. 70 Fawley, Ivan L.. 131 Geller. David M.. 89. 140 Gulmen. Guner B.. 59, 116 Feibel, Robert M.. 74 Gellman, Elliot F., 87 Gulmen, Suleyman, 80 Feldman, David, 61 Geltman, Edward M.. 59 Gupta. Jitendra K., 61 Felts, James A., 44 Gentsch. Kenneth W.. 61 Gupta. Santosh. 87 Fenger, Martha. 88. 115 Germuth. Frederick G.. Jr.. 78 Gurgo, Sandra B., 81 Ferguson, Thomas B., Ill Gerth. Vernon W„ Jr., 113 Ferrendelli. James A.. 66, 89 Gettinger, M. Jeanine. 60 Gutierrez, Fernando R., 106 154 Gutowitz, Allen I... 59 Herjanic, Marijan, 98 Hunter. F. Edmund. Jr.. 89 Guze. Samuel B.. 53. 98. 138, 139. Hernandez, Antonio. Jr.. 84 Huntsinger, Merl M.. 138 140 Hershey. Falls B., 108 Hutchinson. James H.. Jr.. 58 Hertel, Ronald C. 112 Hutto, A. Herman. 71 Haddad. John G., Jr.. 54 Herweg. John C. 82. 138. 140. 141 Haddock. James N., 100 Herzig, Geoffrey P.. 57 Ingber. Carl S.. 88 Haferman, David R.. 61 Herzog, Godofrcdo M.. 72 Inukai, Joseph, 68 Haffner, Heinz. 107 Hesker. Albert E.. 106 Isserman. Michelle. 134 Hagemann, H. Frederick. 138 Hess, Florence, 135 Iwane, Akira. 44 Hagemann, Paul O.. 55 Hesselbrock. Victor M.. 102 Hahn. Bevra H.. 54 Heston. Warren D.. Ill Jackson. Craig M.. 45. 54 Hahn. Jack A. L... 131 Hewitt, Thomas E.. 80 Jacobs. Charles C 76 Hahn, Theodore .1., Jr., 57 Hickman, Scot G, 57 Jacobs. Frederick A.. 84 Hajck. Anthony S., 62 Hickok. Robert .1.. 130. 132. 138 Jacobs. Myron H.. 61 Hajek, Shirley A.. 62 Hicks, Robert S.. 100 Jacques. Clemens H.. 74. I 16 Hakan, Mary P., 96 Hieb. Barry R.. 60 Jaffe, Allan S.. 57 Halbrook. Kathryn M., 132 Higa. Enrique. 80 Jaffe, Bernard M.. 107 Hall. Julian C. 100 Higgins. Carol, 106 Jakschik, Sr. Barbara A.. 90 Hall. William K., 58 Hildrcth, Howard R.. 74 Janes. Cynthia L., 102 Halstcad. Carolyn. 132 Hill. Rexford, L., 105. 114 Janes. Norma J.. 60 Halverson. John I).. 109 Hillman, Laura S.. 86 Jarett, Leonard. 51. 77 Hamilton. D. Jane. 60 Hillman. Richard E.. 48. 82. 141 Jaudon. Joseph C, 83 Hammer, Randy 1... 101 Hinderer. Harold. 131 Jean, J. Ted.. 60 Hammes, Roman E.. 87 Hinkley. William E.. 61 Jeffrey, John J.. Jr.. 47. 54 Hammond. David I'., 58 Hipps. Paul P.. 100 Jeng, Ingming, 95 Hampton, Norman. 135 Hirsch. Ira .1.. 75 Jenkins. James J., 44 Hampton. Stanley F., 55 Hitt. David H.. 130 Jenny, Arthur B.. II. 68 Hanaway, Joseph. 41. 68 Hitzeman, Herbert F.. 138 Jick. Sidney, 58 Hanes. Lily A.. 106 Hixon, Barbara B., 95 Joffe. William S., 74 Hankin, Norman. 85 Hobbs. John E., 69 Joftus, Morris. 61 Hartley, John W.. 138 Hochmuth, Robert M.. 128 Johnson. Eugene M.. Jr., 89 Hansel. French K.. 76 Hodel, Nancy. 132 Johnson, George B., 48 Hardy. Guerdan. 76 Hoffman. Michael K.. 47 Johnson, James Lee, 138 Harford, Carl G.. 50. 116 Hoffsten, Phillip E.. 57 Johnson, Jerry A.. 133 Harper. Fleming B., 110 Holcroft, James M.. 109 Johnson, Larry W., 88 Harris. Foster. 62 Holemon. R. Eugene. 100 Johnson. Mary C, 60 Harris, Roger M.. 42 Holland. Benjamin F.. 131 Johnson, Mary 1.. 42, 68, 86 Harrison, Lee B., 60 Holland. William H.. 47. 100 Johnston, Glen P.. 74 Harrison, Stanley I... 84 Holloszy. John O.. 57, 93. 1 18 Joist, Johann H„ 57. 80 Hart. William M.. Jr., 74 Holloway, Robert B., 44 Jones, Andrew B., 67 Harter. Herschel R.. 57. 141 Holmberg, Nels J., 74 Jones. Dorothy J.. 83. 116. 141 Hartford. Thomas .1.. Jr.. 131 Holmes, William F.. 46. I 13. 128 Jones, Edward G.. 40 Hartman. Boyd K. 41. 98 Holt. Earl P.. Jr.. 112 Jones. Edwin S., 138 Hartman, Jacqueline, 96 Holtmann, Barbel. 1 12 Jones, James D., II. 43. 70 Hartmann, Alexis F.. Jr.. 82 Holtz. Sumner. 105 Jones, Richard S.. 139 Hartnett. Anna E., 102 Holzum. Helen M.. 132 Jones, Robert W., 106 Hartroft, Phyllis M., 78. 140. 141 Hookerman. Bruce J.. 61 Jones. Sara T.. 44 Hartstein. Jack. 74 Hope. William. 131 Jonsson, Valgard, 81 Harvey, James D.. 130 Hopper. Susan V.. 62 Joseph. Harold J., 55 Harvey, Joseph E.. 76, 141 Horner. John L.. 61 Jost. R. Gilbert. 105 Harwell. .1. Larry. 87 Horsch. Donald J.. 129 Juergens. William G., Jr., 58 Hauptfeld. Miroslav. 49 House, Roy C, 130 Hauptfeld. Vera. 49 Houtz. Duane T.. 131 Kahn. Lawrence L. 82. 116 Hayes. W. Alfred. 138 Howard. Thomas. Sr., 62 Kahn. Richard A.. 81 Hays. Howard 1... 131 Howell, Mabel P.. 131 Kaiser, Kenneth K., 68 Hayward. John H.. 138 Hoy, Janet D., 62. I 16 Kamenetzky, Stephen A.. 74 Hazan, Joseph. 72 Hruska. Keith A., 57 Kannegieter, Ruthan B.. 133 Healy, Lucile. 100 Hsueh, Wei, 81 Kantor. Owen S.. 58 Heersma, James R., 87 Huang. Shi H.. 68 Kao, Ming-Shian, 70. 117 Heimerl, Sandra G.. 132 Huck, Richard F.. 61 Kaplan. Alex H.. 99 Heins. James N., 58 Hudgens, Richard W., 99 Kapp-Pierce, Judith A.. 64, 80 Hellman. Robert. 44 Huebener, Donald V.. 87, 105 Karl. Irene E.. 55 Helzer, John E.. 100 Huebner, Paul F.. 62 Karl, Michael M.. 53 Henderson. Kenneth O.. 62 Hughes, Arthur L.. 106 Karsh, Robert S., 56 Hennelly. Virginia D„ 129 Hughes, Charles P., 68, 140 Karstaedt, Nolan. 106 Henry, Philip D., 54 Hulbert. Bernard, 58 Kassabaum, George E.. 138 Hepner, James O.. 129 Humphreys, James B., 131 Kass, Michael A.. 73 160 Herjanic. Barbara M.. 86. 99 Hunt, Carlton C, 91, 140 Katzenstein, Anna-Luise. 80 Kopman, A. Ercument, 44 Levis, Gladys W.. 138 laff Index Korenblat. Philip E.. 59 Levitt, Joseph, 59 Kornfeld. Rosalind H.. 46. 54 Levitt, Robert G.. 105 Kornfeld. Stuart A.. 45. 51. 117 Levy, Irwin, 67, 141 Kotner, Lawrence M.. Jr.. 106 Levy, Jerome F.. 109 Kovac, S. Robert. 72 Levy, Morton A.. 59 Kowert, Edward H.. 100 Lewis, Collins E.. 101 Kraetsch, Robert E., 61 Lewis. David S., 138 Krajcouic. David. 110 Lewis, John W., 111. 80. 114. 128 Kraner, Justin F.. 72 Liberman, Lee M.. 138. 139 Kraus, Frederick T.. 79 Lickhalter. Merlin E.. 131 Krause, Beverly. 135 Lieberman, David M.. 59 Krause, G. Lynn. Jr.. 1 10 Lieberman. Michael W., 78 Krogstad. Donald J.. 57 Liebhaber. Despine. 88 Kaufman, Robert L., 58 Krone, Ronald, 57 Liebhaber, Harvey. 54. 64. 141 kayes, Jack, 74 Kronemer. Norton S.. 88 Ligman, Judith 1... 132 Keating. James P., 82. 140 Krupin, Barbara R.. 44 Lilly, Douglas R.. 59 Keating, Susan K., 88 Krupin, Theodore. 73 Lin. Hsiu-san. 64. 104 Keister, Hugh F. S.. 44 Kuczer, Arnoldo. 76 Lindy. Scppo K.. 60 Keller. David W.. 70. 141 Kuhlman, Ralph F.. 61 Lins. Robert D.. 88 Keller, Kathleen M.. 132 Kuhlman, Robert E.. 112 Lipsitz. Ellis S., 61 Keller, Maurice .1.. 85 Kuhn, Charles, 77 Lipton, Charles, 138 Kelly, JoAnn C. 88 Kulczycki. Anthony. Jr.. 57 Lischer, Carl E.. 107 Kelly, John J„ 58 Kumer, Buddhiraju V.. 60 Liss. Jay A.. 100 Kendall, Barbara S., 101 Kunz. Harold G.. 106 Little. Gerald R.. 92 Kennell. David E.. 63 Kurz, Larry. 59, 116 Little. J. Russell, Jr.. 51. 63 Kenton, Thomas, Jr.. 139 Kusama, Haruo. 102 Littman-Peiimutter. Steven. 141 Kerr, David N.. 61 Kusama, Susan M.. 134 Loeb. Virgil, Jr., 53 Kessler, Gerald. 78 Kuttner, Marianne, 87 Loewy, Arthur D., 42 Kessler. Sheldon, 88 Kyriakos, Michael. 78 Logie, MacDonald B., 106 Kheirn, Teofil. 60 Londe, Alan M.. 110 Kilo, Charles. 56 Labay. Peregrina. 128 Londe, Sol, 84 London, Stanley L... 109 Kim, Duck O.. 92 Lacy. Paul E.. 77. 140 Lonergan, Warren M.. 59 King, A. Donna. 96. 116 Ladenson. Jack H.. 57. 80 Long, Frank B.. Jr., 72 King, Donald K., 57. 116 Lake, Lorraine F„ 42, 95. I 18. 132 Longfield, Nelwyn P.. 134 King, M. Kenton. 51. 93. 138, 139, Lake, Sandra A.. 132 Lonsway, Maurice J.. 87 140, 141 Lakshminarayanan. Natarajan, 101 Kingsbury, Robert J.. 110 Laman. Paul D., Jr.. 57 Lonsway. Maurice, Jr.. 85 Kingsland. Robert C, 58 Lamb, Wanda M.. 100 Lottes, J. Otto, 112 Kinsky, Stephen C, 45 Land, Vita J.. 86 Lowrey-Flaherty, Susan, 134 Kipnis, David M., 50, 140, 141 Landau, William M., 66. 140. 141 Lowry, Oliver H., 89, 141 Kirstein, Melvin B., 61 Lander, Jerrold J., 57 Lubowitz, Herbert, 54 Kissane, John M., 77. 82 Lane, Clinton W.. 52 Lucas, George E.. 44 Kissel, John H.. 57 Lane, Daniel K., 61 Ludbrook, Philip R.. 54. 105. 141 Klaas, John, 81 Lane, Theodore R.. 42 Ludmerer, Kenneth M.. 60 Klahr, Carol D., 62 Lang, Stanley, 92 Luecke, David S.. 138 Klahr, Saulo, 51 Lansche, W. Edward. 112 Lugo, Samuel, 111 Kleiger, Robert E., 51 Larson. Kenneth B.. 114. 128 Lumpkin, Bettie, 134 Klein, Jacob, 72 Lasater, Donald E., 138 Lund, Robert H.. 109 Klein, Milton S., 59. 106 Latorre, Rodolfo A.. 81 Lyman, Edward 11.. 76 Klein, Saul, 1 1 1 Lavin, Mary A.. 62 Lynch, John F.. 138 Kling, Merle, 138, 140 Laycob, Leland M.. 88 Lynch, Richard G.. 79 Klingele, Terence G., 74 Leary, Daniel J., Jr., 106 Lyss, Carl A.. 61 Klump, Patricia. 135 Lee, Charles W., 62 Lyss, Stanley B„ 88 Kneipmann, Kathleen M., 134 Lee, Fransiska. 117. 141 Knight, Charles F., 138 Lee, Jeanette Y.. 106 MacCarthy, John P.. 138 Knock, Henry L.. 87 Lee, Joan, 81 MacDermott, Richard P., 57 Knopf, Harry L. S., 74 Lee, King T.. 106 Mackey, Joseph B., 131 Knowles, John H., 138 Lee. Robert, 138, 140. 141 Mackney, Joseph C. 131 Knowlton, Norman P., Jr., 58 Lee, Sook W., 58 Madoc-Jones, Hywel, 104 Kobayashi, George S„ 51, 64, 141 Lee, Yu-Chiang. 62 Magee, William E.. 59 Koch, Muriel L„ 138 Lefko, Jeffrey J., 131 Majerus, Philip W., 46. 51 Kodner, Ira J., 1 10 Lel'rak, Stephen S.. 57 Malt, Sherwin H.. 110 Koehler, Robert E., 105 Lesker, Peggy A.. 112 Malone, John D. G.. 57 Koerner, Kenneth A., 85 Leung, Joyce, 62 Malone, Richard H.. 131 Kolker, Allan E., 73 Levin, Marvin F... 56 Moloney, Sean E., 132 Kolodny, Robert C, 61 Levine, Laurence A., 76 Mandro, Henry, 131 Kopecky, Walter J., 106 Levine, Marshall R., 60 Manley, Charles B., Jr., 84. Ill 161 Mann. Elizabeth. 101 Medoff, Gerald, 51, 64, 140 Mullins. John E., 62 Mannis, Charles I., 1 10 Meeks, Douglas, 141 Murdock, Nathaniel H., 72 Mansfield, Edgar O.. 131 Mehta, Jagdish M„ 62 Murphy, George E., 98, 141 Manske. Paul R., I 12 Meinberg, William H., 74 Murphy, Mary K., 134 Marban. Manuel, 81 Melechen. Patricia J.. 134 Murphy. William A.. Jr.. 105 Marcus, Daniel C. 76 Melson, G. Leland, 104 Murray, Patrick R.. 57. 81 Marcus, Morris D., 55 Mendelsohn, Robert S.. 59 Muschany, Norman K., 70 Margolis, David M., 61 Mendelsohn, Roy M., 102 Myers, Ivan T.. 72 Margolis, Richard. 87 Menendez. Manuel P.. 81 Mariz, Ida K... 60 Mennes. Paul A.. 61 Naidich, Thomas P., 104 Marks, James E.. 104 Menton, David N., 41, 81, 140 Nakeff, Alexander N„ 105 Marsh, Jeffery L., I 12 Merrims, Theodore, 72 Nash, Barbara, 132 Marshall, Garland R„ 46, 91 Meyer, Jay, 100 Nash, Geoffrey S., 62 Marshall, Richard E., 84 Meyer, John S.. 79 Nash, Helen E., 85 Martin, Duane M., 88 Meyers, Elsie F., 44 Nash, Homer E., Jr.. 88 Martin, J. Barlow. 72 Meyers, Jerry R., 109 Nathan, Lester J., Ill Martin. Jeanne E., 89 Michael, John M.. 60, 81 Needleman, Philip. 89, 140. 141 Martin. Kevin J.. 57 Michaelides. Maria C„ 65 Nelson, J. Roger, 59 Martin, Ronald I... 100 Middelkamp. J. Neal. 83. 141 Nelson, James S., 77, 83 Martin, Thomas F„ 59, 114 Middleton, Jerry N„ 72 Nesbit, Donald D.. 131 Martz, John C, 85 Midkiff. John L.. 138 Neuman, Neal, 112 Mason, Charles, Jr., 131 Milder, Barry D., 74 Newman, Matthew, 74 Mason, Norbert S., 128 Milder, Benjamin, 74 Newman, Susan K., 102 Massie. Edward, 53 Mill, William B., Jr.. 105 Newmark, Leonard N., 59 Masters, William H.. 69 Miller, Charles W.. 61 Newport, Gerald. 72 Mathes, Stephen J.. 112 Miller. Edward J., 59 Newton, Gordon, 59 Mathews. F. Scott, 47. 92 Miller. Elaine, 74, 88 Newton, Patricia A., 101 Mathis, Larry L.. 131 Miller, James E.. 73. 83 Newton, William T.. 107 Matschinsky, Franz M.. 141 Miller, James G., 58 Nickel, James F., 59 Mattar. Adel G.. 105 Miller, J. Philip. 95. 114 Nieuwenhuijsen, Els, 134 Mattes, Kate S„ 102 Miller. Robert F., 73 Nordlicht, Scott M., 60 Matthews. Dwight E.. 60 Miller. Stanley R., 138 Norland, Charles C, 59 Mauck. John C. 57, 80 Miller, William V.. 54. 79 Norton, Barbara J. H., 96 Maughs. Sidney B., 99 Millstone, 1. E.. 138 Nulty, Walter L., Jr.. 47 Maurer, M. Michael, 87 Mimbs. James W.. 57 Max, Paul F.. 72 Minnich. Virginia, 50 Maxwell, Richard W.. 61 Mishkin, Marvin R.. 112 Ochs, Lamar H., 61 Ogilvie, Robert W., 81 May, Morton D.. 138 Mitchell, Eugene N., 110 Ogle, Helen A„ 135 Mayes, Ben R„ Jr.. 106 Mitchell, Kenneth B.. 74 Ogura, Joseph H., 75, 117. 140 Maylath, Evelyn. 135 Mithen. Francis A.. 42 Maze. Laurence E., 72 Moeller. F. Delbert. 72 O'Keefe, Joseph D.. 72 Okun, Edward, 74 Mazumdar, Debesh. 57 Mohapatra, Raj N„ 111 Olander, David S., 88 Mazur, Mary A., 101 Molnar, Charles E., 91. 128 Olin, John M., 138 McAfee. C. Alan. 108 Momtazee. Sam. 72 McAlister. William II.. 82. 103 Monat, Seymour M., 72 Olin, Spencer T., 138 McCartney. Michael 1... 128 Monical, Beverly B., 131 Oliver, G. Charles. 51. 113 McCarty. Michael A.. 81 Montgomery, Austin F., 61 Oliver, George A.. Ill McClennan. Bruce 1... 104 Moore. Blake W., 46. 98 Oliver, Ronald A., 101 McClure. David N„ 85 Moore, Morris, 58 Ollinger, Henry, 112 McClure. James N.. Jr.. 99 Morales. Julio, 102 Olney, John W., 77, 98 McCown, Allan H., 106 Moran, Christopher J., 106 Omell, Gary H„ 106 McDaniel. Michael 1... 80 Morehouse. Ruth K.. 101 O'Neal, Lawrence W.. 108 McDonald, Jay M„ 57, 80 Morgan, Harry C. 112 O'Neal, Patricia L.. 100 McDonald. John A.. 57 Morrin, Kevin C. 71 Opstad, Elwood A.. 131 McDonald, Richard .!.. 65 Morris. Alan H.. 112 Orgel. M. Norman. 58 McDonnell. James S.. 140 Morris, Charles F., 47 Orgel, S. Michael. 61 McDonnell. John F„ 138 Morris, Stephen M.. 131 Ortbals, David W., 61 McDonnell. Sanlord N., 138 Morrison. Arlen E., 61 Ostlund, Richard E., Jr.. 57 McDougal. David B.. Jr.. 89 Morrison. Aubrey R.. 57 Ott, F. Thomas, 74 McKay. Robert H.. 55 Morrison. Hugh. 138 Overton, Janice E., 60 McKee. Oliver A.. 61 Mortensen. Frede. 61 Owen, Robert P.. 61 McKeel. Daniel W.. 81 Moses. Robert A.. 73 Owens, William D., 43. 117 McKinney. Joe E.. 100 Mosley. Julian C. Jr.. 110. 140 McKnight. Robert C. 57. 104 Moucharafieh, Sana C, 101 Packman, Paul M.. 99, 141 McLaughlin. Kathleen S.. 81 Mueller. John F., 101 Packman, Robert C. 59 McNeal. Theodore D.. 138 Mueller. Robert J„ 68 Paine, Robert. 53 McRobcrts. Robert 1L. 138 Mullani. Nizar, 106 Painter. Audrey A.. 62 ](.: Mecham. Robert P.. 58 Muller. Linda L, 132 Painter, Paul H., 87. 102 aff Index Pipes, Keith E.. Ill Rigg, Lee A.. 71 Pittman, David J.. 100 Rinderer, Dorothy T.. 138 Pittman, Susan. 88 Rizzo, Adolfo E.. 102 Platt, Daniel W., 44 Roa, Necita 1... 44 Platt, William R.. 79 Roberts. Harold K... 59 Plax, Steven I., 88 Roberts. Robert, 54 Poger, Marshall. 81 Robins, Eli. 98. 141 Polakoski, Kenneth V., 70 Robins, Lee N., 98 Pollock, Connie M„ 74. 116 Robinson, Alice. 62 Porporis, Arthur A., 106 Robinson, Edith C. 87 Post, Lawrence T., Jr., 74 Roblee, Melvin A., 69 Potter, Reese H., 101 Robson. Alan M.. 57. 83 Potts. Daniel E.. 61 Rocklage. Mary Roch. 130 Potts, Kathleen, 88. 116 Rodey, Glenn E„ 55. 79 Take, George E., 138 Powell, Boone, 130 Rodriguez, Fabio J.. 106 Pal, Earni, 101 Powell, John A.. 61 Rodriguez. Hector .1.. 57 Palkes, Helen, 86 Powers, Jo Anne, 134 Roeder, Robert G., 46. 48 Palmberg, Paul F., 74 Prange, Maureen M., 62, 116 Roethe, Robert A.. 61 Paloheimo, Sakari, 76 Prasad, Satist C, 106 Roettger, Richard P., 132 Panhorst, Harry E., 131 Prensky, Arthur L., 66. 82 Rogers, Bryan A.. 131 Parker, Charles W., 51. 63 Presant, Cary A.. 57. 105 Rogers, Howard E., 101 Parker, Donald J., 81 Price. Joseph L.. 41 Rogers, John C. 57 Parker, Mary L.. 56. 94. 138, 140 Price. Kenneth C, 59 Rohe, David A., 132 Parks, Charles L.. Ill Price. Madelon T., 100 Rolf. Doris. 58 Parrino, Peter A.. 106 Probstein, J. G., 107 Romero, Calixto A., 55. 116 Parsons, Patricia A., 87 Proskey, Vincent J., 61 Roper, Charles L., Ill Parsons. Richard P.. Ill Pudlowski, Rochelle M.. 106 Roper-Hall. Gillian. 74 Payne, Meredith J., Ill Pullon, Peter A.. 79 Roos, Albert. 43. 91 Payne, Richard. 81 Purdy, James A., 105 Rorrie. Colin C. Jr.. 131 Pearlman. Alan L.. 67. 92. 140, 141 Purkerson, Mabel L., 54. 86, 138. 141 Rosen, Samuel H., 101 Pearson, William E.. 72 Purves. Dale, 92 Rosenbaum. Harry D.. 74 Peck, William A.. 50 Rosenbaum. Herbert E.. 67 Peden, James C, Jr.. 59 Rabah, Mahmud K... 60 Rosenberg, Gary D., 112 Peden, Joseph C, Jr., 1 I I Rachlin, Maxwell, 74 Rosenweig, Saul. 98 Pedersen, Claire K., 62 Rader, George B.. Ill Ross. William J.. 88 Pennoyer, James. 72 Ragan, Donald P.. 105 Roth, Catherine E.. 81 Perez, Blanca M.. 81 Rahman, Mohammed H.. 88 Rothman. David, 70 Perez, Carlos A.. 103. 117 Raichle, Marcus E.. 67, 104. 128 Rouse, Ernest T.. 56 Perez-Mesa, Carlos, 81 Rainey. Robert, 111 Rouse, Ernest T.. III. 62 Perkins, Kendall, 138 Rakowski, Robert F„ 92 Rovainen, Carl M.. 92 Perkins, Linn B., 130 Ramsey, David S., 131 Rowland, Raymond E.. 139 Perkoff, Gerald T.. 51. 93. 115 Rankin, Diane, 102 Royston. Grandison 1).. 69 Permutt, Marshall A., 54 Rao, Bantwal R., 105 Ruffy, Rudolphe. 57 Perrillo, Robert P.. 57 Raskas, Heschel J., 63, 77, 117 Ruger. Peter H., 141 Perrault, Jacques, 64 Ratcheson, Robert A., 68 Rujanavech. Naris. 106 Perry, Betty F., 62 Ratcliff, Kathryn S., 101 Rumelt, Michael B.. 74 Perry, H. Mitchell, 52 Rath, Mary L„ 133 Russ. Kenneth 1... 101 Perry, H. Mitchell, 111, 60 Ratkin, Gary A.. 59. 106 Russell, Herman E.. 112 Perry, William D., 56 Rayburn, John M., 131 Russell. Mark R.. 131 Peskin, Edward G., 72, 116 Raza, Syed A.. 102 Rutledge, Suzanne B.. 132 Peters, Kenneth W.. 131 Read. J. Larry, 131 Ruwitch. Joseph F., 139 Peterson, Frederick D., 85 Reed. Charles A.. 88 Ruwitch, Joseph P.. Jr.. 57 Peterson, Leroy W., 112 Reed. Diana L.. 96 Peterson. Lloyd. 111 Reed, Jonathan R.. 72 Sachar. Leo A.. 109 Peterson, Roy R., 40, 141 Reese, Lester T.. 59 Sachs. Samuel C, 138 Pfeiffenberger. Mather, Jr.. Ill Reich, Theodore, 48. 98 Safdar. Sabbir H.. 59 Phillips, Gordon L.. II, 60, 106 Reichert, Timothy J.. 76 Sagal, Stuart S.. 103 Phillips, William D„ 46 Reinhard, Edward H.. 52. 106 Saghir. Marcel 1.. 100 Phillips, William J., 59 Rennard. Marvin, 72 Saha. Bratin K.. 65 Philpott, Gordon W.. 107. 117 Reuss. Luis. 92 Sahrmann. Shirley A.. 68. 92. 95 Phipatanakul. Supote, 76 Reynolds. Fred C. Ill Saifee. Salma. 72 Pickard, William F.. 128 Rheaume. Germaine, 135 Sale. Llewellyn. Jr.. 56 Pieper. Carl S., 68 Rice, John P.. 101 Salmon, Mickey I... 74 Pierce, Carl W., 63, 77 Richards, Frank ().. Ill Salvador. Antonio. 81 Pierce, Eugenia M., 88 Richardson. Thomas F.. 100 Sanders. Theodore E.. 74 Pierce, John A.. 52 Rieders. Elaine V.. 81 Sandza. Joseph G.. 111 Pilepich, Miljenko V., 105 Riedesel. William M.. II, 101 Santa Cruz. Daniel. 81 Piontek. Timothy. 135 Rifkin, Shale. 109 Santiago. Julio V.. 57. 86 163 Sato, George. 85 Shreffler, Donald C.. 48. 140 Steinberg, Franz U.. 56. 94, 111 Sauvage, Jacques. 70 Shumate, Jack B.. Jr.. 68 Stenson, William F., 60 Sauer, Donald C, III Sicard. Gregorio, 110 Stephen, C. Ronald. 43. 140 Sawyer, James, 72 Siegel, Barry A.. 104 Stevens, Sue C, 81 Saylor, Jack 1... 62 Sicgel, Marilyn J., 106 Stewart, Carlton C. 104 Scarpellini. JoAnne D.. 68 Silberberg, Ruth, 77 Stewart, Frances H., 72 Scates, Robert F„ 130 Silbert, David F„ 46 Stewart, Gerald C. 131 Schaan, Robert C, 87 Silhavy, Joanne, 134 Stickle. Arthur W.. Jr.. 74 Scharp, David W., 109 Silver, Bernd. 74 Stoddard, Elizabeth A.. 60, 96 Schechter. Samuel E., 62 Silver, Simon D.. 63 Stokes. James M., 108 Scheer, George E., 112 Silverman. S. Richard. 75 Stout, Debra L., 96 Scheff, Harold, 55 Simchowitz, Louis, 60 Strandjord. Sarah E., 87 Scheiblc. Robert F„ 106 Simmons, David J., 111 Strauss, Arnold W.. 47, 86 Scherrer, Floyce A., 74 Simms, Ernest S„ 64, 140. 141 Strickler, Ronald C, 71 Schieber, William D„ 108 Simons, Paul S.. 86, 116 Strominger, Donald B., 85 Schlaepfer. William W„ 79 Simpson, Joseph R., 105 Stroud. Malcom H.. 75 Schlesinger. Milton .1., 63, 140 Simpson. Lloyd N.. 68 Suarez, Brian K.. 100 Schlesinger. Sondra. 63 Simril, Wayne A.. 106 Suchenski. Richard C 131 Schlessinger, David, 63 Sims, William A.. Jr.. 44 Sufrin. Gerald, 111 Schlansky, Seymour M., 88 Sisk. James C. 59 Sullivan, James H.. 131 Schneider, Sam F„ 109 Sisson, Richard G., 109 Sullivan, Timothy J., 111. 58 Schnewerk, Carla. 134 Skilling, David M.. Jr.. 60 Sumer, Cengiz M.. 100 Schnuck, Edward J., 138, 139 Skinner, John S., 62 Sumer, Emel A., 102 Schoedinger, George R.. Ill, 112 Slatopolsky. Eduardo, 52 Sunshine, Herbert, 111 Schoenecker, Perry L., 112 Sleight, Dixie M., 133 Sunwoo, In Sook, 96 Schoentag, John S.. 62 Sly, William S.. 48. 52. 83 Suri. Jagdish C. 102 Schonfeld. Gustav, 52. 93 Smiley, William L., 72 Susman, Noah, 105 Schulman, Jeffrey l„ 88 Smit, Herbert M., 76 Sutera, Salvatore P.. 128 Schultz, Earl R„ 68, 100 Smith, Arthur A.. 72 Sutter, Richard A.. 96 Schultz. John L„ 138, 140, 141 Smith, Carl H.. 79, 84 Swan, Marlene R., 134 Schwartz, Alfred S.. 87 Smith, E. Kaye. 81 Swanson, Larry W., 42 Schwartz. Benjamin D.. 57. 64 Smith, Elizabeth M.. 100 Sweet, Frederick, 70 Schwartz, Frederick J., 60, 116 Smith, Emily L., 105 Sweet, John, 101 Schwartz. Frederick O., 74 Smith, James B., 100 Swift, James W.. 60 Schwartz. Henry G.. 68. 141 Smith, Jeanne M.. 68 Schwartz. Melvin M.. 72 Smith, Kathleen. 99 Schwartz, Ruth K., 134 Smith. Mary A., 132 Tadakuma. Takushi. 81 Schwartzman, Bernard. 85 Smith. Mary Brendon, 134 Taibleson, Mitchell. 99 Sclafford. Ursula, 81 Smith, Morton E., 73, 78. 117. 138 Tailor. Chandrakant C, 106 Scott, Glenn N„ 130 Smith, Robert B., 138 Tanphaichitr, Kongsak, 58, 116 Scrivner. Willard C, 71 Smith. Robert M.. 81 Tao, William K. Y.. 138 Scruggs. Karen L., 88 Snyder, Donald L... 113 Taussig. Barret L.. 58 Seddon. John W.. 60 Sobel, Burton E.. 52 Taute, Herman, 72 Seetharam, Bellur. 58 Sohn, Richard S.. 68 Taxman, Robert M., 59 Sekhon, Gurbax Singh. 71 Sommer. Ross B., 59 Taylor, Eugene D., 72 Seltzer, Jo L., 58 Sonnewirth. Alexander C.. 63, 78 Taylor, John R.. 101 Senior, Robert M., 55 Soper, George E., 132 Taylor, Sallie. 134 Senturia. Ben H.. 76 Soto, Alberto. 100 Taysi, Kutay. 86 Senturia, Hyman R., 105 Soule, Samuel D.. 69 Teitelbaum. Steven L.. 79 Sessions. Donald G.. 75. 117 Sparks. Robert E.. 128 Templeton, Alan R.. 48 Shackelford. Gary D„ 86, 104 Spector, Gene W.. 106 Tepper. Arnold S.. 62 Shackelford, Penelope G., 86, 140 Spector. Gershon J.. 75 Ternberg, Jessie L., 83, 112 Shah, Suresh D.. 62 Spencer, Andrew D., 109 Ter-Pogossian, Michel M.. 103. 128 Shahan. Philip T.. 74 Spenner, Bruce F.. 114 Tewson. Timothy J.. 105 Shaikun. Gerald l... 106 Spilberg. Isias, 55 Thach, Bradley T, 86 Shank, Robert E., 52. 93, 140, 141 Spivack, Alan R.. 59 Thach, Robert E.. 46. 141 Shapleigh, John B., 11, 62 Srisuro, Chotchai. 71 Thach, W. Thomas. Jr.. 41. 67 Shapleigh. Warren McK.. 138 Stahl, Philip D.. 92 Thalmann. Isolde, 76 Shatz, Burton A., 56 Stalnaker. Armand C.. 138 Thalmann. Ruediger, 75 Shatz, Richard. 112 Stamberg, Judith, 48 Thawley, Stanley E., 76 Shaw, Richard C, III Stamper, Beulah S., 138 Thayer, Harold E.. 138. 139 Shearer. William T„ 83 Stanley, Robert J., 103 Thiel, J. Allen, 59 Shepley, Ethan A. H., Jr.. 139 Starcher, Barry C., 58 Thiele, Belmont R.. Ill Sherman. Laurence A.. 52. 78 Stearns, Charles B., 131 Thies, Curt, 128 Sherman. Warren G.. 88- Stechenberg, Barbara W.. 86 Thomas, Charles A., 138. 139 Sherman. William R.. 46, 99 Stein. Arthur H., Jr.. Ill Thomas, David W., 64, 81 Shields, Helen M.. 60 Stein, Elliot H.. 138 Thomas, Lewis J., Jr., 43, 92, 113, 128 I (.4 Shobe. Frank O.. 99 Stein. Paul M„ 62 Thomas, Lorraine L., 88 Staff Index Walters, Richard C., 62 Witkowski. Frank, 141 Waltman, Stephen R.. 73 Wittcoff, Raymond H.. 138. 139 Walton, Franklin E., 108 Witztum, Joseph L., 58, 95 Walz, Bruce J., 105 Wochner, R. Dean, 52. 94 Wann, Donald F., 128 Wochnik, Eliza E., 102 Warack, Marion S.. 134 Wolf, Mitchel L.. 74 Ward, Diane E„ 133 Wolfe, Edward M.. 62 Warden. Gail L.. 130 Wolff, Gerald A., 59 Warren, James C, 46, 69, 140 141 Wolff. Harold D.. 100 Washington, Alvin W.. 131 Wolff, Patricia B„ 88 Wasserman, Helman C. 71 Wolfgram, Edwin D.. 100 Waters, Hugh R„ 62 Wood, James A.. 62 Waterston, Robert H.. 42, 49 Wood, John A., 62 Watson, M. Frances, 94 Wood, Patrick M.. 42 I hompson, M. Bryant, 72 Wattenberg, Carl A.. 108 Woodward, Robert S.. 129 Thurston. Donald L., 83 Waxelman. Roger J.. 88 Wool, Gerald, 88 Thurston, Jean H., 83 Webster, William H.. 138 Woolsey, Thomas A., 41, 140 Tillman, Mary A. T., 88 Wedner, H. James, 58 Wooster, L. Dwight. III. 62 ['obey, Albro C. Jr., 72 Wee. George C. 110 Wooten, George F., Jr., 68 I'olmach, Leonard J., 40. 103 Weeks, Paul M.. 97. 112, 118 Word, Parker H., 72 Tomelleri, Carlos, 100 Weger, Lillian B.. 102 Worland, Julien, 102 foomey, James M., 76 Weidman, Stuart W.. 47. 95 Wray, Robert C, Jr., 112 Torack. Richard, 78 Weil. Richard K., 138 Wright, Carmen, 135 Torin, Bernice A., 72 Weiss, Alan N„ 59 Wulf, Maureen P., 132 I rivedi, Bakula L., 62 Weiss, Stuart, 68 Wulff, George J. L.. Jr.. 69 Trotter, John L., 68 Welch, Michael J.. 103 Wunderlich, Paul H.. 131 Trotter, Mildred, 40, 106 Weldon, Clarence S„ 83. Ill Wylie, Laurence T., 101 I sifutis. Argyrios A., 85 Weldon, Virginia V., 84. 139 Tubbs, Garth D.. 133 Welner, Amos, 100 Yanow, Mitchell, 72 Tucker, George L.. 108 Welner. Zila, 87, 100 Yates, Jesse T.. 62 I'umialan, Luis, 81 Wennecker, Alvin S.. 59 Young, Robert C. 101 Turner, James K., 84, 116 Wentlandt. Thorn F., 74 Youens, Edith K., 132 Tuteur, Peter G.. 58. 140 West, Joseph W., 76 Yu, Shiu Y., 58 Tyson, Ellen T., 133 West, Patricia A., 101 Wette, Reimut, 93, 128 Zahalak, George L. 128 Wetzel, Richard D.. 100 Uhlemann, John H., 62 Zarkowsky, Harold, 84, 140 Weygandt, Glenn R., 43 Uitto, Jouni, 58 Zibit, Helen L., 102 Weyman, Philip J., 106 Ziegler, Vincent E., 100 White, Bruce I.. 112 Valdes, Andres J.. 81 Zimmerman, Herbert B.. 59 White, Park J.. 83 Valdes, Orestes S„ 88 Zimmerman, Joan. 1 14 Whiteside, Leo A., 112. 118, 141 Valeriote, Frederick A.. 103 Zografakis, George H., 112 Wiant, James R., 62 Vanderpearl, Robert H.. 100 Zuckerman, Gary R., 58, 141 Wiegand, Herbert C. 62 Van Sweden, Martha, 134 Zwirn, H. Benjamin. 88 Vargas, Jamie, 101 Wiest, Walter G., 47, 69 Wilbois, Ronald P., 72 Vastola, Edward E., 67 Wilder, Norman J., 62 Vavra, John D., 52, 94, 1 16. 138. 141 Wilkins, George T„ Jr., 87 Venable, H. Philip, 74 Will, La Verne J.. 135 VendeBogert, Jane, 134 Willard, Mark B., 42, 47 Verta. Michael J., 109 Williams. Carol F.. 72 Vickerstaff, Hugh R.. 131 Williams, Julian C, 86 Viers, Wayne A.. 76 Williams, Ray D.. 58 Vietti, Teresa J., 83, 105. 117 Williamson, Janet, 134 Voege, Barbara N„ 88 Williamson. Joseph R., 78 Volpe, Joseph J.. 67, 84 Wilner, George D., 58 Votaw, Robert E., 76 Wilson, Hugh M„ 103 Wilson, Keith S.. 58 Wada, Jun, 76 Wilson, Susan L... 44 Wade, Robert P., 102 Winder, William W.. 95 Wagner, Sally J., 106 Windsor, Charles E., 74 Wald, Stanley M., 59 Winston, Thomas C, 131 Walker, Elizabeth J., 132 Winer, Michael H., 112 Walker, J. Leslie, 72 Winters, Kathleen, 87 Walker, Willard B., 108 Wirth. Patricia E., 96, 116 Walkup, Donald, 128 Wise, Leslie, 141 Wallack, Marc K., 109 Wish, Eric D., 101 Walsh, James W., 59 Wissmath. Frank S., 85 Walters, John F., 138, 140 Wissner, Seth E„ 72 165 Index

Administration. 138 Departments and Divisions Admission, 16 Allied Health Professions. 129 Advanced Standing. 18 Anatomy and Neurobiology. 40 American Medical College Anesthesiology, 43 Application Service, 17 Biological Chemistry. 45 Application Procedure, 17 Genetics. 48 Entrance Requirements. 16 Graduate Training. 119 Advanced Standing. 18 Medicine, 50 Affiliated Hospitals. 37 Microbiology and Immunology. 63 Allied Health Professions Neurology and Neurological Health Administration. 129 Surgery. 66 Nurse Anesthesia, 135 Obstetrics and Gynecology. 69 Occupational Therapy, 133 Ophthalmology, 73 Pediatric Nurse Practitioners, 135 Otolaryngology, 75 Physical Therapy. 132 Pathology, 77 Radiologic Technology, 136 Pediatrics, 82 St. Louis Interinstitutional Pharmacology. 89 Physician's Assistant Training Physiology and Biophysics. 91 Program, 134 Preventive Medicine and Public Alumni Association, 30 Health, 93 Anatomy and Neurobiology, 40 Psychiatry, 98 Anesthesiology, 43 Radiology, 103 Application Procedure, 17 Surgery, 107 Awards and Prizes, 24 Teaching and Research Divisions, 113 Beaumont-May Institute of Neurology, 117 Early Decision Admission. 17 Biological Chemistry, 45 Electives, 8 Biology and Biomedical Sciences, Entrance Requirements, 16 Division of. 119 Euclid Avenue, Facilities West of. 35 Biomedical Computer Laboratory, Executive Faculty, 140 34, 113 Expenses, 19 Biomedical Engineering. 128 Biophysics, see Physiology and Faculty Council. 140 Biophysics Faculty Index. 157 Board of Trustees, 138 Fees. 19. 26. 120. 130. 132. 133. 134 Buildings. 34 Fellowships, 15. 23 Financial Assistance. 20, 120 Calendar. 4 Financial Information. 19 Child Psychiatry. 102 First-Year Curriculum. 7. 13 Clinical Clerkship. 8 Clock Hours. 7 Genetics. 48 Combined M.D. Ph.D. Program. 9 Grades. 13 Committees of the Faculty. 140 Graduate Training Cultural Opportunities. 28 Biology and Biomedical Sciences. Curriculum. 6. 13 119 Biomedical Engineering. 128 Degrees Gynecology, see Obstetrics and B.S.O.T.. 133 Gynecology B.S.P.T.. 132 Combined M.D. Ph.D. degree. 9 Health Administration. 129 M.D. degree. 6 Health Care Research. 115 166 M.H.A.. 161 Health Service. 27 Historical Perspective, 32 Promotions, 13 Honors, 13 Psychiatry, 98 Hospital Administration, see Health Public Health, see Preventive Administration Medicine and Public Health Hospitals and Institutes, 36 Hours, Required, 7 Radiologic Technology, 136 Housing, 26 Radiology, 103 Recreational Opportunities, 28 Immunology, see Microbiology and Register of Students, 142 Immunology Rehabilitation, Institute of, 118 Index of Staff Members, 157 Required Hours, 7 Individualized Programs, 12 Research Fellowships, 15 Instruments, see Expenses Residencies, 15 Internships, 15 Interview, 18 St. Louis, City of, 28 Irene Walter Johnson Institute of St. Louis Interinstitutional Rehabilitation, 118 Physician's Assistant Training Program, 134 Lectureships, 30 Scholarship Funds, 21 Library, 34 Schools of the University, 169 Loan Funds, 22 Second-Year Curriculum, 14 Staff Members, Index of, 157 Map, 170 Student Activities, 26 Medical Center, 34, 139 Student Life, 26 Medical College Admissions Test, Student Research Fellowships, 15 New, 17 Students, Register of, 142 Medical Scientist Training Study of Medicine, 6 Program, 9 Surgery, 107 Medicine, 50 Medicine, The Study of, 6 Table of Required Hours, 7 Microbiology and Immunology, 63 Teaching and Research Divisions Microscope, 19 Biomedical Computer Laboratory, 113 Neurology and Neurological Health Care Research, 115 Surgery, 66 Neurology, Institute of, 117 Neurology, Institute of, 117 Rehabilitation, 118 Nondiscrimination, 16 Tumor Services, 117 Nurse Anesthesia, 135 Teaching Facilities, 34 Transcripts, 13 Transfer Students, 18 Objectives, 6 Trustees, 138 Obstetrics and Gynecology, 69 Tuition, 19, 26, 120, 130, 132, 133, Occupational Therapy, 133 134 Officers and Committees, 140 Tumor Services, 117 Olin Residence Hall, 26 Tutorials, 12 Ophthalmology, 73 Otolaryngology, 75 Visiting Professorships, 30

Parking, 27 Pathology, 77 Pediatric Nurse Practitioners, 135 Pediatrics, 82 Personal Interview, 18 Pharmacology, 89 Ph.D./M.D. Program, 9 Philosophy and Objectives, 6 Physical Therapy, 132 Physician's Assistant Training Program, 134 Physiology and Biophysics, 91 Postdoctoral Training, 15 Premedical Requirements, 16 Preventive Medicine and Public Health. 93 Prizes. 24 Programs, Individualized, 12 167 168 Schools of Washington University

All schools are located on the main campus at Lindell and Skinker Boulevards, St. Louis, Missouri 63130, except Medicine (660 South Euclid Avenue. 63110) and Dental Medicine (4559 Scott Avenue, 63110). A University-sponsored shuttle bus travels between the main campus and the medical; dental campus every 20 minutes.

THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE THE SEVER INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS THE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK THE SCHOOL OF LAW THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE THE SCHOOL OF DENTAL MEDICINE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE THE SUMMER SCHOOL

The information which appears in this Bulletin was compiled in the spring of 1978. It is current as of April I, 1978.

!(,<> Washington University

1. Spencer T. Olin Residence Hall 2. McDonnell Medical Sciences Building 3. North Building 4. Cancer Research Building 5. South Building 6. West Building 7. Irene Walter Johnson Institute ot Rehabilitation 0. McMillan Huspital and Oscar Johnson Institute tor Medical Research 9. St. Louis Maternity Hospital 10. David P. Wohl, Jr., Memorial-Washington University Clinics 11. Renard Hospital 12. David P. Wohl, Jr., Hospital 13. Barnard Free Skin and Cancer Hospital 14. Edward Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology 15. Barnes Hospital a. Medical Wing b. Rand-Johnson Memorial Surgical Wing c. Queeny Tower d. Diagnostic Laboratories, Service Center e. East Pavilion I West Pavilion (under construction) 16. Clinical Research Building 17. St. Louis Children's Hospital 18. 700 and 724 South Euclid Buildings a. Biomedical Computer Laboratory b. Physical Therapy c. Hospital Administration, Biostatistics d. Computer Systems Laboratory 19. Central Institute tor the Deaf 20. Central Institute for the Deaf Residence 21. School of Dental Medicine 22. Occupational Therapy 23. Power Plant 24. Medical Care Group 25. Jewish Hospital a. West Building b. Shoenberg Pavilion c. Medical Building d. Nursing Residence 26. Parking a. Public b. Washington University Medical School Permit Parking Only c. Jewish Hospital d. Barnes Hospital Permit Parking Only e. Underground Garage 27 Medical Library Archives WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY MEDICAL CENTER

LINDELL BOULEVARD [ W PINE DRIVE [ LACLEDE [ FOREST PARK BOULEVARD

G 25b 25c < 25a 1 in 26c ■■■ z

PARKVIEW PLACE

25d 26c PARKVII :: DUNCAN 26b

26a

AUDUBON 26b

AUDUBON

26a 24 26b

I 23

SCOTT 15 15a £ 3 L_L_J l£ZJ

BARNES HOSPITAL PLAZA 2

26e 5 26b

Tennis MC KINLEY Courts 18a

18b 26b Ball Ball Field Field 18d 20 ^

CLAYTON AVENUE

McDonnell £\ Planetarium 19

U S HIGHWAY 40 -1 r UNIVERSITY IN ST LOUIS

i A

^^ «4 -• ■£hlk■ T3 ETON y ■ A ir" ^TL* s*fciw I x tm

Bin

-?7Vj

Mk ■*V-V

*M V V = \